Home

20D-PM001 - Rockwell Automation

1. RUN Drive RUN DriveLogix DriveLogix O L J UTE s L ri d ss Pd EN aima Ta FORCE DriveLogix L Ig COM DriveLogix HS BAT DriveLogix LO OK DriveLogix je E xs Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 141 Chapter3 Troubleshooting Table 4 DriveLogix5730 Controller Status Indicator Descriptions LED Color Condition Description RUN off The controller is in Program or Test mode solid green The controller is in Run mode 1 0 off Either There are no devices in the 1 0 configuration of the controller The controller d
2. No Name 2 Description S e 1061 Logic Config Setthis parameter to configure the logic routine in Pars 1063 1070 The result of this logic routine is displayed in Par 1062 Logic Cmpr State There are three configurable logic blocks as displayed below Each block can be configured as AND NAND OR NOR XOR NXOR Select the functions as desired Multiple operation selection for one block will result in the first selection least significant bit being the active mode Logic Config Cioet xx T 77 Lng tu i ogic 1 Result Logic Data 1063 i Logic e Or Nor 4 Logic 1B Data 1065 And Logic 3 Result Logic 1B Bit Or Nor 1062 02 Logic 2A Data 1067 un rus Logic 2 Bit 1068 Or Nor 1 Logio 2 Pasul Logic 2B Data 1069 Nar e Logic 2B Bit Options lee la Slal Slela 224 5 lela 2 22 2 2 5 2 5 5 Z 2 lt lt lt 2 2 2 IVINS IS 5275 5 t B t 4 2 15215 3131 Default x x x x x kx x x x x p p p o o o o o o p o jo jp p p j0 9 o nk Bit 31 30 29 28
3. mt 8 zn irj Md _ 7 No Connector Description DPI Port 1 HIM connection when installed in cover 2 DPI Port 2 Cable connection for handheld and remote options DPI Port 3 or 2 Splitter cable connected to DPI Port 2 provides additional port Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 153 AppendixA Human Interface Module Overview LCD Display Elements HIM Key Functions 154 Display Description Power Loss jAuto Direction Drive Status Alarm Auto Man Information RPM Main Menu Diagnostics Parameter Device select Commanded or Output Speed A M Description Exit a menu cancel a change to a parameter value or acknowledge a fault alarm Select a digit select a bit or enter edit mode in a parameter screen Scroll through options increase a value or toggle a bit Scroll through options decrease a value or toggle a bit Enter a menu enter edit mode a parameter screen or save a change to a parameter value Access the function associated with a programming or numeric key Provides access to the Large Format Display Start the drive Stop the drive or clear a fault Jog the drive Programming Monitoring Troublesh
4. xibo3eAuq eeupeuyeqjesp xibo31eAuq 4 Suoioeuuo doo1gBeupds xi601 deigenbao xi601 4 xi607 Be xi607 Be xi601 xi601 OL Snieisow Be OL Juano 1ndino xi6o7 OL OL OL 5 Be xi607 OL J041u02 Z 5 5007 dooig pds deis anbioy epojNenbio
5. Sod Im 5 lilo 10 K gt eiqeu3 1no peeds 9 14 oz Ope 1041002 uonisog k 1070 lt Jeuidsuso HO K 491 gt eris uon sod se Sjunoo esn Ajuo ued uonisod jurod oj jurod ay ejnjosqe u pessed q 9 4 SpZd 5 909 29 ueuM L7 908 pue uni ui SI pesn eq juo ueo 5141 SJojejnuunooe 019Z oj pesn eq 609 29 15040297395 eui S 909 29 ueuM Z pejeAno oj pue 151 uonisod e 29 y jueJeyip s gg d eur j 20 Lp4d peyennoe 47 SI ueuM y uonisod eui 90 OpZ d BuneAnoy 0 20 pesn si xoeqpeej einjosqe uinj 195 eq 909 OPZ 1ejeureeg 1 uonisod 9 27 uri pds Boux 14 Ove 103002 uonisod pds 092
6. 5 25 2 51515 5212 S S S S S S 5 5 SSIS le S ls 2 5 2 2 S 2 5 S IF Default 0 o 0 0 00 opo o oo oo Jo o o o o jo 00 f jo 0 0 p n Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 3 12 1 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True 325 Fault Status 3 conditions These events are from Par 322 Exception Event3 Indicates the occurrence of exception events that have been configured as faul Bit 11 HH HW Ver is sed to indicate a High Horsepower hardware version fault Bit 12 HH CurUnblnc is used to indicate a High Horsepower output current unbalanced fault Bit 13 HH VItUnbInc is used to indicate a High Horsepower Bus voltage unbalanced fault Bit29 Anlgln1 Loss is used to indicate an Analog Input 1 loss fault Bit 30 Anlgln2 Loss is used to indicate an Analog Input 2 loss fault Bit 31 Anlgin3 Loss is used to indicate an Analog Input 3 loss fault Notes Bits 16 20 and 23 were added for firmware version 2 004 Bits 11 12 13 29 30 and 31 were added for firmware version 3 001 Changed bit 21 to Drive Homing and bit 28 to 12v Pwr for firmware version 3 003 Bit 14 NonCnfgAlarm was added for firmware version 3 004 Options E E E E 5 51 41 2 12 3 15 151 2 5 5 2 2 S 2 E18 Sls 2 1515151
7. Param Name Text Parameter Param Name Text Parameter Param Name Text Parameter SL Dir Data Tx00 965 Spd Fdbk TP RPM 246 SrvoAxis RotFdbk 707 SL Dir Data Tx01 966 Spd Fdbk TP Sel 245 SrvoAxisUnwdFdbk 708 SL Dir Data Tx02 967 Spd Ref Bypass 37 Start Acc Boost 527 SL Dir Data Tx03 968 Spd Ref Bypass2 48 Start Inhibits 156 SL Error History 903 Spd Ref TP Data 79 Start Mask 671 SL Error Status 902 Spd Ref TP RPM 78 Start Owner 678 SL Mult A In 924 Spd Ref TP Sel 7 Start Acc Boost 527 SL Mult B In 925 Spd Divide 11 Startup State 452 SL Mult Base 923 Spd Ref2 Multi 13 Stator Frequency 526 SL Mult Out 926 Spd Reg BW 90 Statorinductance 490 SL Mult State 927 Spd Reg Damping 91 StatorResistance 491 SL MultErr Cnfg 390 Spd Reg Droop 86 Steg amp Heidn TPDta 262 SL Node Cnfg 904 Spd Reg I Gain 82 Steg amp Heidn TPSel 261 SL Rcv Events 915 Spd Reg Neg Lim 103 Stegmann0 Cnfg 259 SL Real2DInt In 921 Spd Reg P Gain 81 Stegmann0 Status 260 SL Real2DInt Out 922 Spd Reg PI Out 302 Stop Dwell Time 154 SL Rx CommFormat 905 Spd Reg Pos Lim 102 Stop Oper TP Sel 163 SL Rx DirectSel0 906 Spd Reg TP Data 109 Stop Owner 677 SL Rx DirectSel1 907 Spd Reg TP Sel 108 StopOper TP Data 164 SL Rx DirectSel2 908 SpdRef SpdTrm1 47 STrim2 Filt Gain 25 SL Rx DirectSel3 909 SpdRef Filt BW 36 Swtch DInt 1 NC 1026 SL Rx PO Regis 917 SpdRef Filt Gain 35 Swtch DInt 1 NO 1027 SL Rx P1 Regis 918 SpdReg AntiBckup 84 Sw
8. m Defaut 0 0 x 0 1 x x 0 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Xx X X X Qe False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 933 22 21 2019 18 17 16 15 14 3 12 1 109 87 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True 512 PMagModeConfig Configures Permanent Magnet PM operation BitO PM Cogging when set enables torque ripple compensation Bit 9 ReflWaveComp when set Reflected Wave Correction is enabled Notes Bit changes were made for firmware version 2 003 This parameter was changed to non linkable for firmware version 3 001 Added bit 9 for firmware version 4 001 Bit 0 PM Cogging was added for firmware version 5 002 ATTENTION Do not modify this parameter Motor Drive instabilities and damage may result A aja Options m T 8 Sis 5 gt 2 Clo cu uuvuv 5uu 2 29 lt gt 2 5 925 55 5 Sl gt S S S gt lt 5555 5 E ce LL a a a Default 0 0 x 0 x x x 0 x x x x
9. IS 52 2 Rl lolol 15112 55555255 2 25555555 2 2 2 22222 555 555 a in YU i i in a Q A A Q a A A Q Q A A Default x x x x jx x x 0o oppooo opo o o pooo jo o o 0 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 2 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 519 IMC Diag Done n Indicates which MC diagnostic tests are completed Options 2 S3 2 82s2l5l5 s 5 5 2 lal lalz El 5 2 5 5 2 5 55 le FZ Z BIZ Z 5 S lt 2 2 5 5 2 2 5 g g E E S 2 83 5 55 55 Default x x x x jx x x 0 0 O O O o o 0 0 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 2 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 520 IPM Q Inductance Default 20 00 RW 16 bit Indicates the percent per unit inductance of the motor stator in the torque producing q axis Min Max 0 00 399 99 Integer Units A Scale 100 8192 521 PMDinductance Default 20 00 RW 16 bit Indicates the percent per unit inductance of the motor stator in the flux producing d axis Min Max 0 00 399 99 Integer Units m Scale 100 8192 522
10. No Name Description 741 Position Status indicates status of position control algorithms Bit 0 X IGain indicates the position integrator is at the low limit Bit 1 X IGain indicates the position integrator is at the high limit Bit2 X Spd indicates the position regulator output at the low limit Bit3 XSpd indicates the position regulator output is at the high limit Bit4 PtPtRRef Act TBD Bit 5 XOffRRef Act TBD Bit 7 Regulator On indicates position regulator is active Bit 8 Posit Watch 1 indicates Position Watch 1 has detected motor position equal to its setpoint from the proper direction Bit 9 Posit Watch2 indicates Position Watch 2 has detected motor position equal to its setpoint from the proper direction Bit 10 In Position indicates Par 769 Position Error is within the position deadband specified by Par 782 In Posit BW Bit 13 HomeRequired Set when the Find Home bit is set in Par 740 Position Control and the drive is waiting on a Start command Bit 14 Homing Set when the drive is running the Homing Sequence Bit 15 Homed Set when the Homing Sequence has completed Note Bits 13 15 were added for future use not active for use with firmware version 3 001 and above Options i slazi glzjelelgls o o oio oci o ooi ol coi o ooi u iu c 5
11. No Name Values E n Description 2 Sis 855 1 Setpt 2 Limit Default 10 0100 Y Real Creates a tolerance hysteresis band around the value in Par 176 Setpt2 TripPoint Min Max 0 0000 0 5000 For positive setpoints Units PU Turn on level TripPoint Turn off level TripPoint Limit For negative setpoints Turn on level TripPoint Turn off level TripPoint Limit 1 PI TP Sel Default 0 Zero Enter or write a value to select Process Control PI data displayed by Par 179 PI TP Data m Toro avi The values for options 1 amp 8 were changed to Reserved for firmware version 2 004 Options mend M LPF Output 9 Reset Status 3 Gain Term 10 Time Axis En 4 Reg Output 11 Enbl Status 5 OnIntg Lim 12 Out Max Lim 6 On Out Limit 13 Out Min Lim 1 PITP Data Default 10 0000 RO Real Displays the data selected by Par 178 PI TP Sel Min Max 8 0000 P U Units PU 1 PI Output Default 0 0000 RO Real The final output of the Process Control regulator A value of 1 can represent either base motor speed motor rated Min Max 8 0000 P U torque or 100 for some external function Units PU 1 PI Reference Default 0 0000 Y RW Real The reference input for the process control regulator A value of 1 can represent either base motor speed motor Min Max 8
12. Data Type FltCoastStop Ignore Alarm FitCoastStop Fit RampStop FitCurLimStp ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Par 387 Lgx Timeout Cnfg lets you determine the action of the drive if communications are disrupted By default this parameter causes the drive fault and coast to a stop You can set this parameter so that the drive continues to run Precautions should be taken to ensure that the setting of this parameter does FitCoastStop Ignore Alarm FitCoastStop Fit RampStop FitCurLimStp ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Par 388 Lgx Closed Cnfg lets you determine the action of the drive if communications are disrupted By default this parameter causes the drive fault and coast to a stop You can set this parameter so that the drive continues to run Precautions should be taken to ensure that the setting of this parameter does FitCoastStop Ignore Alarm FitCoastStop Fit RampStop FitCurLimStp ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Par 389 Lgx LinkChngCnfg lets you determine the action of the drive if communications are disrupted By default this parameter causes the drive fault and coast to a stop You can set this parameter so that the drive continues to run Precautions should be taken to ensure that the setting of this pa
13. jog type operation Bit 28 Home Switch when this bit is set the Homing sequence will look for the home switch to make a transition from it s current state when the homing sequence is started Do not set with bit 29 Home Marker Bit 29 Home Marker when set the Homing Sequence will look for the Marker pulse When the marker pulse is found the drive will decelerate and return to the position where the marker was found Do not set with bit 28 Home Switch Note Bits 24 29 were added for future use not active for use with firmware version 3 001 and above Options t s 8 E 2 555 55 555 gt 5 5 25 8 2 2 512 5 5 S S S S S SS 818 Es 5 lt 5 55552 5252 22 lt 91915 5555 gt 55552 I I I a x x A o gt lt lt Default x k o jo jo Jo lo fo fk fo fo ft fo fo fo fo fo fo fo Jo n fo fo fo fo fo ft ocnke Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 123 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 3 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 105 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters
14. Reference Feedback SpdReg AntiBckup 0 0 Feedback SpdReg AntiBckup 0 3 Under Shoot Under Shoot 85 Servo Lock Gain Default 0 0000 Y Real Sets the gain of an additional integrator in the speed regulator The effect of Servo Lock is to increase stiffness of Min Max 0 0000 300 0000 the speed response to a load disturbance It behaves like a position regulator with velocity feed forward but Units Is without the pulse accuracy of a true position regulator The units of Servo Lock are rad sec Gain should normally be set to less than 1 3 speed regulator bandwidth or for the desired response Set to zero to disable Servo Lock 86 Spd Reg Droop Default 0 0000 Y RW Real Specifies the amount of base speed that the speed reference is reduced when at full load torque Use the droop Min Max 0 0000 0 2500 function to cause the motor speed to decrease with an increase in load The units are per unit speed per unit Units PU torque 87 SReg Trq Preset Default 0 0000 Y RW 16 bit When the drive is not enabled this parameter presets integrator output Par 101 SpdReg Integ Out to a specified Min Max 8 0000 P U Integer torque level This ensures that the torque command will be at the preset value when the drive is enabled and run Units PU Par 153 Control Options bit 18 SpdRegPreset 0 enables this preset 89 Spd Err Filt BW Default 700 0000 Y JRW Real Sets the bandw
15. ES 10 9801 eseooeq gt quewesouy 1 00 oso are 1801 awy 2 se 1957 unsey 9 demgug 6 desig z demsug ug vy Kaze vie vy y demgug demgug DJOM JO peioejes eui peddems s v JO POPAS Z pessed s v 1 inseu v HAZE gt gc D ae demgug Cus ua ve dewsua D ve Cx 81 dewsug Ox 7 rea demgua Cx va vi demgua Co v demgug uonejedo dems ig Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 192 Appendix Control Block Diagrams z eun 21 91 uonounj 91 z 1 1 EL uonound dOW ZL zZ LL 01 5 5 Lq 6 Z 8 UOISIBAUOD 2 9 6 uonoun 91601 Z 1095 1 Z YMS 1
16. 5 2 5 5 5 8 2 lalalalalalala a lalalalala alalalalalalala lalalala lalalalala Default x x fo p p p jo jo fo jo fo fo jo fo fo jo fo jo fo fo fo fo fo Bit 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 115 14 13 12 1 109 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 934 SLBufData Rx00 to to 951 51 Buf Data Rx17 This is the SynchLink buffered data received See Par 933 Rx Buf Data Type for data type configuration 964 TxDirData Type Indicates the data type of each Direct Transmit word If the word s bit is set the data type is floating point real If the bit is not set the data type is integer Use the Peer Communication window to configure this selection Options Default Bit 965 X SLDir Data Tx00 to to 968 51 Dir Data Tx03 This is the SynchLink direct data transmitted See Par 964 Tx Dir Data Type for data type configuration 969 Tx Buf Data Indicates the data type of each Buffered Transmit word If the word s bit is set the data type is floating point real If the bit is not set the data type is integer Use the Peer Communication window O to configure this selection 32 bits of data SLBuf02 Rea SLBuf01 Rea SLBuf07 Rea SLBuf08 Rea SLBuf05 Rea SLBuf16 Rea SLBuf15 Rea SLBuf14 Rea SLBuf13 Rea SLBuf12 Rea SLBuf09 Rea Default 0 SL Buf Data
17. uonisod eui uonisod 195 0 speeu 7 729 uo sod 1 usod masod u uotiSod uonisod uer ous SNIS uonisod Ob Kee lt e gt 101173 282 poueg X Joje1eues asing ou s SUSO sug o n AD idig 1 esing ou g snieis ouAsx 00 K 984 rl m 6t Korz z uote suo oui 15 a1 bore 32 i uote sniejs 60 K H2 EIR ERA cC pun Cen jeou Ss 5 m jenjov ou sx euo uj ou sx Cog idis Liorequsod m 41 K otz ueos K orz X z LC euo uoi 2 uj ou sx 1 JOUOD uonisog T 1 5 uonisog 80K Hee ven 2 e H980 jenjoy qeBoiul ouAsx 684 WET eel uj ou sx c xse1 J041u02 xny JOJ jUO2 _e 9 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 188 Appendix Control Block Diagrams 5 INO dL 27
18. es 9919 snes 21607 9919 Buunfijuoo ueuw Aj eoid Humo 941 910N 5 Id PIOH Id 2195 pds uonisod 1195 pds Id 0195 pds 10 4 dwog 1X3 05 15209 dos z Bays 903 5 soa PIOH dweypds voq psemio4 sixy 209 yney 12919 15 5507 2 1 209 S pds 0 Iqsq dureupds 9045 jeuuoN Sh 195 dL 91607 1913 Sjulodise 159 ug uonisod ug Id dwog 194 dwog eeu 1X3 ysybju Bays PIOH dweypds ug SIXy ISH sso7yoR S pds Id 608 80 209 90 909 vod 0q 0 00 le 91 0 ysy eaug JeUMQ Ne JeuMQ saumo JeuMQ URIS JeumQ dois 908 SJ UMO 909 vod 204 zoq 109 009 2160 SEIN YSE xsey URIS xse N 21607 SYSE 0 Vod S uod uod 91607 Sh sindu rey6iq SL eowe
19. 2200000000 0000 trips in set mode it transfers the value of this parameter to its output 215 PPeakDetect1 Out Default 0 0000 RO Real Output from the first peak level detector Min Max 4 2200000000 0000 216 PkDtct2 In Default 0 Y RW 32 bit Integer input to second peak level detector Min Max 2 2147483648 Integer 217 PkbDtct2 In Real Default 0 0000 Y RW Real Floating point input to second peak level detector Min Max 2200000000 0000 218 PeakDtct2 Preset Default 0 0000 Y RW Real The second detector in set or hold modes compares this value to its input for level detection When the detector Min Max 4 2200000000 0000 trips in set mode it transfers the value of this parameter to its output 48 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No Name Values RE Description 2 Sic 53 c 219 PeakDetect2 Out Default 10 00 RO Real Output from the second peak level detector Min Max 0 00 1200 00 221 Load Estimate Default 00 RO Real Displays the estimated load torque which is the side effect of the speed observer and does not include torque to Min Max 8 0 P U accelerate or decelerate the motor if the inertia input is correct The value is provided for display purposes Units PU 222 MtrFd
20. PLL TP Select Default O Zero Phase Locked Loop test point selection inne Tay La Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Options D 0n ce E He Position Err 17 3 XtoV 18 I 4 Dt 19 I3 5 Gain 20 pi PosIntg 21 Enable 7 l 22 EprCal 23 Ve Out Num 24 AnaPlsScl 10 Denom 25 Ve Whl Accum 11 Egr Ratio 26 Ve Frc AccmF 12 27 Fre Accm 13 HComp 28 Ve Dt 14 Pos Lpf Out PLL TP DataDInt Default 0 Test point integer data This data is meaningful only if the selection at Par 717 PLL TP Select is integer data Min Max 2147483648 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 PLL TP DataReal Default 00 Test point real data This data is meaningful only if the selection at Par 717 PLL TP Select is not integer data Min Max 2200000000 0000 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 PLL Control Phase Locked Loop Control Bit 0 Vel FdFwd En When set enables the velocity feed forward path When cleared the feed forward path is disabled Bit 1 Ext Vel In When set enables external velocity feed forward through Par 728 PLL Ext Spd Ref When cleared velocity feed forward is derived from the input device position Bit 2 Trckng AComp When set provides an element of a
21. 5 5 2 z gt 22 552 22552 5 Zis g g lt cc le le fe le A gt Ale le zm 5 ju ju 2 su 2 Default x x x x x x x x 0p fk jo fo 7 ft fo 1 o 0 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 2423 222120 19 18 17 16 115 14 13 121 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 8 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters No Name Description g 511 Config Configures Field Oriented Control 2 FOC2 operation O Notes Bit changes were made for firmware version 2 003 This parameter was changed to non linkable for firmware version 3 001 ATTENTION Do not modify this parameter Motor Drive instabilities and damage may result Options 2 E 5 5 a sa E v E sa E El E cs bed lt 2 lt 0 SIS SSS gt g
22. Values Default Min Max Default Min Max Decrease if set decrements the MOP level output from Par 1087 MOP Rate to Par 1089 MOP Low Limit OP level output to zero and bit 0 Increment and bit 1 Decrease are inhibited 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 0000 2200000000 0000 lt ILinkable Read Write RW Real Default 0 0 0 0 Bit 3 2 10 Rate Default 0 10005 Y IRW Real Sets the rate of change increment or decrement for the MOP The setting 0 1 sec will equate to an increment or Min Max 0 0000 2200000000 0000 decrement of 0 1 for every second active If this is used for the speed reference that equals 10 of base speed Units every second for a total of 10 seconds to reach base speed reference MOP High Limit Default 1 00005 Y RW Real Sets the upper limit for the MOP output The MOP cannot be incremented above this level Min Max 0 0000 2200000000 0000 Units Low Limit Default 1 00005 Y IRW Real Sets the lower limit for the MOP output The MOP cannot be decremented below this level in Max 2200000000 0000 0 0000 Units 5 MOP Level Real Default 10 0000 RO Real Actual output value of the MOP as a real number This value is also found in the speed reference selection A value Min Max 2200000000 0000 of 1 0 equals base motor speed Units Scale Dint De
23. 900nsfilter 0 0 Capture on rising edge 10 1 0 1000nsfilter 0 1 Capture on falling edge 1 0117 1 1100nsfilter 1 0 Capture on both edges 1 110 0 120nsfilter 1 1 Disable capture 1 1 0 1300nsfilter 1 1 1 0 1400 ns filter 1 1 1 1 1500nsfilter Set bit 1 RLO DisarmReq and bit 17 RL1 DisarmReq to disarm the registration logic for next trigger event After the registration is captured bit 0 RLO Arm Req and bit 16 RL1 Arm Req automatically resets back to 0 after found Bit 1 RLO DisarmReq and bit 17 DisarmReq are only needed to disarm a registration latch that has not been found yet Setting bits 1 and 17 will clear the bits 0 and 6 Setting bits 0 and 6 sets bits 0 X X X X xxx Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 71 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 52 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 The particular latch will be armed and ready to be strobed on the next occurrence of the RLO Armed and bit 16 RL1 Armed and clears bits 1 RLO Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No Name Description 238 _ RegisLtch0 1Stat Indicates the control status of registration latch 0 and 1 BitO Armed and bit 16 RL1 Armed indicates the registration latch is armed Bit 1 RLO Found and bit 17 RL1 Found indicates the registration event has triggered
24. ay ueuM eyap e s urod 5141 UlOd 0 U Od 5 V 3 8 v 187 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Control Block Diagrams Appendix C Buiuung 797119 port 9 2921 NEL ems ino 01607 o as ID 0 K 291 indino xpujsiseg IS 21007 ELK ZSL D 4 9 ug suonound lt 4 X Iqu3uonisog eas H V 1 Iqu3uonisod e 91607 EL Kore xpujosg LOK bre YO ayejodiaqul 9S uo uonoeuuo xpujosg o core SL Kove udisxpujosg snieig uonisod uonisod id 0119 195 jeu 3 sa zi deis apoweinjosqy 2 092 2 ionuoz uonisod 1514 xpujosg
25. 5 2 8 gliele lt 5525 5 512 e e SUS IS IG SIG 2 EI es Default 0 x kk kx k kx ore Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 2403 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 690 Motn Cnct Status 691 692 Status of all Motion connections Also includes status for the configuration state relating to motion connections Motn EventStatus Status of all events supported by the Motion Event Connection Note Added bit 9 Watch Fb Arm and bit 10 WatchFbPosit for firmware version 3 003 Options Motn Event Ctrl Shows configuration state of Motion Event functions Note Added bit 7 Watch Fb Rev for firmware version 3 003 Options Wndw Regis1 Watch X Rev 693 nterp SynchInput Bit zero of this parameter is used as the synchronization pulse for the Interpolator This parameter is linked to Par 700 Motn Posit Sync for a Motion Servo Axis It is linked to Xsync Status for a SynchLink application Bits 1 4 have been changes to Reserved for firmware version 2 004 tos glg ggz g g Default x x x x x x x x x x X x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x p K 0 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 933 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
26. July 2013 29 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters Masks amp Owners 670 Logic Mask 671 Start Mask 672 Jog Mask 673 Direction Mask 674 Fault Clr Mask 677 Stop Owner 678 Start Owner 679 Jog Owner 680 Direction Owner 681 Fault Clr Owner DPI Data Links 650 DPI In Datalype 651 DPI Data In A1 652 DPI Data In A2 653 DPI Data In B1 654 DPI Data In B2 655 DPI Data In C1 656 DPI Data In C2 657 DPI Data In D1 658 DPI Data In D2 659 DPI Out DataType 660 DPI Data Out A1 661 DPI Data Out A2 662 DPI Data Out B1 663 DPI Data Out B2 664 DPI Data Out C1 665 DPI Data Out C2 666 DPI Data Out D1 667 DPI Data Out D2 30 DriveLogix 1 0 600 Lgx Comm Format 601 From DL DataType 602 FromDriveLogix00 603 FromDriveLogix01 604 FromDriveLogix02 605 FromDriveLogix03 606 FromDriveLogix04 607 FromDriveLogix05 608 FromDriveLogix06 609 FromDriveLogix07 610 FromDriveLogix08 611 FromDriveLogix09 612 FromDriveLogix10 613 FromDriveLogix11 614 FromDriveLogix12 615 FromDriveLogix13 616 FromDriveLogix14 617 FromDriveLogix15 618 FromDriveLogix16 619 FromDriveLogix17 620 FromDriveLogix18 621 FromDriveLogix19 622 FromDriveLogix20 625 To DL DataType 626 To DriveLogix00 627 DriveLogix01 628 DriveLogix02 629 To DriveLogix03 630 To DriveLogix04 631 DriveLogix05 632 To DriveLogix06 633 To DriveLogix07 634 To DriveLogix08 635 To DriveLog
27. 1011 95205 uonisod peedg CD 91607 WO 69 5 10219 uonisod Jen uonisog E gt lt re8 gt snis 12007 jueuno lt 12 gt peso D snes 21607 AQ UONSOd 21 ewo xibo1eAug OL J041u02 eAug 199 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 Control Block Diagrams Appendix C 0009 1 5 Jo juo eui 4S 2 ui uni 3snuJ doo 0 9t Ld S9 y p9AI9291 10 195 JOU 511 uonoeuuo xur1uou S WOJ Jo jedeoy L 01165 aq SNU 0 Uonoeuuoo eui JO 10113 peinBijuoo Jou ejnpojA MOUS y 10 195 jsnui 5 OL OL zlereaieeupeuyequesn oleveqresypeuysquesn OL Wo4 T LL Texegieeupeuygequesm wo oJeveqieeupeuy
28. 2 lt 2 5 15 gt 5 225 2 525 2 gjel gjel 2 ISIS 810 e lt 5 Default Xx x x jx x X x x x x x x x 0x x px fx JO JO fe 009 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 3 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True 688 lt n Command request bits from the Motion Planner both the Servo and Feedback Only axis e Options so s elg cc w w c w 9 c E g EIgZEIZEZEEZEEZEZEZE Szszs z z z z 5szzsb5tu5srzil zo fe zls SER EIE IECIT ES gm KRE BE pns 40 89 9 em g 22222222 SIS ISG IS SIS Sle lS ie 2 ES E Default 0 x kx x k x x x x x x 0 0 x 0 x 0 x x x x x x x kx Xx X D x 0 X o nr Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 3 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True 100 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No Name Description w ec 689 Motn Axis Resp n Command response from both the Servo and Feedback Only Axis to the Motion Planner Options ol S SZ S gt lela l l l l gt 7 Ele SIS IS l SISISlISslSlslIslIslIslelElsl zlzs v 9 9 9 9 v v v 9 9 v o e gt lt 9 9 v v 9 v e 9 e v gt e e o 9
29. PrChrg Cntc 1 High Horse Power Only Ifthe drive has AC input check the precharge resistor Precharge Contactor Fault the precharge contactor did not send back active and contactor feedback Ifthe drive has DC input check the jumper for precharge bypass switch on the Fiber Optic Power Interface board 74 HiHp PwrEE Error 1 High Horse Power Only Cyce power to the drive Power EEPROM Error the Cycling Ring Checksum CRC of the data stored in Check the communication bus lines 10 pin the Fiber Optic Power Interface board s EEPROM does not match the stored connector on the Main Control board Fiber Optic CRC Power Interface board and fiber optic connections 75 HiHP PwrBd Otemp 1 High Horse Power Only Lower the ambient temperature Power Board Over Temperature the temperature of the Fiber Optic Power Interface board has exceeded 85 C 76 HiHP HardwareVer 3 High Horse Power Star coupler Frame 12 amp 14 Drives Only Check the version of each inverter left and right units The left and right side inverter units have different current ratings or the ASIC then replace the unit board or the Fiber Optic Power Interface board is not functioning 77 CurrUnbInce 3 High Horse Power Star coupler Frame 12 amp 14 Drives Only Check the motor wiring for each unit The output current between the left and right side inverter units are unbalanced 20 of current feedback rating e g 184A 920A 0 2
30. 1 Table 3 Drive Status Indicator Descriptions Name Color State Description 1 PWR Power Green Steady Illuminates when power is applied to the drive 2 55 Green Flashing Drive ready but not running amp no faults are present B Status Steady Drive running no faults are present g Yellow Flashing When running a type 2 non configurable alarm condition exists drive continues to run When E stopped a start inhibit exists and the drive cannot be started 5 Steady A type 1 user configurable alarm condition exists but drive continues to run E Red Flashing A fault has occurred Steady non resettable fault has occurred Red Flashing The drive is in flash recovery mode The only operation permitted is flash upgrade Yellow Alternately m 3 PORT Refer to the Status of DPI port internal communications if present MOD Communication Adapter Status of communications module when installed User Manual s NETA Status of network if connected E NET B Status of secondary network if connected SE SYNCHLINK Green Steady The module is configured as the time keeper 2 or E The module is configured as a follower and synchronization is complete S Green Flashing The follower s are not synchronized with the time keeper 5 Red Flashing The module is configured as a time master on Synch
31. 195 22 92 ze 7 9 eoo IS O I 12907 sz mss Coe gt ve ez esunogea ies cui zz e eze ER T vee gt Is uiia eno ino fejeu sneis o 1 e207 ei sme eoo S 12007 oz 0 281 le 828 6L 61 e 91 281 sza IO v za1 tw mum in 9 10 OWAGLL 20 uedo YS Sindu OQ vz Ine enoa 4 E M vo K gt lr uial snieiS 12907 9 oc ino 5 1215 O 12907 Lr ejeoeqjeooy oz dois 18209 61 Wis 6E dois 81 nexa 82 2165 jeu 1 ges uepjesn Ze Les jeu pds 91 2195 ueg1esn 96 GL Mes uegjesp se dois jeuuoN pL oas ueouesp pe z Bor e WILNO PIH peniese 21 WLO PIH 26 LL paniesay LE 0 0 6 puaa 62 paniesey 8 Id 82 ung 2 Id 22 9 Id 92 was s dOW Sz 2051015 p A dOW bz dOW ez syne4 2 udiexpuposa zz deis xpupsa 12 pesn 0 suonoejes
32. 6juosi amp eu 1 0100 ByugsiBey yor si amp eu 100 Lipoug 10 A S UlOd S L 0 10 NUS PON 9129 pds Joenus 100W ud 19S AW zzz d uonisog 444d ueuw payeinuis pds part 8 vet 1 _ iqpJ 153 1504 1010W X 153 peeds 1090 64 7 aros pds e mg sso1upe1 qp4 pds pejeos sneg 21607 uonisog 12 LJepooug vieron CS Up qp4 PAS WIH OL 1 0 1 inu 9 40u13 1 0 Jpou3 ds 1010 yap pds 1 o4pou3 Duisseoojg Hdd ssoiqp4 0 0 eS HAPS 7 ec Y 1 JS el ED yap4 pds opou3 d 95 XAPA lt gt 5 158 sso7Yoe puewwog 91607 Ud 18S AN Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 182 Appendix Control Block Diagrams sdAg qua vea gup Ba D Sniels O I 2907 E T ssed g jou si 0288 gt EU ejqeu3 1 195 519 ueuM Cose o mo Ai aas C 958 es eno i E US uo Aly os 80 291 2 opas D gz
33. Configured with 365 Fdbk LsCnfg Pri Par 366 Fdbk Par 286 Linear1 Status displays the fault status for linear portion of the Ls Alt and Par367 i arde MDI feedback option card Mom 7 Params Defaulted 1 All parameters are reset to default by user Informational Only 8 SLink HW Fail 1 A fault has occurred while loading the SynchLink firmware into FPGA on the Replace the Main Control board Main Control board at power up 9 SLink Comm Fail 2 A SynchLink communication fault has occurred Verify the SynchLink configuration in Par 904 SL Node Cnfg Par 902 SL Error Status displays SynchLink errors e Par 905 SL CommFormat and Par 910 SL Tx CommFormat Reconnect SynchLink communication fibers Configured with Par 384 SL CommLoss Cnfg 10 Power Loss 1 One of the following has occurred Verify AC line power DCBus voltage has fallen below the minimum value Par 306 DC Bus Voltage displays bus voltage Par 330 Fault TP Data displays the minimum value when Par 329 Fault TP I is set to five The drive must first complete precharge before this check is made 11 Motor OLoad Trip 2 A motor overload trip has occurred Par 308 Output Current is squared scaled Reduce mechanical load and integrated over time When this integrated value exceeds 1 0 this exception event occurs The integrator s output can be viewed in Par 330 Fault TP Data when Par 329 Fault TP
34. Parameter No 1 2 3 4 5 7 Model Number Motor NP Volts MotorNPFLA _ MotorNP Motor NP RPM MotorNP Motor Current peak System Cont Stall Motor line to line V rms A rms Frequency oper rpm Power KW Poles Torque N m RPM Hz rpm 1326AH B330F 460 2 1 0 0 3000 0 75 9 0 3000 1326AH B440F 460 3 3 0 0 2500 1 22 13 8 2500 1326AH B540F 460 11 1 0 0 2500 2 60 472 2500 3050R 7 390 66 0 50 0 500 30 00 12 132 0 500 11050R 7 390 218 0 50 0 500 110 00 12 436 0 500 1 Due to low inertia and low electrical time constant characteristics it is recommended that the system inertia be at least 0 02 seconds when using this motor for constant velocity applications 204 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 General Information Appendix E ATEX Approved PowerFlex 700 Phase II Drives in Group II Category 2 Applications with ATEX Approved Motors This document provides information on operation of an ATEX approved drive and ATEX approved motor The motor is located in a defined hazardous environment while the drive is not A protective system is required to stop current flow to the motor when an over temperature condition has been sensed in the motor When sensed the drive will go into a stop condition To restart the drive the over temperature condition must be resolved followed by a valid start command to the drive The PowerFlex 700S Phase I
35. 5555 5 5 2 sls 2 2 2 3 Default 0 0 jo 0 0 jo 0 0 0 0 0j jo jo JO 0 0 0 jo JO jo 0 0 0 0 JO 0 0 0 J0 0 false Bit 30 29 28 22 26 25 24 p3 22 21 20 h9 18 17 16 h5 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 2 10 1 me Bit Name Current Function Bit Current Function 0 Active Drive is controlling motor 15 Enable On 1 Running Run command received amp controlling motor 16 AtSetpt1 Par 172 value is within limits defined by Par 173 and Par 174 2 CommandDir Commanded direction is forward 17 AboveSetpt2 Par 175 value is within limits defined by Par 176 and Par 177 3 Actual Dir Actual motor direction is forward 18 MCActive Drive is controlling motor same as enabled 4 Accelerating Motor is increasing speed 19 MC Commis Motor control commissioning in progress 5 Decelerating Motor is decreasing speed 20 Spd Commis Speed control commissioning in progress 6 Jogging Jog command received amp controlling motor 21 Hw Enable On 7 Faulted Exception event that causes a fault has occurred 22 Torque Mode Par 110 value is 2 3 4 5 or6 8 Alarm Exception event that causes an alarm has occurred 23 Speed Mode Par 110 value is 1 amp position control is not enabled 9 Flash Mode Flash upgrade in progress 24 Position Mode Position control active amp Par 110 value is not 2 3 4 5 or 6 10 Ready Enable input is high amp drive is fault free 25 Start Active Start command received amp con
36. Integer Options 0 Basic Value 0 Basic grants access to the minimum number of parameters 1 Advanced Value 1 Advanced grants access a larger group of parameters 2 Language Default 0 English RW 16 bit Selects the display language when using an LCD HIM Currently only option 0 English is available Options 0 English Integer 1 Alt Language Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 4 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters No Values 2o 9g Description x Ws 25 5 Sie 202 Time Axis Rate Default 1 0000 Y IRW Real Sets rate 1 sec for the Time Function Generator to ramp from an output of 0 to 1 and from 1 to 0 Min Max 0 0100 20 0000 Units Is 203 Time Axis Output Default 0 0000 RO Real The output of the Time Function Generator When the Time Function Generator is enabled by Par 151 Logic Min Max 0 0000 1 0000 Command bit 3 Time Axis En or Par 153 Control Options bit 24 Time Axis En the value of this parameter ramps from 0 to 1 at a rate determined by Par 202 Time Axis Rate Conversely when the Time Function Generator is disabled the value of this parameter ramps from 1 to 0 204 LimGen Y axis Mx Default 0 2500 Y IRW Real Sets Par 207 Limit Gen Hi Out and Par 208 Limit Gen Lo Out when the absolute value of Par 206 LimGen X axis Min Max 0 0000 8 0000 In is g
37. Wiring and Grounding for Pulse Width Modulated PWM AC Drives publication DRIVES INOO1 Provides basic information needed to properly wire and ground Pulse Width Modulated PWM AC drives Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Control publication SGI 1 1 Provides general guidelines for the application installation and maintenance of solid state control in the form of individual devices or packaged assemblies incorporating solid state components Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770 4 1 Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system Product Certifications website http www ab com Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details You can view or download publications at http www rockwellautomation com literature To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 Preface General Precautions Qualified Personnel gt ATTENTION Only qualified personnel familiar with the PowerFlex 7005 Drive and associated machinery should plan or implement the installation start up and subsequent maintenance of the system Failure to comply may result in personal injury and or equipment damage Personal Safety
38. ma sed id 2817 yoeqpee Id 55247 284 o INIT CZ yeold L n T dy j S 18 Id Id 1 1npu3 Lid ug 2 KESH suondo a os 91607 YO LSL gt 9 i c ug 5 0 snes 21607 2 XS 21 9jelg 91601 JOMUOD 5892014 9 179 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Control Block Diagrams Appendix C ywn enbio 4 noy renjoy 61 Cre Xen sng sng exeig Sd CN HOA sng hoy ur1sog enbio gt qp4 PAS qur sog enbio lt gt Cozi 1v18 o D yulodyas 1043 1V1S sng exeig 4 1v 1S 601 gt m E i ea M 55841 sents EE Ea Y vost IS 3 1013 peedg 27 SH Ca av lt 2 Qno WNW enbio t OX x gt 2 X lt gt Bor anbioy ai Le bij C C e lt gt bei snas lt gt TeX
39. 1 0 P U 110 Speed TorqueMode Default 1 Speed Reg Selects the source for the drive torque reference Options 0 Zero Torque 4 Max Spd Torq 1 Speed Reg 5 Sum Spd Torq 2 Torque Ref 6 AbsMn Spd Tq 3 Min Spd Torq 151 Logic Command TachLoss Rst Column s Explanation 1 Parameter Number O Parameter value cannot be changed until the drive is stopped A Parameter is displayed on the HIM only when Par 196 ParamAccessLvl is set to 1 Advanced The controller drive interface as defined by the Controller Communication Format sets bits to enable and disable various functions and algorithms Bits that are changed here are reflected in Par 152 Applied LogicCmd Note Bits 4 through 9 in Logic Command are NOT recalled from Control EEprom They will be cleared upon drive powerup or following an EEprom recall operation 2 Name Parameter name as it appears in the DriveExecutive software Description Brief description of parameter function 3 Values Define the various operating characteristics of the parameter There are 3 types of Values Numeric Default Lists the value assigned at the factory Min Max _ Displays lowest possible setting Displays highest possible setting Units Unit of measure and resolution as shown on the LCD HIM Important Analog inputs can be set for current or voltage with parameter 821 Analog 1 0 Units
40. 3 Fit RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 4 FItCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 2 FitCoastStop 3 Fit RampStop 4 FitCurLimStp 399 Position ErrCnfg Default 1 Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a position error condition ine uM Options 0 Ignore 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs 1 Nam 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs E ue 2 FitCoastStop 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to 3 FltRampStop this event 4 FltCurLimStp 3 RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 400 Rated Amps Default 22 0000 RO Real Current rating of the inverter The drive automatically sets this at power up Min Max 0 1000 3000 0000 Notes The maximum value was changed for firmware version 2 003 The maximum value was changed from Units A 2500 0000 to 3000 0000 for firm
41. 32767 Integer ote This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 1173 MC Generic 4 Default 0 RW 16 bit For Future Use in Max 32767 Integer ote This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 1174 MC Generic 5 Default 0 RW 16 bit For Future Use in Max 32767 Integer ote This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 1175 MC Generic 6 Default 0 RW 16 bit For Future Use 32767 Integer ote This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 1176 MC Generic 7 Default 0 RW 16 bit For Future Use in Max 32767 Integer ote This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 1177 MC Generic 8 Default 0 RW 16 bit For Future Use in Max 32767 Integer ote This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 1178 MC Generic 9 Default 0 RW 16 bit For Future Use in Max 32767 Integer ote This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 1179 MC Generic 10 Default 0 RW 16 bit For Future Use in Max 32767 Integer ote This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 130 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Pa meter Cross Reference Param Name Text Parameter Param Name Text Parameter By Na me Anlg Out Scale 835 Break
42. Bit 5 Over Ride En Override enabled Bit6 S Curve En 5 Curve Enabled e Bit 7 Cond Hold Conditional Hold Bit 8 Pause Pause Bit 9 Re Synch Re Synch Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Options d o o o oi oi z5 5 5 ilo o 2 229227272 le 5 5 zll lez 5 2 2 2 522 5 2 2 2 555 2 3 23 Default jx x x x x o 0 0 0 _ 0 False Bit 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 1 True Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 127 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters No Description 1135 PPMP Status Displays the current operating status of the Motion Planner Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Options lal B ii T s Z E Eg 2 8 7 5 amp 2 Default x x x 0 0 0 jo x 0 0 p n Bit 15 14 13 2 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 1136 PPMP Rev Spd Lim Default 0 5 Y RW Real Sets the maximum reverse speed reference limit Min Max 8 0 Notes This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Changed the default value and made the parameter Units rpm linkable for firmware version 4 001 1137 PPMP Fwd Spd Lim Default 0 5 Y RW Real Sets the maximum forward spe
43. Iv pieius ejeos gul Buy 90 LaL asuueu eiv Siu O I Boyeuy 15 ure ii Z Iv geq zul ro aL queuing 21 suun O I Io cora pleis tesuo Sjuv ane Lul spun O I Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 184 Appendix Control Block Diagrams ejqeu3 104 pesn s guy pue jou S 0288 S 0 7289 ueuw sd amp g snieiS 18907 Jeduinp aiqeuy 1 PO TEES vea 1 of 10 les sui 9 qeua jonuo ejqeu3 aremyos 01 pul so t u amp iH uo eiqeu3 snes 21607 ojgeua eA 828 18S pul Big gul iq e les eui Big 9 qeua zul f les zu 9 qeua Lu les 1 e qeu3 yseL 21501 J04ju02 2195 pds pds 0195 pds 015 15200 dois wrung z Bor esie oH penoy 3ne 129 9 ues 9015 jeuuoN 1 21601 2914 129 61 81 Ziq 91
44. a Values Units Default Min Max Default Min Max Units lt ILinkable Read Write Data Type 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer Default x Xx x x x x x x x x x x x 0 D 0 ohe Bit 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True 1113 DelTmr2 TrigData Default 0 Y RW 32 bit Link a word to this parameter that will control a user defined on or off delay timer The bit within the selected 32bits of data Boolean word that will control the delay timer is set by Par 1114 DelTmr2 Trig Bit The user defined on off delay timer is enabled by setting bit 6 Delay Timer of Par 1000 UserFunct Enable DelayTimer 2Stats 00 Enabled DelayTimer 2PrSet 17 00 Timing DelayTimer 2 Data II 99 DelayTimer 2 Bit DelayTimer 2Accum Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1114 DelTmr2 Trig Bit Default 0 Y RW 16 bit Selects the bit from the word linked to Par 1113 DelTmr2 TrigData that will change the status of the user Min Max 32 Integer defined delay timer to on or off When Par 1114 DelTmr2 Trig Bit is a positive number the delay timer is an on timer When Par 1114 is a negative number the delay timer is an off timer ote This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1115 DelayTimer2PrSet Default 0 Y I
45. 261 Steg amp Hiedn TPSel ects data displayed by Par 262 Steg amp Hiedn TPDta e 56 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 Sel Steg Displays data selected by Par 260 Stegmann0 Status Hh0 Edge Time Latency counter value not used for Hi Resolution Feedback Option Hh0 dEdge Change in edge counts for one 500 microsecond update At constant speed this value should be constant Hh0 dTime Change in update time This value should be constant 500 microseconds EPR This value should be 1 048 576 counts per revolution this is a constant value HhO nMax This is a scaled value of 2 Hho Delta2Err Derivative of value 2 amp Hiedn TPDta Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1 510 EdgeTime 5 5 0 EdgeMode 10 Reserved 11 EdgeTime 12 Hh0 dEdge 13 HhO dTime 14 EPR 15 Hh0 EdgeMode 16 nMax 17 Hh0 Delta2Er Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No Name Description 263 0 Configures the Heidenhain Encoder Feedback Option Bit 5 Direction determines the counting direction Set to 0 to count up or forward Set to 1 to count in reverse or down Bit 6 SW Reset setting this bit to 1 resets and restarts the option card Bit 7 VM Direction determines the direction of th
46. Bit 24 Drv Waking when set the drive is in wake mode and could start at any time Bit 28 12v Pwr identifies when the12V dc control voltage is outside the tolerance range The positive voltage power exceeds 15 50 V dc and the negative voltage power exceeds 15 50V DC Bit29 Anlgln1 Loss indicates a non configurable Analog Input 1 loss fault Bit30 Anlgln2 Loss indicates a non configurable Analog Input 2 loss fault Bit 31 Anlgln3 Loss indicates a non configurable Analog Input 3 loss fault Notes Bits 16 20 and 23 were added for firmware version 2 004 Bits 11 12 13 29 30 and 31 were added for firmware version 3 001 Changed bit 21 to Drive Homing and bit 28 to 12v Pwr for firmware version 3 003 Bit 14 HH Bus Data was added for firmware version 3 004 Bit 24 Drv Waking and 27 RideThruAlrm were added for firmware version 5 002 Options 5 5 21 515151515 515151553 5 5 2 9 22 5 52525 SIS 2 5 5 E E EEIEIE E 2 5 5 552 218 8 2 5 5 2 25 2 5 5 2 5555 Default 00 0 0 jo x x jo jo op oo 0 jo k Jo jo jo jo jo Jo o 0 jo 0 0 o nke Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 3 12 1 109 87 6 5 4 3 2 10 1 True 329 Fault T
47. PU Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 2200000000 0000 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No Name Values Description 2 351 Iq Ref Trim Default 0 0000 Y RW Provides an external source to command trim or offset the internal motor current reference This value is summed Min Max 8 0000 P U with Par 350 Actl Ref before the current limit is applied Scaling is in per unit motor current Units PU 352 lt Actual Lim Default 1 0000 RO Rea Displays the largest allowable stator motor current The range of allowable motor current is limited by the Min Max 0 0000 8 0000 maximum drive current Scaling is in per unit motor current Units PU 353 Iq Actual Lim Default 1 0000 RO Displays the largest allowable torque producing Iq motor current The range of allowable Iq motor currentis Min Max 0 0000 8 0000 limited by the maximum drive current and is adjusted by the motor flux current Scaling is in per unit motor Units PU current 354 Iq Rate Limit Default 1000 0000 RW Enter the maximum rate of change for Current Reference in per unit current sec 90 Spd Reg BW willbe 5 0000 10000 0000 limited to 2 3 of this value Units 355 Iq Ref Limited Default 0 0000 RO Rea Displays the c
48. Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No 334 Name Description 700L AlarmStatus Bit 0 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm Bit 1 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm Bit2 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm Bit 3 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm Bit4 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm Bit 5 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm Bit6 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm Bit7 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm Bit 8 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm Bit14 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm Bit 15 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm Bit 16 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm Bit 17 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm Bit 18 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm Bit 19 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm Bit 20 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm Bit21 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm Bit 22 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm Bit 23 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm Bit 24 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Options onCnfgFault onCnfgFault onCnfgFault onCnfgFault onCnfgFault onCnfgFault onCnfgFault onCnfgFault onCnfgFault onCnfgFault Reserved Default x x x x x x x 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 x x Indicates the occurrence of exception events that h
49. Undervoltage Trip level and the precharge input is high the requirement for Configured with Par 387 PreChrg Er Cig the precharge being high can be bypassed by setting Par 411 PreChrg Control bit 01 PreChrg Enable to 0 Off 32 PWM Asynch 1 The Motor Control Processor is not synchronized with SynchLink 33 15volt Power 1 The12V DC control voltage is outside the tolerance range The positive voltage Replace switch mode power supply For smaller frames power must be within the band from 17 00 to 11 61V DC The negative replace drive voltage power must be within the band from 17 00 to 11 61V DC 35 Parameter Chksum 1 The checksum read from the EEPROM does not match the checksum calculated e Cycle power to the drive Replace the Main Control board 38 BrakeOL Trip 2 The calculated temperature of the dynamic braking resistor is too high The Verify actual temperature of brake temperature is calculated by a thermal model Ifhot wait for the brake to cool If the resistor is internal the model uses the resistor characteristics stored in the power structure EEPROM memory Ifcold cycle power to the drive If cold verify that the values of Par 416 Brake PulWatts and Par 417 If the resistor is external the model uses values of Par 416 Brake PulWatts Brake Watts are correct d Par 417 Brake Watts and Par 417 Brake Watts Configured with Par 369 Brake OL Cnfg 39 PowerEE CRC Fail 1 The Cy
50. anbio 100W a p peioejes 5 0 idepy gt idepy ug biol C 21607 zo 1823 153 depy oken epy veu c 002 gt pds ioo pdg pooxo paads uondepy M D 180 S 2160 ee ee S Hoare D pow enbio pds pHs INO Id pds 1521 enbio DIL Leld les dL Sjulodise Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 180 Appendix Control Block Diagrams dL UND 8SEd 195 dL Jeu UND LSEd Sjulogise eq eunioiny Aq 5 ay by bi suondo D snes iur 10 U09 10 0 01 baL AW by Core snieis eie duo xuisieoH enbio sve duje uf 10 19091510 10 dooipesoro LI le Kes suondo ouo y est gt pe queuing wn eny bi A 2 Ur si 1 xse1 juauno jo4uo2 queuing Dune oes e V14 2010 1 C206 gt jueuno AW doojuedo 1011002 201215 nd wring dudo 10
51. ote This parameter was added for firmware version 5 002 Scaling 16384 360 deg 600 Comm Format Default 16 Speed Ctrl the ER to boe Option 0 Not Used 18 UserDefin 1 ote Option values 1 15 and 20 31 are Reserve 16 Speed Ctrl 19 Motion 17 PositionCtrl 32 CustmUserDef 601 From DL DataType Sets the type of data for each word communicated from DriveLogix to the PowerFlex 7005 drive Setting a bit High will configure the associated word as a Real data type and setting the bit Low will configure it for Integer data type 602 FromDriveLogix00 0 to to 32 dependant on Par 601 From DL 622 FromDriveLogix20 Datalype These parameters display the input values communicated from the DriveLogix controller to the PowerFlex 7005 drive 625 DataType Sets the data type for each word communicated from the PowerFlex 700S drive to DriveLogix Setting a bit High will configure the associated word as a Real data type and setting the bit Low will configure it for Integer data type Options 25522 25552 25522 25585 8 fe fe fe fe fe fe fe fe fe fe fe 515 5752 5215 5 2 lt 2 2 22 2258 5 5 5 Default
52. ration data of the feedback option card port 0 The registration data is the position reference counter value latched by the external strobes The strobe signal used to trigger the latch is configurable by 254 Opt0 1 RegisCnfg Default Min Max Default Min Max 2147483648 2147483648 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 55 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters No Name Description E 259 Stegmann0 Cnfg Configures the Stegmann Hi Resolution Encoder Feedback Option Notes Bit 11 SmplRate is set to 0 False by de firmware version 3 001 Options Bit 5 Direction determines counting direction If clear direction is forward or up If set the direction is reverse or down Bits 10 SmplRate bt0 12 SmplRate bt2 configure the Finite Impulse Response FIR Filter see Table 259A FIR Filter Settings This setting reduces the effect of noisy feedback on the system Refer to the Speed Position Feedback section of the PowerFlex 7005 with Phase I Control Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM003 ault for firmware version 1 11 and is set to 1 True by default for firmware version 2 Default x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 003 This parameter was changed to non linkable for Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 Table 259A FIR Filter Settings Bit 12 11 10 Taps 0 01 0 12 1 04 1 18 0 0 16 0 1
53. solid green Controller is OK flashing green The controller is storing or loading a project to or from nonvolatile memory 142 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Troubleshooting Chapter 3 Precharge Board Status Indicators The Precharge Board indicators LEDs are found on Frame 5 amp 6 drives only and are located above the Line Type Phase selection jumper Refer to the PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency Drive Phase II Control Frames 1 6 Installation Instructions publication 20D IN024 for the location of the Phase selection jumper Name Color State Description Power Green Steady Indicates when precharge board power supply is operational Alarm Yellow Flashing Number in indicates flashes and associated alarm m 1 Low line voltage lt 90 2 Very low line voltage lt 50 3 Low phase one phase lt 80 of line voltage 4 Frequency out of range or asymmetry line sync failed 5 Low DC bus voltage triggers ride through operation 6 Input frequency momentarily out of range 40 65 Hz 7 DC bus short circuit detection active Fault Red Flashing Number in indicates flashes and associated fault 2 DC bus short Udc lt 2 after 20 ms 4 Line sync failed or low line Uac lt 50 Unom 1 An alarm condition automatically resets when the condition no longer exists 2 A fault indicates a malfunction that must be c
54. Bit 19 Ovr Current2 the second structure detected an over current Bit 20 Ovr Volt2 the second structure detected an over voltage Bit 21 Asym DcLink2 the second structure detected an unbalanced DC Link Bit 22 Pwr Suply2 the second structure detected a power supply failure Bit 23 HW Disable2 the second structure detected a hardware disable Bit 24 Latch Err2 the second structure fault was generated but no indicating bit was set Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 ee ee s Options Ovr Current1 700L FaultStatus Indicates the occurrence of exception events that have been configured as fault conditions for PowerFlex 700L LiquiFlo drive Bit 0 Dsat Phs U1 indicates that the primary structure detected on phase U Bit 1 Dsat Phs V1 indicates that the primary structure detected a Dsat on phase V Bit2 Dsat Phs W indicates that the primary structure detected on phase W Bit3 Ovr Current indicates that the primary structure detected an over current Bit 4 Ovr Volt indicates that the primary structure detected an over voltage e Bit5 Asym DcLink1 indicates that the primary structure detected an unbalanced DC Link Bit 6 Pwr Suply1 indicates that the primary structure detected a power supply failure Bit 7 HW Disable1 indicates that the primary structure detected a hardware disable Bit8
55. Drive Able To Run Power Applied PowerFlex 7005 Phase No Power Applied No Power Applied Power Applied Power Applied Enable Input Description For Verification Safe Off Option Closed Open Closed Open Monitor Contact Terminals 3 amp 4 PowerFlex 7005 Phase Il Bit 16 1 Bit 16 0 Bit 16 1 Bit 16 0 Drive Inhibits Bit 1 1 Bit 1 1 Bit 1 0 Bit 1 0 Param 156 Bits 1 amp 16 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 20D PMO001A EN P June 2010 Appendix F History of Changes This appendix summarizes the revisions to this manual Reference this appendix if you need information to determine what changes have been made across multiple revisions This may be especially useful if you are deciding to upgrade your hardware or firmware based on information added with previous revisions of this manual Topic Value 11 Sleep Mode was added to parameter 150 Logic State Mach for firmware version 5 002 Bits 21 Sleep Stop and 22 Sleep Config were added to parameter 156 Start Inhibits for irmware version 5 002 Value 8 Sleep Config was added to parameter 159 DigIn ConfigStat for firmware version 5 002 Bits 24 Drv Waking and 27 RideThruAlrm added to parameter 328 Alarm Status 3 for firmware version 5 002 Bit 2 VItFdbkReCal added to parameter 510 FVC Mode Config for firmware version 5 002 Bit 0 PM Cogging added to parameter 5
56. Important When enabled the following conditions must be met 1 Direct Aproper value must be programmed for parameters 280 Wake Level and 282 Sleep Level 2 Invert A speed reference must be selected in parameter 27 Speed Ref A Sel Atleast one of the following must be programmed and input closed in Dig Inx Sel Enable Stop CE Run Note This parameter was added with firmware version 5 002 ATTENTION Enabling the Sleep Wake function can cause unexpected machine operation during the Wake mode Equipment damage and or personal injury can result if parameter 278 Sleep Wake Mode is used in an inappropriate application Do Not use this function without considering the information below and in Sleep Wake Mode on page 171 In addition all applicable local national and international codes standards regulations or industry guidelines must be considered 2 Conditions Required to Start Drive 023 Input After Power Up After a Drive Fault After a Stop Command Reset by Stop CF HIM or TB Reset by Clear Faults TB HIM or TB Stop Stop Closed Stop Closed Stop Closed Stop Closed Wake Signal Wake Signal Wake Signal irect Mode New Start or Run Analog Sig gt Sleep Level 6 nvert Mode Analog Sig Sleep Level New Start or Run Enable Enable Closed Enable Closed Enable Closed Enable Closed Wake Signal Wake Signal Wake Signal Direct Mode New Start or Run Analog
57. 116 TestMark74 159 117 TestMark75 160 118 TestMark76 161 119 TestMark76 162 120 TestMark78 163 121 TestMark79 164 122 TestMark7A 165 123 TestMark7B 166 124 TestMark7C 167 125 TestMark7D 168 126 TestMark7E 169 127 TestMark7F 170 128 RWVuOut 11 RWVvOut RWVwOut RWuErr RWvEIT RWwerr RWVuOut2 RWVvOut2 RWVwOut2 RWPosState RWNegState BusDropVolts RecoverVolts DbDuty VdsFdbkFltr VasFdbkFltr VbusFdbkFltr VbusMemory VpEncOVelFbk VpEnc1VelFbk VPOptOVelFbk VPOptiVelFbk BitSelect1 BitSelect2 SrLssWeEst2 MulqsRef2 EstThetaByMV ETVdsFbkA ETVqsFbkA ETVdsFbkS ETVqsFbkS ETAtanVqVd ETByMtrVDfr VelRef2 VelOutput Flux Up Time FrameSize VdTargetMon ThetaELiner PprCntDfcOt PprCntDfcTh LinearPprCnt ActiveFdbk VdsComp 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 212 213 214 VqsComp 215 54096 2 5V 216 FreqAdjustFS 217 Reserved 218 FreglntMonFB 219 MtrCntrlSel 220 WeMon 221 Reserved 222 IqsCmd2 223 Reserved 224 Reserved 225 Reserved 226 VLmtVqsRef 227 VRefVqsRefNm 228 VRefRslqsNm 229 VRefVqsSpdVN 230 EconoVoltGn 231 F Output Fre 232 TrqCreflqsCm 233 Snk Wr 234 SrlssWrAve 235 CurFbklqsFbk 236 ACRIqsErr 237 C
58. 18 Ext Fault Input 2 A digital input has detected an external fault Enter a value of 3 Ext Fault or 38 ExtFault Inv in one ofthe following parameters to configure an input to detect an external fault e Par 825 Digin 1 Sel e Par 826 Digin 2 Sel Par 827 Digin 3 Sel e Par 828 Dig In4 Sel e Par 829 Dig In5 Sel Par 830 Dig In6 Sel Configured with Par 379 Ext Flt Alm Cnfg 19 05 Memory Error 1 Flash memory does not match the SRAM memory Cycle the drive power If the fault remains replace the Main Control board 20 05 Device Error 1 A DSP Velocity Position Loop interrupt task has not been completed inthe Cycle the drive power If the fault remains replace the allotted time Main Control board 22 Over Frequency 1 The Encoderless algorithm failed to converge on the correct speed Two possible causes include 1 The Velocity regulator is attempting to run below the motor slip speed 2 The Frequency regulator pulls out and the commanded motor frequency slows to the maximum frequency limit 23 MC Commissn Fail 1 The drive has failed to complete either the Motor Autotuning procedure or the Verify that the motor nameplate data is entered Power Circuits Diagnostics test Par 463 MC Diag Error 1 Par 464 MC Diag correctly into the drive Error 2 and Par 465 MC Diag Error 3 display Motor Autotuning and Power Verify that the motor is wired for the correction Circuit Diagnostic faults voltag
59. 28 E1 Edge Time 8 Reserved 29 E1 dEdge 9 Reserved 30 E1 dTime 10 Reserved 31 ET EPR 11 Reserved 32 E1 Edge Mode 12 Reserved 33 E1 13 Reserved 34 E1 Error 14 Reserved 35 E1 0105 pk 15 Reserved 36 E1 Ploss pk 16 MCP PPR 37 E1 PlevlHist 17 MCP 2An 38 EO Delta2Err 18 EO Edge Time 39 E1 Delta2Err 19 EO dEdge 40 EOB Present 20 EO dTime 4 First Diff 246 SpdFdbkTP RPM Default 00 Displays the value selected in Par 245 Spd Fdbk TP Sel in rpm This display should only be used ifthe selected Min Max 8 0 PU value is floating point data Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 247 SpdFdbkTP Data Default 0 Displays the value selected in Par 245 Spd Fdbk TP Sel This display should only be used if the selected value is Min Max 32768 integer data 249 FdbkOptionID Options Displays information about the Feedback Option NNNNN NNNNN N NNN N NNN Bits 15 11 indicate Module ID Number Bits 10 6 indicate Version Number Bits 5 3 indicate Revision Number High Revision No Low Bits 2 0 indicate Revision Number Low Module ID No Hexadecimal 1000 indicates resolver hexadecimal 2000 indicates old high resolution board and hexadecimal 2040 indicates new high resolution board Version No Revision No High 250 FBOptOPosit Default 0 RO 32 b
60. 55 852 0 2 Bit Default 0 Y 16 bit Selects the bit from the word linked to Par 851 Dig Out 2 Data that will change the status of Digital Output 2 Min Max 32 31 Integer e g when Par 852 Dig Out 2 Bit equals 0 bit 0 of Par 851 Dig Out 2 Data will control Digital Output 2 853 Dig Out2 On Time Default 0 00 RW 16 bit Defnes the amount of time between a False to True transition on the output status and the corresponding Min Max 0 00 600 00 Integer change in state of Digital Output 2 If a transition on an output condition occurs and starts the time delay and the Units output condition returns to its original state before the delay timer reaches the setpoint the delay timer will be aborted and the corresponding output status or digital output will not change state Par 853 Dig Out2 On Time can be disabled by setting the delay time to 0 zero Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 854 Dig Out2 OffTime Default 0 0 RW 16 bit Defnes the amount of time between a True to False transition on the output status and the corresponding Min Max 0 0 600 00 Integer change in state of Digital Output 2 If a transition on an output condition occurs and starts the time delay and the Units output condition returns to its original state before the delay timer reaches the setpoint the delay timer will be aborted and the corresponding output status or digital output will not change state Note
61. Ids Comp En setting this bit runs the Ids test to establish the initial flux current level for the motor and the inertia test even if already run Bit 4 SlipTuneDone when set the value in Par 486 Rated Slip Freq is used as the slip gain before the slip regulator becomes active after power is cycled or when the drive is reset by the Bit16 ManuCurOffst when set Par 453 lu Offset is used as the phase U current feedback offset value and Par 454 Iw Offset is used as the phase W current feedback offset value When this bit is not set default the phase U and W current feedback offset values are automatically updated when the drive is in a stop condition except during the first 10 seconds of the stop condition Bit17 ManuVItOffst when this bit is set Par 549 Vuv Fdbk Offset is used as the UV voltage feedback offset value and Par 550 Vvw Fdbk Offset is used as the VW voltage feedback offset value Bit 23 SyncTrans En when set default the synchronous transfer algorithm using voltage feedback data is active Notes Bit changes were made for firmware version 2 003 Bits 10 and 11 were added for firmware version 3 001 Changed bit 3 from Reserved to FastFluxDsbl for firmware version 3 003 Added i gt c a Options slzlals lg l 5 5 5 1 95 5 2 522 5 525 El El 5 a D c wD cs 5
62. MultestRef 48 MotVntc 49 BaseSlip 50 VbusFdbk2 51 VdsFdbk2 52 VqsFdbk2 53 VdsSpdVItFit 54 WrEst1 55 MulestFrqRef 56 TestFrqRef 57 FluxFItrN 1 58 PrchgDlayCtr 59 PrchTimOutCr 60 PrchPilotCtr 61 TrqEnableCtr 62 Mulscan1 63 ErStatFromCp 64 FixCurRteOut 65 ThetaE 66 SinThetaE1 67 SinThetaE2 68 SinThetaE3 69 SinThetaE4 70 SinThetaES 71 SinThetaE6 72 ThetaEcor 73 SinThtaEcor1 74 SinThtaEcor2 75 SinThtaEcor3 76 SinThtaEcor4 77 MulRef2B 78 SpdFdbk 79 Spdintegral 80 SpdPrportnal 81 SpdPl 82 83 SlipGainEst 84 LatchSlipGin 85 Ws2 Should not be changed by the user Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 86 SlipGainRate 129 87 FiltSlipGain 130 88 SlipScale 131 89 SlipSclShift 132 90 VdsEror 133 91 MotorRegen 134 92 VgsSlwRtCLim 135 93 MotorVIts 136 94 BusUtil 137 95 dsCompMon 138 96 Igslimit 139 97 VWgsSlwRtCnt 140 98 VqsErrMon 141 99 VqsNoErrCnt 142 100 VqsldsCmd 143 101 VqsMaxMotor 144 102 VqsMaxVbus 145 103 FreqMinFB 146 104 FreqMaxFB 17 105 IdsCmdFilter 148 106 DelFregIntFB 149 107 VqsError 150 108 SlipBrkErrFB 151 109 FastBrkOnFB 152 110 153 1112 AbsFreqOut 154 11222 TestMark70 155 113 TestMark71 156 14 TestMark72 157 115 TestMark73 158
63. Notes Bits 16 20 and 23 were added for firmware version 2 004 Bits 11 12 13 29 30 and 31 were added for firmware version 3 001 Changed bits 11 12 13 21 and 28 to NonCnfgAlarm for firmware version 3 003 Bit 14 NonCnfgAlarm was added for firmware version 3 004 Options Default 0 0 0 0 x x x x 0 x 0 0 0 0 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 6 5 4 0 1 True 323 __ Fault Status 1 Indicates the occurrence of exception events that have been configured as faul Options E lg 8 5 5 _ e E b BIS 5 8 Sa 2 2 2 5 ele E 5 zl 215 2 5 SIE 5 5 Q 5 lt IS 5 2 2 5 5 Defaut 0 j0 0 0 0 jo jo 0 jo o o jo jo o jo jo jo jo jo o 0 0 0 g nx Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True 324 FaultStatus2 Indicates the occurrence of exception events that have been configured as fault conditions These events are from Par 321 Exception Event2 Note Changed bit 14 to NonCnfgAlarm for firmware version 3 003 i Options 2 lz _ _ 5 lt 2 5 8 25 5121215 amp 65 amp 5 fafa ja 5 lt 5 lt 2 5 2
64. Ramp Stop decelerates to zero speed at the decal rate CurLim Stop Max torque current applied until zero speed Coast Stop power removed from motor motor coasts to zero 169 SrLssZeroSpdLim Default 49 9975 Y RW Real Functionally equivalent to Par 160 Zero Speed Lim but is used exclusively in Sensorless speed mode The value is Min Max 0 0000 875 0000 automatically set from Par 3 Motor NP Hertz Par 4 Motor NP RPM or Par 7 Motor Poles The automatic setting Units rpm corresponds to the rated slip speed of the motor synchronous speed nameplate speed The value can be manually set 170 FlyingStartGain Default 4000 RW 16 bit This parameter is currently not used Min Max 0 32767 Integer Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 171 Set Speed Lim Default 17 6400 Y RW Real Creates a tolerance hysteresis band around the value in Par 41 Limited Spd Ref for comparison to average speed Min Max 0 0000 882 0000 feedback The comparison controls bit 14 At Setpt Spd of Par 155 Logic Status In general bit 14 At Setpt Spd Units rpm turns on when the feedback is within the tolerance of the reference Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU Turn on level for rising feedback Limited Spd Ref Limit Turn off level for rising feedback Limited Spd Ref 2 Limit Turn on level for falling feedback Limited Spd Ref Limit Turn off level for falling feedback Limited Spd Ref 2
65. Rockwell Automation Support Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At http www rockwellautomation com support you can find technical manuals technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools You can also visit our Knowledgebase at http www rockwellautomation com knowledgebase for FAQs technical information support chat and forums software updates and to sign up for product notification updates For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit http www rockwellautomation com support Installation Assistance If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation review the information that is contained in this manual You can contact Customer Support for initial help in getting your product up and running United States or Canada 1 440 646 3434 Outside United States Canada Use the Worldwide Locator at http www rockwellautomation com rockwellautomation support overview page or contact your local Rockwell Automation representative New Product Satisfaction Return Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to help e
66. and stop the drive when an analog signal is less than or equal to the user specified Sleep Level When Sleep Wake mode is enabled for Invert mode the drive will start wake when an analog signal is less than or equal to the user specified Wake Level and stop the drive when an analog signal is greater than or equal to the user specified Sleep Level See Figure 9 on page 172 for more information on Sleep Wake mode configuration Definitions Wake A start command generated when the analog input value remains above Wake Level or below when Invert mode is active for a time greater than Wake Time Sleep A Stop command generated when the analog input value remains below Sleep Level or above when Invert mode is active for a time greater than Sleep Time Speed Reference The active speed command to the drive as selected by drive logic and Speed Ref x Sel Start Command A command generated by pressing the Start button on the HIM closinga digital input programmed for Start Run Run Forward or Run Reverse Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 171 AppendixB Application Notes Figure 9 Sleep Wake Mode Flow Chart Is Sleep Wake Working No Have these conditions been met 1 Sleep Wake Ref must be set to the analog input that will control Start Stop functions No r Meet all Conditions 2 Sleep Wake Mode m
67. i 6 150 uonisog jeued HOX 1 iod SYO X 5 pds 1950 Z ISHO ISHO 10 269 d eq 0024 10 98 4 indujou S dieju p 00 zc 002 ou g WOW asing ouAS 00 987 smeig aufsx dieu Jojejodieju e Cove Joquog Care 1611 gt 1611 pds asie09 xny Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 186 Appendix Control Block Diagrams uogounj e2ua19joJ BY YLM 19D 2729 pue 2 9 4 egzd uay 1esei S 8 1029 9 1 Say 2929 uonisog papeo 196 2724 pue pyd 99 4 egzd uay 195 S g Op d JI L sjueuuufisse q eu sHSL Z 19 17 9 jo uoneanoe Duisu uo jeseJg 019ZX x 0 122 19590 1504 s 80 Ord lt gt ETT pds x 20 HL snieis uonisod 621 boidild uoioN x uoioN x zv 1 USION peeds
68. 0 Ignore 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs 1 Alarm 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs 2 fltCoastStop 2 FltCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to 3 HtRampStop this event 4 FitCurLimStp 3 RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event Notes The default value was changed from 1 Alarm to 3 Fit RampStop for firmware version 3 001 The default value was changed from 3 to 2 for firmware version 4 002 371 MtrOLTrip Cnfg Default 2 FltCoastStop Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a Motor Overload OL Trip exception event T Lou 0 8 Options 0 Ignore 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs 1 Alarm 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs 2 FltCoastStop 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to 3 FltRampStop this event 4 FltCurLimStp 3 Flt RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp s
69. 0 RW 16 bit 868 _ BitSwap 2B Bit Min Max 32 31 Integer 873 BitSwap 3B Bit 878 BitSwap 4B Bit 883 BitSwap 5B Bit 888 BitSwap 6B Bit This parameter specifies the bit from Par 862 BitSwap 1B Data that will replace the specified bit in Par 860 BitSwap 1A Data and be loaded to Par 864 BitSwap 1 Result A negative bit selection may be used to invert the data Use 32 to invert the value of bit 0 864 _ BitSwap 1 Result Default 0 RO 32 bit 869 _ BitSwap 2 Result Min Max 32 bits of data Boolean 874 BitSwap3 Result 879 BitSwap 4 Result 884 _ BitSwap 5 Result 889 6 Result This parameter contains the result of the Bit Swap operation 892 51 Sel Default 0 Zero Enter or write a value to select SynchLink data displayed by Par 893 SL Comm TP Data Options o Zero 13 BufSegErrTim 1 SLMultA Src 14 Rx Sys Rev 2 SLMultA In 15 Tx Axis Size 3 SLMultB In 16 Tx Dir Size 4 SLMultOut 17 Tx Buf Size 5 Rx Axis Size 18 Tx Pkg Size 6 Rx Dir Size 19 Tx Seq Cnt Rx Buf Size 20 Tx Index 0 Rx Pkg Size 21 Tx Index 1 Rx Seq Cnt 22 Tx Index 2 10 Rx Index 0 23 Rx Vendor ID 112 RxIndex 1 24 Rx Modulelyp 12 Rx Index 2 25 Rx Serial 893 SL Comm TP Data Default 0 RO 32 bit Displays data selected by Par 892 SL Comm TP Sel Min Max 2147483648 Integer 894 SLCRCErr
70. 164 Parameter 485 Motor Ctrl Mode selects the type of motor control to use This parameter is set during the HIM assisted startup when asked to select the Motor Control The settings for Parameter 485 Motor Ctrl Mode are 0 FOC selects field oriented control Field oriented control is used with AC squirrel cage induction motors for high performance 1 FOC 1 selects field oriented control and is only used for a specific type of AC induction motor with motor thermal feedback Note FOC 2 is used only for motors manufactured by Reliance Electric Japan 2 Pmag Motor selects control for permanent magnet motors 3 V HZ selects volts per hertz control This selection is available in v2 003 and later 4 Test puts the drive in a test mode to perform the direction test Test is automatically selected during the direction test portion of the Start Up routine and does not need to be set manually by the user Field Oriented Control Permanent Magnet Motor Control and Volts Hertz Control are described in further detail below Field Oriented Control Field oriented control is used with AC squirrel cage induction motors for high performance Motor data and an autotune is required for correct operation in this mode Field oriented control is selected by setting parameter 485 Motor Ctrl Mode 0 FOC In field oriented control the drive takes the speed reference that is specified by the Speed Refere
71. 67 FricComp Slip 68 FricComp Rated 69 FricComp Trq Add Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Torque Current 110 Speed TorqueMode 303 Motor Torque Ref 302 Spd Reg PI Out 309 Motor Flux 59 Inertia Trq Add 359 Motor Flux Est 69 FricComp Trq Add 360 Min Flux 111 Torque Ref 1 361 Fix LpassFilt BW 112 Torque Ref Div 350 Iq Actual Ref 113 Torque Ref 2 351 Iq Ref Trim 114 Torque Ref2 Mult 308 Output Current 115 Torque Trim 343 OL CurrLim 119 SLAT ErrorSetpnt 356 Mtr Current Lim 120 SLAT Dwell Time 362 Current Lmt Gain 319 Selected Trq Ref 352 s Actual Lim 116 Torque Step 488 Flux Current 129 Atune Trq Ref 312 MotorFluxCurr FB 117 NotchAttenuation 345 Drive OL JnctTmp 118 Notch Filt Freq 313 Heatsink Temp 415 BusReg Brake Ref 346 Drive OL Status 401 Rated Volts 344 OL ClsLp CurrLim 306 DC Bus Voltage 353 q Actual Lim 300 Motor Spd Fdbk 354 q Rate Limit 127 Mtring Power Lim 355 q Ref Limited 128 Regen Power Lim 305 Mtr Trq Curr Ref 353 Iq Actual Lim 125 Torque Pos Limit 126 Torque Neg Limit 123 Trq PosLim Actl 124 Trq NegLim Actl 303 Motor Torque Ref 132 Inert Adapt Sel 133 Inert Adapt BW 134 Inert Adapt Gain 221 Load Estimate Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 25 Chapter 2 26 Programming and Parameters 181 182 184 183 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 180 Time Axis Rate Time Axis Output LimGen Y axis Mx Lim
72. 78 HiHP VoltUnbInce 3 High Horse Power Star coupler Frame 12 amp 14 Drives Only Check the input power and wiring for each unit The bus voltage for the left and right side inverter units is unbalanced 6 of normal bus voltage e g 41Vdc 675Vdc 0 06 79 Data 3 High Horse Power Star coupler Frame 12 amp 14 Drives Only Check communication bus lines 10 pin connector on Communication Bus data are mismatched between the left and right side unit Main Control board Fiber Optic Power Interface board and fiber optic connections 81 Soft Over Trvl 2 Motion Only Configured with Par 395 Sft OvrTrvlCnfg The position feedback exceeds the maximum positive travel setting in Par 694 Motn Mx Pos Trvl 82 SoftOver Trvl 2 Motion Only Configured with Par 396 Sft OvrTrvlCnfg The position feedback exceeds the maximum negative travel setting in Par 695 Motn Mx Neg 83 Hard Over Trvl 2 Motion Only Configured with Par 397 Hrd OvrTrvICnfg The signal for the hardware positive over travel appears on a digital input 84 Hard Over Trvl 2 Motion Only Configured with Par 398 Hrd OvrTrvICnfg The signal for the hardware negative over travel appears on a digital input Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 149 Chapter3 Troubleshooting No Name Type Description Action
73. Cycle power to the drive VPL processor and the Motor Control MC processor on the main control Reflash the firmware board Possible cause are nou The VPL is flashing the MC firmware into the MC processor when HIM Replace theMain Control board indicates Loading Config The MC has failed to complete or pass diagnostic tests The MC has not detected VPL handshake activity for over 32 ms The VPL has not detected MC handshake activity for over 32 ms This is indicated when Fault Test Point 15 or 16 equals 1 This test point is viewed in Par 330 Fault TP Data when Par 329 Fault TP select is set to value 15 or 16 29 PWM Signal Short 1 This fault is detected when ever the actual IGBT gate is different than the commanded IGBT states This fault is detected by the Motor Control MC processor 30 MC Firmware 1 One of the following Motor Control MC firmware errors has occurred Cyce power to the drive MC Task Over Run Reflash the firmware Illegal Interrupt Replace the Main Control board Self Diagnostic Fault Data Error 31 Precharge Error 2 The precharge function has failed to complete within 30 seconds default of Verify the value Par 410 PreChrg TimeOut the precharge request The precharge time out is configurable in Par 410 Verify the bit value in Par 411 PreChrg Control 1 PreChrg TimeOut Enbl PrChrg 9 precharge request is initiated when the DC Bus voltage is above the
74. D data saving 157 defaults resetting to 157 diagnostic data viewing 157 drive status indicator 140 DriveLogix BAT LED 142 COM LED 142 FORCE LED 142 1 0 LED 142 OK LED 142 RUN LED 142 Dynamic Control Configuration 23 Overload Protect 23 Power Loss 23 Stop Brake Modes 23 F factory defaults resetting to 157 fault queue 157 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 Index faults descriptions 145 manually clear 144 Non Resettable 144 faults and alarms types 144 FORCE LED DriveLogix 142 HIM 153 Access the Start Up Routine 155 ALT Functions 155 External Connections 153 fault indication 144 Internal Connections 153 LCD Display Elements 154 Menu Structure 156 157 Removing the HIM 160 HIM menus Diagnostics 157 Memory Storage 157 Preferences 158 1 0 LED DriveLogix 142 indicator drive status 140 Inputs amp Outputs Analog Inputs 31 Analog Outputs 31 BitSwap Control 31 Digital Inputs 31 Digital Outputs 31 LCD HIM Menus 157 logic command word 162 Logic Status Word 163 M Menu Structure HIM 157 Monitor Control Status 21 Drive Data 21 Metering 21 Motor Control Autotune Results 22 Drive Config 22 Monitoring 22 Motor Data 22 Tuning 22 211 Index 212 Motor Control Mode 164 Field Oriented Control 164 Permanent Magnet Control 165 Volts Hertz Control 165 0 OK LED DriveLogix 142 Operator Interface 158 P Parameters 19 About 19 Data 33 Ed
75. DPI Communication Configurations esses 162 Typical Programmable Controller Configurations 162 Logic Command Word ea veniet t e 162 Logic Status Wotd e NI I e EE 163 DPI Device Limitations esee 163 Motor Control MOUessiscs Tete st aes eh tial Ab ees eal ee 164 Field Oriented Control 22 ese Stc 164 Permanent Magnet Control ios ester Sold po Re ERE 165 Volts Hertz Control 2 003 and 165 Motor Overload icd i ertt S A ER ats 166 Setting Parameter 338 Mtr 121 Spd 166 Motor Overload Memory Retention Per 2005 NEC 167 Motors with Compatible Thermistor 168 Serpe T Data se yo ENARRARE RR EHE UN EUER MS 169 Setpt 2 M a 169 Stop Dwell Time errei iri 170 Sleep Wake c ces loo re ki teer 171 CHAI OSes P venatu tu n ade e i od heus 171 Appendix C List of Control Block v vx Cu uli o eene ate 173 Diagram Conventions and 174 Appendix D Compatible Permanent Magnet 201 Appendix E General Information ve doo cnc CREER Mid I CPP bI Ri 205 Motor Requirements e e ule E RAM pudet dedo 20
76. Enter or write a value to select the drive brake data displayed in Par 419 Brake TP Data Brake TP Data Displays the data selected by Par 418 Brake TP Sel Values Default Min Max Units Default Options Default Min Max 100 0000 0 0000 500000 0000 W 0 Zero 0 Zero 1 Duty Cycle 2 Power Actual 3 BodyTemp 4 Max ElemTemp 5 BodyTemp Act 6 Act 7 BImplripStat EImplripStat 9 Int DB Ohms 2200000000 0000 Linkable Z Read Write amp Data Type 10 Data State 11 MCBrakeEnbl 12 1 rdb 13 1 th eb 14 1 15 16 1 th ba 17 1 cb 18 DB IGBT Amp 420 PwrStrct Mode Displays the power structure used in the drive This is an identifier to the firmware for power structure control BitO Lo Pwr Strct PowerFlex 7005 Frame 1 to 6 Bit 1 Hi Pwr Strct PowerFlex 7005 above Frame 6 Bit 3 Parallel Drv PowerFlex 7005 Frame 12 Note Bit 3 Parallel Drv was added for firmware version 3 001 ions is 51515 5151555055515 2 22 2222 Default x x x x x x x x px p 0 JO 0 0 Bit 15 14 3 2 71 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 l1 Ine 421 Iqs Integ Freq Default 10 RW 16 bit Sets the break frequency of the torque producin
77. Iq proc time 30 Enable Inhib 31 DI Src Index 32 DI SrcRevldx 33 DI TrendTrig 34 DI Prchg 35 Enable State 36 LID Revision 37 DI MOP Incr 38 DI MOP Decr 39 DI MOP Reset 40 Term 41 Cmd DPI 1 42 Cmd DPI 2 43 Cmd DPI 3 44 Cmd DPI 4 45 Cmd DPI 5 46 Cmd DPI 6 47 Cmd ELC 48 Cmd Debugger 49 Reserved 50 SelSw Posit 51 DI SelSw 00 52 DI SelSw 01 53 DI SelSw 02 54 DI SelSw 03 55 ds Motoring 56 IqsRef Motor 57 ds Regen 58 IqsRef Regen 14 ZM1 Spd Fdbk 15 Speed Ref 16 Avg Spd Ref 17 ZM1 Spd Ref 18 SReg PI Out 19 Trq Ref 20 TrqRef Stat 21 DC Bus Volts 22 Motor Volts 23 Mtr Current 24 Motor Flux 25 Motor Freq 26 Motor Power 27 Fit Status 3 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 45 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters No Name Values Description 164 StopOper TP Data Default 0 Displays the data selected by Par 163 Stop Oper TP Sel Min Max 2147483648 165 TuneTestStatus Default 0 None Indicates which test if any is in progress Options _ Mone Ln eus gt sns tions 0 None 5 Reserved Value 7 is retained and is used to conti
78. Je2ed 1d 1d 692 929v 44 197 Md Hd 1d3d 894 ureo uonisod 1ulod 18009 pdg indino 1ee5 peeds 10104 so oz 19v SOK bee voco 5524 992 Jew 794 954 ESZ 5 1930 X 9vZ HO3 Jeuisod NN 96 7 1695 4013 remy uonisog ful so K 191 gt eris mo 01607 c6 150 V pe jeueu HOX 5 lod 1940 X 1 uonisog pds 1950 Z IOSHO L 198jJO jeudidid Snas uonisod iqp4 uonisog jeueu Id Id 10u09 uonisog t K bel or Kor 1 HioUsodsqy 390 072 uonisog M us 1 1 perejodieju ees so or 15040192195 c uoisodsav MOMS Paoa vee Care 19S jeu 1504 10 U00 uoniisod uonisod 019Z pue uonisod eui ysel 1844 si dooj
79. July 2013 bit 17 Above Setpt 2 turns off Time 169 AppendixB Application Notes Stop Dwell Time Sets an adjustable delay time between detecting zero speed and disabling the speed and torque regulators when responding to a stop command IMPORTANT Consult industry and local codes when setting the value of this parameter Figure 7 Drive Operation When Par 154 Stop Dwell Time Equals Zero Speed When Par 154 Stop Dwell Time equals zero the drive turns off the velocity and torque regulators when it detects zero speed P 160 Zero Speed Lim 0 Time Drive Receives Stop Command Drive Detects Zero Speed and Turns Off Regulators Figure 8 Drive Operation When Par 154 Stop Dwell Time is Greater Than Zero Speed When Par 154 Stop Dwell Time is greater than zero the drive delays turning off the velocity and torque regulators for the amount of time specified in Par 154 P 154 Stop Dwell Time P 160 Zero Speed Lim 0 Drive Receives Stop Command Drive Detects Zero Speed Drive Turns Off Regulators 170 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 Sleep Wake Mode Application Notes Appendix B This function stops sleep and starts wake the drive based on separately configured analog input levels rather than discrete start and stop signals When enabled in Direct mode the drive will start wake when an analog signal is greater than or equal to the user specified Wake Level
80. LJpou3 woy uon sod wno9y 0 Ipouy se eea 15 EG 00 XL 15 suang 10 15 enge orisiBe 6 1 uorisibed L uoje 4 0 uoje 4 15 01 00 XL 1S 0 aseg x eseg iin 15 reed 00110719 ed eq XL oo ulquideleed 15 uazie 75 9 OJesioeiq XL 15 yog 1S lt L gt Ld XH 15 i lt gt sibed Od XH 75 poeuiq 955 15 0 00 PIOM XH Kee 0011079 ed eq xd eseg WNW 15 00x4 1S ULV UN 71 0195 XH 15 21d PAA Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 194 Appendix Control Block Diagrams Spoil ZH A omnes wriyonsng quaung epo zH A SnielS ZH A 1 Ssed Id Id xui yoegpess Id Id XEN Ces 625 isoog oov ueiS 2 jou Id MANO Id z ysel sse00id New ew ewww ew w
81. Min Max 2 14112 0000 Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 72 Scaled Spd Fdbk Default 10 0000 RO Real Displays the product of the speed feedback and Par 73 Spd Fdbk Scale This parameter is for display only Min Max 3 2200000000 0000 Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 73 Spd Fdbk Scale Default 1 0000 Y RW Real A user adjustable scale factor multiplier for speed feedback It is multiplied with speed feedback to produce 2 2200000000 0000 Par 72 Scaled Spd Fdbk 7A Atune Spd Ref Default Par 4x 0 8500 RW Real Sets the maximum speed of the motor during the Flux current and inertia tests Min Max Par4x0 1000 Par 4 x 1 0000 Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 75 Rev Speed Limit Default Par4x 1 2500 RW Real Sets limit on the speed reference in the negative direction This value can be entered as a negative value or zero Min Max 8 0000 0 0000 The maximum value equals Par 532 Maximum Freq x 0 95 Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 76 Fwd Speed Limit Default Par4x 1 2500 RW Real Sets a limit on the speed reference in the positive direction This value can be entered as a positive value or zero Min Max 0 0000 8 0000 The maximum value equals Par 532 Maximum Freq x 0 95 Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 77 Spd Ref TP Sel Default 0 Zero Enter or write a value to select speed reference data displayed in P
82. Options 15 5 55 215 25 S 5 gt 2 2222 222 522 222 52 2225 222 521 5 Default jx jx jx X X X X X X X X fx X X X X X X X X X Xx x x x x x 0 JO x Fal Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 p3 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True 787 Xsync Gen Period Default 1 1 msec Sets the period for the Sync Pulse Generator Bit 0 of Par 786 Xsync Status will be set for 0 5 msec and will be Options 0 0 5 msec 4 gmsec cleared for 0 5msec x 2 Xsync Gen Period 0 5 msec i 1 msec 5 l6msec Note Values 5 16 msec and 6 32 msec were added for firmware version 2 004 22 2msec 6 32msec 3 Amsec 788 1 Default 0 Y IRW 32 bit 32 bit integer input of the Sync Generator Latched to Par 789 Xsync Out 1 Link any 32 bit integer parameter to Min Max 0 4294967295 Integer this input parameter Note This parameter was changed to an unsigned integer data type and linkable to parameters that are either real or integer values for firmware version 4 001 789 Xsync Out 1 Default 0 RO 32 bit Sync Generator 32 bit output register Latched to Par 788 Xsync In 1 every time bit 0 Sync Pulse of Par 786 Min Max 0 4294967295 Integer Xsync Status is set Note This parameter was changed to an unsigned integer data type a
83. Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 Control Block Diagrams Appendix C 1 6L2d yue dL 14 siulod 159 ndino indu yaa suondo Td C927 Ec gar indul Tid dwog ppy bij K 69 sino usod Tid 66 5 APVINO Td 47 uonisog Td mosod Tid 12 apy inopoeds Sez gt peeds Tid 97 04 10un4 M4 uipiwpueg Td x ied pds Tid ma sous Tid a Ke ejeogpds 1x3 T1d LxseL doo4 pe2017 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 190 Appendix Control Block Diagrams coz 16540 jo ye 5 xurquou S eoegeiupxuruou s 209 1 009 ayepdn uorisog ye 5 xurquou S kepa 400 l eui Jepoou3 Jeise WIHA k pre uondo 600 Zzuq 609 1 I on a am ln m ims im m m QupieH ed uonounj HOA
84. Sets the proportional gain of the Frequency Regulator which estimates motor speed when sensorless Min Max 0 32767 Integer feedback is selected Do not change this value 453 lu Offset Default 0 RW 16 bit Sets the current offset correction for the phase U current This value is set automatically when the drive is not Min Max 32767 Integer running and Motor Control MC is not faulted Do not change this value 454 Iw Offset Default 0 RW 16 bit Sets the current offset correction for the flux producing d axis current regulator This value is set Min Max 32767 Integer A automatically when the drive is not running and Motor Control MC is not faulted Do not change this value 456 MCBuild Number Default 0 RO 16 bit Displays the build number of the drive s Motor Control MC software Min Max 0 65535 Integer 457 MC Firmware Rev Default 0000 RO 16 bit Displays the major and minor revision levels of the drive s Motor Control MC software Changed all values to Min Max 0 000 655 350 Integer three decimal places for firmware version 4 001 Scale x10 459 dsCompCoeff Mot Default 0 RW 16 bit Defines the flux producing current Ids command compensation coefficient used during motoring When this Min Max 32767 Integer parameter is set to 1024 the amount of compensation which is proportional to torque producing current Iqs command is 100 of the rated flux current at 1 PU of Iqs command when the t
85. This value should not be changed This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 5 SlipReg Err Lmt 16 bit Defines the error level at which the slip regulator input becomes active When the error level reaches the value 32767 Integer specified in this parameter and the error count condition specified in Par 589 Err Count Lmt is met the drive control will transition from the slew rate limit mode to normal operation of the slip regulator Notes This value should not be changed This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 5 VqsReg Err Lmt 16 bit Defines the error level at which the Flux Producing Voltage Vqs regulator input becomes active When the 32767 Integer error level reaches the value specified in this parameter and the error count condition specified in Par 589 Err Count Lmt is met the drive control will transition from the slew rate limit mode to normal operation of the Vqs regulator Notes This value should not be changed This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 5 Err Count Lmt 16 bit Defines the control loop counts limit where the counter counts up if the error level of the Vqs regulator input is 32767 Integer equal to the error level during Flux Producing Current Ids command Slew Rate operation When the counter exceeds the value of this parameter then the normal Vqs regulator operation becomes active The same limit of control loop counts is applied to the Slip Slew Rate operation where the
86. gt ATTENTION To avoid an electric shock hazard verify that the voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged before performing any work on the drive Measure the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the DC and DC terminals between the DC terminal and the chassis and between the DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements ATTENTION Hazard of personal injury or equipment damage exists when using bipolar input sources Noise and drift in sensitive input circuits can cause unpredictable changes in motor speed and direction Use speed command parameters to help reduce input source sensitivity ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists DPI or SCANport host products must not be directly connected together via 1202 cables Unpredictable behavior can result if two or more devices are connected in this manner ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Parameters 365 Fdbk LsCnfg Pri 394 VoltFdbkLossCnfg let you determine the action of the drive in response to operating anomalies Precautions should be taken to ensure that the settings of the parameters do not create hazards of injury or equipment damage ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Parameters 383 SL CommLoss Data 392 NetLoss DPI Cnfg let you determine the action of the drive if communications are disrupted You can set the parameters so that the drive con
87. is set to 13 Mtr OL Outpt The overload integration rate is affected by Par 336 Motor OL Factor Par 337 Mtr I2T Curr Min Par 338 Mtr I2T Spd Min and Par 339 Mtr I2T Calibrat Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 Enter correct motor nameplate full load amps Par 2 Motor NP FLA Configured with Par 371 Mtr OL Trip Cnfg 145 Chapter3 Troubleshooting No Name Type Description Action 12 MotorOLoad Pend 2 A motor overload is pending Par 308 Output Current is squared scaled and Reduce the mechanical load ae over time When this integrated value exceeds 0 5 this exception Enter correct motor nameplate full load amps Par 2 Motor NP Configured with Par 371 Mtr OL Trip Cnfg The integrator s output can be viewed in Par 330 Fault TP Data when Par 329 Fault TP I is set to 13 Mtr OL Outpt The overload integration rate is affected by Par 336 Motor OL Factor Par 337 Mtr I2T Curr Min Par 338 Mtr 12T Spd Min and Par 339 Mtr 127 Calibrat 13 Motor Stalled 2 The motor has stalled The three conditions listed below have occurred at the e Increase the torque limit same time for the amount of time specified in Par 373 Motor Stall Time 1 The drive is not stopped Par 150 Logic State Mach is not equal to zero Reduce ui 2 drive
88. les eui Biq eounoqeq a M e ubia 5 15 0 1 2007 wurnueun pL g v 2 dui 82 qur peeds 1 8 gt v 2 dui 22 peadsouez iv 21 9 y 1 92 zades LL 9 gt 1 0 sz Ladies 0L ZM 2 iy 6 LM Ez any 8 vonisod ui zz uo 60 20 ujfiq 12 9 02 9 61 p uuey 81 c aney 21 weny ION Z 91 1 wur 91 pajas asn 0 eounoqeq e snieis 12907 0 0 eounogeq eounoged jew yg E M r ubia SnielS 2907 suonoejes indino oan vz Q vz 0 10 1 21 sindino sindu xurquou s 1 sindu 183 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 Control Block Diagrams Appendix C enen zino Buy vva oJez zino eros zino Og Cir zino Suy Queuno zov suun O I Boreuy B zino wid zino Buy enea Lino lt 228 gt osez Lino Cse8 aros rino Suy g Cres esuo Lino Suy Lof Cies ies nno Suy Queuno Lov 8 wa Siu O I Boreuy
89. nse1 eu YUM 891 La ndino u93 oyejnuinooe eu L0xo LIL Ld Byuoo uo3 ueuw uondo 109uu02 enl H93 201900019 uonounj 1esn ENMIA 7p Ld 6poou3 enutA yosald FED uonisod uonisod 493 uonisod 493 yuryouks eyepdn SSL Ld UONSOd ENUIA pee S91 Ld pue uoun Jesn Z 09 4 pue jepoous PENJA einoexa L KED omeo uos LASEL TENHA 40 uonnoex3 1 sN JO BU ULIS Z se Asana eziuo1uou s ZASE pue 091 Ld L ASEL uonisog ENHA Lyse D 1 581 191 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Control Block Diagrams Appendix C ua BH Gib ejeq ou g euog sow ejog seis Aerea 601 eros aon o1 01 dow vo SUMd S H ejeog x dois wsoy
90. re D yapspds 4 ZH6 4 4G Ux PAS C peeds amp Coe D tld sz gt ud 15 uonisog peal bl ssed g uice CD vHv1 UM 6 Ux Cz Coe leHet z jnding pds yIs0g SHY z ssed g pds ouo peeds D x eS peeds Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 178 Appendix Control Block Diagrams eq dl Id 6 14 195 dl Id 8213 Siulodise XIN Sixe uapu UIN sixe uapu 802 01u99 qur A t sxe x C YEH sxy sos puewwog 21607 lt n Indo sxy Coat urn aul id Cer Id JOje1euer 4 ug sixy E re 1 suondo o sixy 98 gt peojaid id 1817 owu Id SL sy Id wur indino L061 gt 617 nun ubih Id PIOH Id ures vt 21607 5 bl Id
91. ug bi 608 VS xni ore 1010IN 153 enbio 9c T EHZ suondo ug bir sc est D suondo 181 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Control Block Diagrams Appendix C 892 QureuuepieH 292 o uueuifeis 692 Jejeureed 1 0 1pou3 ggz 1ejeurejed eui 10 suonduosep 1ejeurejed ees yoeqnpaay peeds eui jo eui seonpei sde jo Jaquunu y jeubis peeds eui jo legeiqeo oJA SSH OJA S9H eui seseejoui sdej jo eui Burseejou sde g si HIA yore 10 inejeq eigeisn pe sde jo 1equinu YUM Ue seu xoeqpee uoe3 SNES 0 yeIS 0 snes 0 601559001 uondo usoq 0180 84 ses C292 opreouondo _ gt yoeqpssg yx ouueuifeis pds oido 84 xoeqpee onedpds o4A sed uoneusibeu 1 0 uondo 1 0 jepoou3 8ed dL PAS Zed reigsi6ey 1 010 reigsi6ey 1 0203 9vrzd 95 41 pds pcd Lodo L oous
92. x Ss s 807 Ang In2 Value Default 10 0000 RO Real Displays the actual input value at Analog Input 2 Analog Input 2 may be configured for voltage or current input Min Max 20 0000 signal For proper selection of the input signal the DIP switch S 5 and Par 821 Analog 1 0 Units must be set to Units V mA match Par 807 Anlg In2 Value is multiplied by Par 808 Anlg In2 Scale produce the input to the lead lag filter function Type of Input _ Configurable Voltage or Current Polarity Bi Polar Resolution 14 bit 8191 to 8191 DIP Switch Analog 1 0 Units Al 2 Voltage 5 1 Open Par 821 Bit 1 0 False 12 Current 55 1 Closed Par 821 Bit 1 1 True 808 Anlgin2 Scale Default 0 1000 Y RW Real Scales the range of Analog Input 2 to the range of Par 806 Anlg In2 Data Enter the units you want per volt or Min Max 2200000000 0000 mA For example If Par 807 Anlg In2 Value 0 10V and you enter 6 in this parameter Par 806 In2 Units Nor mA Data will equal 0 60V Par 807 x Par 808 Par 806 809 Anlgin2 Offset Default 0 0000 Y Real Applies an offset to Analog Input 2 Use the offset to correct for zero signal errors or to create an offset tothe Min Max 20 0000 actual input The output of the A D converter is summed with this parameter to produce Par 807 Anlg In2 Units V mA Value 810 2 Default 1 0000 Y RW Real Provides the Lead term for
93. 0 0 O False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 3 22 21 20 h9 18 17 16 15 14 33 12 1 09 8 7 654 3 2 1 0 tate 150 Logic State Mach 0 Stopped Indicates the logical state of the drive 0 Stopped 6 Test Done Stopped indicates zero speed has been detected and the speed and torque regulators are disabled 1 Starting 8 Slip Test indicates that the Slip Frequency Auto Tune test is in progress 2 Running B Slip Test 11 Sleep Mode indicates that the drive has entered sleep mode 3 Stopping 9 finding Home Note Value 11 Sleep Mode was added for firmware version 5 002 Value 8 Slip Test was added for firmware 4 Inertia Test 10 Homing Done version 3 001 Values 9 Finding Home and 10 Homing Done were added for firmware version 3 003 5 MCDiag 11 Sleep Mode 151 Logic Command The controller drive interface as defined by the Controller Communication Format sets bits to enable and disable various functions and algorithms Bits that are changed here are reflected in Par 152 Applied LogicCmd Note Bits 4 through 9 are NOT recalled from Control EEprom They will be cleared upon drive powerup or following an EEprom recall operation Options SpdRamp Dsbl Time Axis En TachLoss Rst Spd S Crv En Default 0 0 0 0 0 x x Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 0 o 1 152 Applied LogicCmd Displays the Logic Command
94. 0 0000 Y Real Sets the speed reference that the drive should use when responding to bit 23 Jog 2 of Min Max 8 0000 P U Par 152 Applied LogicCmd Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 34 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Values FE Description 2 SS co 40 Selected Spd Ref Default 0 0000 RO Real Displays the speed command before the speed reference limit block Min Max 8 0000 P U Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 41 Limited Spd Ref Default 10 0000 RO Real Displays the speed command after the limit block limited by Par 30 Min Spd Ref Lim and Min Max 8 0000 P U Par 31 Max Spd Ref Lim Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 42 Jerk Default 900 RW 16 bit Allows you to adjust the amount of S Curve or Jerk applied to the Accel Decel rate Min Max 2 30000 Integer A Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 43 Ramped Spd Ref Default 10 0000 RO Real Displays the speed command after the ramp block modified by Par 32 Accel Time 1 Par 33 Decel Time 1 and Min Max 8 0000 P U Par 34 S Curve Time Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 45 Delayed Spd Ref Default 0 0000 RO Real One sample period delayed output of Par 43 Ramped Spd R
95. 0000 8 0000 0 0000 PU x the configuration ofthe two peak level detectors Peak detection when set and hold are off causes the output to capture the peak min max Bit 2 Peak1SelHigh and bit 6 Peak2SelHigh determine if the peak level detector is positive or negative If the bit is set the detector detects positive peaks or levels above the preset If the bit Status of peak level detectors A peak detector sets its Change bit for one scan when it detects a peak The Change bit is off when set or when the Hold bit is on RO Real Real Bit O Peak 1 Set bit is used to reset the output to the value in Par 214 PeakDtct1 Preset default 0 Bit 4 Peak 2 Set bit is used to reset the output the value in Par 218 PeakDtct2 Preset Bit 1 Peak 1 Hold is used to hold the output at the present value in Par 214 PeakDtct Preset Bit 5 Peak 2 Hold is used to hold the output at the present value in Par 218 PeakDtct2 Preset 212 PkDtct In Dint Default 0 Y RW 32 bit Integer input to the first peak level detector Min Max 2147483648 Integer 213 PkDtct1 In Real Default 0 0000 Y IRW Real Floating point input to the first peak level detector Min Max 2200000000 0000 214 PPeakDtct Preset Default 0 0000 Y Real The first detector in set or hold modes compares this value to its input for level detection When the detector
96. 004 797 Step Default 0 Y 32 bit Sets the amount added to or subtracted from Par 799 Output on a rising edge of Par 740 Position 2147483648 Integer Control bit 12 Bsclndx Step Note that this value can be positive or negative 798 Preset Default 0 Y IRW 32 bit Sets the value to be moved into Par 799 Output when Par 740 Position Control bit 11 Bsclndx Min Max 2147483648 Integer Enbl and bit 14 Bsclndx Prst are both on 799 Basiclndx Output Default 0 RO 32 bit Displays the output of the Position Index function Min Max 2147483648 Integer 800 Ania In1 Data Default 10 0000 RO Real Displays the scaled final value for Analog Input 1 Min Max 2200000000 0000 801 Anlgini Value Default 10 0000 RO Real Displays the actual input value at Analog Input 1 Analog Input 1 may be configured for voltage or current input Min Max 20 0000 signal For proper selection of the input signal the DIP switch 5 5 and Par 821 Analog 1 0 Units must be set to Units V mA match Par 801 Anlg In1 Value is multiplied by the value in Par 802 Anlg In1 Scale to produce the input to the lead lag filter function Type of Input Configurable Voltage or Current Polarity Bi Polar Resolution 14 bit 8191 to 8191 DIP Switch Analog 1 0 Units Al 1 Voltage 5 2 Open Par 821 Bit 0 0 False Al1 Current 5 2 Closed
97. 144 Sa etus Nub qid d KR Ehe Ne 145 Appendix A External and Internal 153 LCD Display Elements ears en d etus 154 HIM Key Functions eher vectes 154 Alternate ALT Functions 2 sedet abes SCR ean de en ct 155 Access the LU d eoe ass 155 Men S ame ubere so SIS MN 156 Diagnostics Mich is ise AUR aie d PE ERR AR 157 Parameter Menu C RE ELTERN CE ES EES 157 Device Select Mensis Severo d sire ned sana E ES E NE 157 Memory Storage Menu 157 pra ts 157 Preferences 158 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 5 Table of Contents Application Notes Control Block Diagrams PowerFlex 700 Permanent Magnet Motor Specifications ATEX Approved PowerFlex 700 Phase Il Drives in Group II Category 2 Applications with ATEX Approved Motors View aud Edit 158 TG ELM 5 ais 158 Numeric Keypad Shortcut 1 454 22 0 etes TED ee s 158 Parameter 159 Establishing A Link v eo ga Ren 159 Remove Install the HIM os desc orgie eee aetna 160 Appendix B
98. 1A Data 1063 MOP Rate 1087 Interp Syncinput 693 Logic 1B Bit 1066 MOP Scale Dint 1091 Inv OL Pend Cnfg 376 Logic 1B Data 1065 Motn Axis Resp 689 Inv OL Trip Cnfg 377 Logic 2A Bit 1068 Motn Axis Status 687 Inv OT Pend Cnfg 375 Logic 2A Data 1067 Motn AxisControl 688 Iq Actual Lim 353 Logic 2B Bit 1070 Motn Cnct Status 690 Iq Actual Ref 350 Logic 2B Data 1069 Motn CoarseMulti 685 Iq Rate Limit 354 Logic Command 151 Motn Config 686 Ref Limited 355 Logic Config 1061 Motn Event Ctrl 692 Iq Ref Trim 351 Logic Ctrl State 157 Motn EventStatus 691 145 Command 495 Logic Mask 670 Motn Mx Neg Trvl 695 145 Integ Freq 421 Logic Mask Act 713 Motn Mx Pos Trvl 694 lqs Rate Limit 423 Logic State Mach 150 Motn Posit Cmmd 698 Iqs Reg P Gain 422 Logic Status 155 Motn Posit Sync 700 Ireg IGain Fctr 428 Logic TP Data 162 Motn PositErrTol 696 Is Actual Lim 352 Logic TP Sel 161 Motn RotaryCmmd 705 lu Offset 453 Logic Cmpr State 1062 Motn Speed Cmmd 699 lw Offset 454 LstFaultStopMode 331 Motn TP Select 703 Jerk 42 Max Spd Ref Lim 31 Motn TP Value 704 Jog Mask 672 Maximum Freq 532 MotnCnfgErrParam 71 Jog Owner 679 Maximum Voltage 531 MotnPositLockTol 697 Jog Speed 1 29 MC Build Number 456 MotnUnwdTurnCmmd 706 Jog Speed 2 39 MC Cmd Lim Cnfg 382 MotnUpdatePeriod 684 Kd Current Limit 364 MC Diag Done 519 Motor Ctrl Ackn 167 Ki Current Limit 363 MC Diag Error 1 463 Motor Ctrl Cmmd 166 Language 201 MC Diag Error 2 464 Motor Ctrl Mode 485 Leak Indc Satur1 493 MC Diag Error 3 4
99. 3 001 Values 41 and 42 were added for firmware version 4 001 Values Default Options 0 Not Used 0 Not Used 1 Enable Clear Faults 3 Ext Fault 4 Norm Stop CF 5 Start 6 Reverse 7 Run 8 Reserved 9 Reserved 10 Jog 1 11 Reserved 12 Reserved 13 Jog 2 14 Normal Stop 15 Spd Ref Sel0 16 Spd Ref Sel1 17 Spd Ref Sel2 18 CurLim Stop 19 Coast Stop 20 Accel Decel2 g 21 Step 22 Indx StepRev 23 MOP Inc 24 MOP Dec 25 Reset 26 PI Trim En 27 PI Trim Hold 28 PI Trim Rst 29 Trend Trig 30 PreCharge En 31 Regis 1 Ltch 32 Hrd OvrTrvl 33 Hrd Ovrirvl 34 UserGen Sel0 35 UserGen Sel1 36 UserGen Sel2 37 UserGen Sel3 38 ExtFault Inv 39 Home Switch 41 Find Home 42 Return Home 826 Dig 112 Sel Default 0 Not Used Enter a value to select the function of digital input 2 Refer to Par 825 for a description of options 34 UserGen Options 0 Not Used 21 Indx Step Sel0 37 UserGen 5 3 1 Enable 22 Indx StepRev Note For all Stop Functions Low Stop High OK to Run In Norm Stop CF Low Normal Stop and 2 Cear Faults 23 MOP Inc Clear Fault 3 Ext Fault 24 M
100. 85 Position Error 2 Motion Only Verify the value in Par 696 Motn PositErrTol The value of Par 769 Position Error exceeded the value of Par 696 Motn Configured with Par 399 Position ErrCnfg PositErrTol 86 Drive Homing 3 When the drive is in Drive Homing mode Par 740 Position Control bit 24 Check Par 740 Position Control bit14 Find Home or bit 27 is On the Drive Homing Alarm triggers and the drive moves to a home bit 27 Return Home position automatically 88 Optics 3 The Linear Stahl encoder detected a fault Par 291 Lin1Stahl Status displays Reconnect encoder or replace encoder the details of the fault Reconnect option feedback card 89 Drv Waking 3 The Wake timer is counting toward a value that will start the drive 92 Ride Thru 3 The Bus voltage has dropped to the Ride Through level specified in Par 408 Check the AC input voltage and the DC bus voltage Power Loss Level 93 12volt Power Alarm 3 The12V DC control voltage is outside the tolerance range Alarm The positive voltage power exceeds 15 50 V DC The negative voltage power exceeds 15 50V DC 94 Analog In 1 Loss 1 Analog Input channel 1 is lost For configuration of Analog Input channel 1 see Check condition of Analog Input channel 1 Par 1093 Anlg In1LossCnfg Change configuration for parameter 1093 Anlg In1LossCnfg 95 Analog In 2 Loss 1 Analog Input channel 2 is lost For configuration of Analog Input c
101. Communication window Lo Loa 7 Reserved 21 Dir Tx Data SL Rx DirectSel3 Reserved 22 Dir Rx Data Determines the destination for the data received at word 3 of direct received data Configure _ EP 2 dics Reserved 23 EO Accum he selection by using the Peer Communication window EP EP 5 10 Event Status 24 E1 Accum Notes Options 16 26 were added for firmware version 2 004 These parameters were Lau EP h d linkable for fi ion 3 001 112 Reserved 25 0 0 Accum changed to non linkable for firmware version 3 001 12 Reserved 26 Opt Accum 13 Reserved Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 Description SL Tx Comm Format Defines the node s communication format for transmitting SynchLink data This determines the number of axis data words direct data words and buffered data words transmitted Configure the format by using the Peer Communication window in the DriveExecutive programming software Value 14 can be used to allow the drive to transmit position data that be used as a position reference Note Option 14 was added and this parameter was changed to non linkable for firmware version 3 001 SL Tx DirectSel0 Determines the source type for the data transmitted by direct transmit word 0 The source type selections are no data event feedback and drive parameter SL Tx DirectSel1 Determines t
102. D anbioy Col peeds Cis a607 xiBo1eAug u0J4 smeis 12907 sss Sn s OW uang coc enbio 201000 1D yapspds pasay snes 01607 WD peeds 9 ewo uiuo x1 009 OL JOMUOD Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 198 Appendix C Control Block Diagrams 9 xibo1eAug OL s xibo1eAug OL evequeBeiujpeuyequesf OL e OL 2 eveaueBeiujpeuyequesm OL 1 OL o OL s eveaieeupeuygequesn OL y eveareeupeuygequesn OL eveqreeupeuygequesn OL z OL ejeqreeupeuygequesn xibo1eAug OL 0 ereqieeupeuyequesn xibo1eAug OL ejegyueBeju peuygequest Wo4 ejequeBejuipeuyequest wo Wo4 Wo4 Wo4 4 ejegieeupeuuyequest xibo3eAuq 4 ejegieeupeuuy
103. EZE EEEE EZE 1 2 2 5 218 EISE lt gt 2B 5 gt 2155 2 25 2 22 8 2 2 815 2 215 Default jx x x x x x fx x x x x x x x x x po 0 JO x 0 jo 0 k 0 0 JO JO 1 0 fals Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 3 109 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 1 True 742 Position Ref Sel Default 1 AuxPosit Ref Enter a value to select the position mode and corresponding reference 9 Note This parameter was changed to non linkable for firmware version 3 001 Options 0 743 Aux Posit Ref Default 0 Y IRW 32 bit Supplies position reference to the position regulator when selected by Par 742 Posit Ref Sel 1 Thisinputis Min Max 2147483648 Integer designed to be linked to a position count accumulator such as a virtual encoder or hardware accumulator 744 PositRef EGR Out Default 0 RO 32 bit Accumulated output of the position reference Electronic Gear Ratio EGR When the position regulator isnot Min Max 2147483648 Integer enabled this parameter is initialized to Par 762 Position Fdbk or to the selected position reference as determined by Par 740 Position Control bit 6 745 PositRef EGR Mul Default 1 Y RW 32 bit An integer value in the numerator of the EGR function that is precision multiplied by the selected position Min Max 2000000 Integer reference A negative valu
104. FaultTP Sel 214 PeakDtcti Preset 148 FW TaskTime Actl 321 Exception Event2 393 BusUndervoltCnfg 330 Fault TP Data 215 PeakDetect Out 322 Exception Event3 394 VoltFdbkLossCnfg 77 Spd Ref TP Sel 216 PkDtct2 In Dint 326 Alarm Status 1 376 Inv OL Pend Cnfg 78 SpdRefTP RPM 217 PkDtct2 In Real 327 Alarm Status 2 377 InvOLTrip Cnfg 79 SpdRefTP Data 218 PeakDtct2 Preset 328 Alarm Status 3 372 MtrOL Pend Cnfg 108 Spd Reg TP Sel 219 PeakDetect2 Out 323 Fault Status 1 371 MtrOL Trip Cnfg 109 Spd Reg TP Data 324 Fault Status 2 375 Inv OT Pend Cnfg 347 Drive OLTP Sel 325 FaultStatus 3 369 Brake OL Cnfg 348 Drive OLTP Data 331 LstFaultStopMode 365 FdbkLsCnfg Pri 130 TrqRefTP Sel 313 Heatsink Temp 366 FdbkLsCnfg Alt 131 Ref TP Data 345 Drive OLJnctImp 367 FdbkLsCnfgPosit 357 CurrRefTP Sel 346 Drive OL Status 391 DPI CommlLoss Cfg 358 Curr Ref TP Data Trending 316 SynchLink Status 392 Netloss DPI Cnfg 418 Brake TP Sel 556 Trend Control 902 SLError Status 383 51 CommLoss Data 419 BrakeTP Data 557 Ten d Si 903 5 History 384 SLCommLoss Cnfg 178 PITPSel a Dn 518 MC Diag Status 390 5 MultErr Cnfg 179 Data a m 1 519 MCDiag Done 385 Lgx CommLossData 737 Posit TP Select 560 rie d ui 0 463 MC Diag Error 1 386 Lgx OutOfRunCnfg 738 PositTP DataDInt Be ia n is T 464 MC Diag Error 2 387 LgxTimeout Cnfg 739 PositTP DataReal 562 ms d TiO Dn 465 MC Diag Error 3 388 Lgx Closed Cnfg 892 51 Comm TP Sel d s q Td
105. Frequency 530 Anlg Out Sel 831 Break Voltage 529 Param Name Text Parameter Anlg Out1 Value 837 Bus Reg ACR Kp 548 Motor Flux 309 Anlg Out Zero 836 Bus Reg Kd 547 Hrd OvrTrvlCnfg 397 Anlg Out2 Dint 839 Bus Reg Ki 545 5 OvrTrviCnfg 395 Anlg Out2 Offset 841 Bus Reg Kp 546 700L AlarmStatus 334 Anlg Out2 Real 840 Bus Util Limit 500 700L EventStatus 332 Anlg Out2 Scale 842 BusReg Brake Ref 415 7001 FaultStatus 333 Anlg Out2 Sel 838 BusUndervoltCnfg 393 Abs OverSpd Lim 335 Anlg Out2 Value 844 Cnv NotLogin Cfg 368 Abs Posit Offset 757 Anlg Out2 Zero 843 Coarse Spd Trgt 750 Accel Time 1 32 Applied LogicCmd 152 CoarsePosit Trgt 748 Act Spd Reg BW 97 Atune Spd Ref 74 Compare 1A 1071 CurrFdbk AdjTime 551 Atune Trq Ref 129 Compare 1B 1072 AddSub 1 Add 1097 Aux Posit Ref 743 Compare 2A 1073 AddSub 1 Input 1096 Basiclndx Output 799 Compare 2B 1074 AddSub 1 Result 1099 Basiclndx Preset 798 Control Options 153 AddSub 1 Subtrct 1098 Basiclndx Step 797 CurrFdbk AdjTime 551 AddSub 2 Add 1101 BitSwap 1 Result 864 Current Limit Gain 362 AddSub 2 Input 1100 BitSwap 1A Bit 861 Current Reg BW 503 AddSub 2 Result 1103 BitSwap 1A Data 860 Curr Ref TP Data 358 AddSub 2 Subtrct 1102 BitSwap 1B Bit 863 Curr Ref TP Sel 357 AddSub 3 Add 1105 BitSwap 1B Data 862 DC Brake Level 1125 AddSub 3 Input 1104 BitSwap 2 Result 869 DC Brake Time 1126 AddSub 3 Result 1107 BitSwap 2A Bit 866 DC Bus Voltage 306 AddSub 3 Subtrct 1106 BitSwap 2A Data 865 Dead Time 404 Al 1 Filt Gain 804 B
106. Future Use Min Max 32767 nteger ote This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 593 51 On Hystr Default 0 RW 16 bit For Future Use Min Max 32767 nteger ote This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 594 Nth Torq Compen Default 0 RW 16 bit Defines harmonic frequency as n times mechanical frequency Min Max 0 1000 nteger ote This parameter was added for firmware version 5 002 595 Nth Amplitude Default 0 RW 16 bit Defines the compensation current amplitude for the Nth harmonic component Min Max 0 4096 nteger A ote This parameter was added for firmware version 5 002 Scaling 4096 Par 2 Motor NP FLA 596 Phase Shift Default 0 RW 16 bit Defines the phase shift for the Nth harmonic component Min Max 16384 nteger ote This parameter was added for firmware version 5 002 Scaling 16384 360 deg 597 Mth Torq Default 0 RW 16 bit Defines harmonic frequency as lt m gt times mechanical frequency Min Max 0 1000 nteger ote This parameter was added for firmware version 5 002 598 Mth Amplitude Default 0 RW 16 bit Defines the compensation current amplitude for the Mth harmonic component Min Max 0 4096 nteger ote This parameter was added for firmware version 5 002 Scaling 4096 Par 2 Motor NP FLA 599 MthPhase Shift Default 0 RW 16 bit Defines the phase shift for the Mth harmonic component Min Max 16384 nteger
107. It tracks Par 762 Position Fdbk When the position Min Max 2147483648 Integer regulator is not enabled this parameter is initialized to Par 762 Position Fdbk or to the selected position reference as determined by Par 740 Position Control bit 6 AbsPositCtrl 764 Posit Load Fdbk Default 0 Y RW 32 bit Tracks the load position as a 32 bit integer When a gear box connects the load to the motor Par 766 Posit FB Min Max 2147483648 Integer EGR Mul and Par 767 Posit FB EGR Div must be set to account for the gear ratio Set Par 766 Posit FB EGR Mul equal to Par 767 Posit FB EGR Div if the load is directly connected to the motor 765 Posit Actl Load Default 0 RO 32 bit Holds the accumulated output of the Load Gear Ratio as a 32 bit integer and forms the primary feedback for the Mi Max 4 2147483648 Integer position regulator integral channel It is very important that the load gear ratio be precisely set such that the delta pulse count of one motor revolution equals the delta pulse count of this parameter When the position regulator is not enabled this parameter is initialized to Par 762 Position Fdbk or to the selected position reference as determined by Par 740 Position Control bit 6 AbsPositCtrl 766 PositFB EGR Mul Default 1 Y RW 32 bit A 32 bit integer in the numerator of the load EGR function It is multiplied by Par 764 Posit Load Fdbk and 1000000 Integer divided by Par 767 Posit FB E
108. Kove Joje nopeo sse pawn by snes 10 e ug m duie jour 10 sve pue OLN duje xursjgeH 4 peopieAQ 197 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Control Block Diagrams Appendix C ejequeBeiujpeuyeqiest OL ejequeBeiujpeuieqiesq OL OL ejegieBeiu peuyegiest OL ejegieBeiu peuyegiest xiBo3eAug OL ejequeBeiujpeujeqiesq xi amp o1e ug OL C sx CO ejegieeupeuyequesm xibo3e ug OL ejegieeupeuyequesm OL ejegieeupeugeqies xibo3e ug OL xibo3eAug OL ejegieeupeuyequesm xibo3eAug OL ejegieeupeuyequesm OL ejegieeupeuyequesm xibo3e ug OL ejegieeupeuyequesm xibo3eA ug OL ejegieeupeugeques xibo3e ug OL ejeqieBeju peuygequesm 4 4 2 4 1 4 0 6 eq gea ejeq gea gea eq xibo1eAuq
109. Limit 172 Setpt1 Data Default 0 0000 Y RW Real Provides data for comparison to Par 173 Setpt TripPoint driving bit 16 At Setpt 1 of Par 155 Logic Status For 8 0000 P U more information please see Setpt 1 Data on page 169 Units PU 173 Setpt1 TripPoint Default 0 1000 Y IRW Real Provides the midpoint for operation of bit 16 At Setpt 1 of Par 155 Logic Status Min Max 8 0000 P U Units PU 174 Setpt 1 Limit Default 10 0100 Y Real Creates a tolerance hysteresis band around the value in Par 173 Setpt1 TripPoint Min Max 0 0000 0 5000 Turn on level for ascending data TripPoint Limit Units PU Turn off level for ascending data TripPoint 2 Limit Turn on level for descending data TripPoint Limit Turn off level for descending data TripPoint 2 Limit 175 Setpt2 Data Default 0 0000 Y RW Real Provides data for comparison to Par 176 Setpt2 TripPoint driving bit 17 Above Setpt 2 of Par 155 Logic Status Min Max 8 0000 PU For more information please see Setpt 2 Data on page 169 Units PU 176 Setpt2 TripPoint Default 0 2000 Y RW Real Provides the midpoint for operation of bit 17 Above Setpt 2 of Par 155 Logic Status Min Max 8 0000 P U Units PU 46 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2
110. Lino Bjuy pieius Lino 81 jeu enbio 1010W GL EL indino 1408 4 1 2754 reay z pua zz 101 3 Id 2814 JOU 1 LL pue11 9753 quid z pua 92 xoeqpeej dzgld oeqpeej 14 OL fey nno Sd pua Gz 19 1814 Id 6 quid BNO pue11 258 puau rz sng DG90Ed SHOA sng 00 8 9 9 06014 19497 dOW nding 2064 syoA1ndino Z JnO Id pds zoed pds zz NANO jewog 1ndino 9 jeu pds 12 XNA 6024 100W S yap PAS 5 2204 pds 19S 02 br iapauno y enbio 27 199 61 queuing NANO 80 uno E xapapds payl 1208 peeds 81 jeu pds jeu pds ies Z Jeu peedg 100W 08 Jeu peeds 1 beijindinpoigd 1 jeu baL AW SOEd 91 peuyjeg 1SN pees 0 suonoejes 1ndino Bojeuy n01 1 18 L 521 vi a sjndino 5 jou 01 ueg 4 r sbumes 4 e m 1 80 191
111. Lower 31 Reset 704 MotnTP Value Default 0 RO 32 bit Data for diagnostic Test point relating to Motion functionality in Max 2147483648 nteger 705 MotnRotaryCmmd Default 0 RO 32 bit Position command input from the Motion Planner to the ServoAxis when configured in rotary mode 0 4294967295 nteger 706 MotnUnwdTurnCmmd Default 0 RO 16 bit Position unwind turns command input from the Motion Planner to the Servo Axis when configured in rotary 32767 nteger mode 707 Srvohxis RotFdbk Default 0 RO 32 bit Position feedback output to the Motion Planner for the Servo Axis when configured in rotary mode 0 4294967295 nteger 708 SrvoAxisUnwdFdbk Default 0 RO 16 bit n Position unwind feedback output to the Motion Planner for the Servo Axis when configured in rotary mode 32767 nteger 709 FdbkAxis RotFdbk Default 0 RO 32 bit Positon feedback output to the Motion Planner for the Feedback Only Axis when configured in rotary mode Min Max 0 4294967295 nteger 710 FdbkAxisUnwdFdbk Default 0 RO 16 bit IA Position unwind feedback output to the Motion Planner for the Feedback Only Axis when configured in rotary 32767 nteger mode 711 MotnCnfgErrParam Default 0 RO 16 bit Identifies a parameter that is not configured properly for a motion connection to be accepted The parameter 0 65535 nteger identified could either have
112. Manual publication PFLEX RM003 Notes This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 but is not functional for future use The maximum value was changed from 1170 0 to 3000 0 for firmware version 4 002 ATTENTION If a hazard of injury due to movement of equipment or material exists an auxiliary mechanical braking device must be used This feature should not be used with synchronous or permanent magnet motors Motors may be demagnetized during braking 1126 DC Brake Time Default 10 0 Y IRW Real Sets the amount of time DC brake current is injected into the motor Min Max 0 0 655 0 D Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 but is not functional for future use Units 1130 PPMP Pos Command Default 0 Y IRW 32 bit Sets the position reference for the Motion Planner The units are counts Min Max 4 2147483648 Integer Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1131 PPMP Pos Mul Default 1 Y RW 32 bit Part of the input scale block Set this value as the multiplier to the value of Par 1130 PPMP Pos Command Min Max 1 2000000 Integer Also see Par 1132 PPMP Pos Div The scale block is enabled by setting bit 4 of Par 1134 PPMP Control The the intermediate product must be 31 bits Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1132 PPMP Pos Div Default 1 Y RW 32 bit Part of input scale block Set this value as the divis
113. Max 10 0000 3000 0000 setting in Par 90 Spd Reg BW Proportional gain may be manually adjusted by setting Par 90 Spd Reg BW to a value of zero Units are per unit torque per unit speed The maximum value for Par 81 Spd Reg P Gain Par 90 Spd Reg BW x Par 9 Total Inertia Total Inertia Maximum Speed Regulator Maximum Speed Regulator Par 9 Bandwidth Par 90 Proportional Gain Par 81 0 01 475 0 5 ms 4 75 0 01 650 0 25 ms 6 50 0 01 30 sensorless mode 0 03 20 475 0 5 ms 950 2 0 650 0 25 ms 1300 2 0 30 sensorless mode 60 Note The Max value was increased from 600 0000 for firmware version 3 001 82 Spd Reg I Gain Default 50 0000 Y Real Sets the integral gain of the speed regulator This value is automatically calculated based on the bandwidth Min Max 0 0000 100000 0000 setting in Par 90 Spd Reg BW Integral gain may be manually adjusted by setting Par 90 Spd Reg BW to a value Units of zero Units are per unit torque sec per unit speed 84 SpdReg AntiBckup Default 0 0000 RW Real By setting this parameter to 0 3 the drive will not over shoot to a step response This parameter has no affect on Min Max 0 0000 0 5000 the drive s response to load changes The recommended setting is 0 1000 to 0 5000 Note This parameter was changed to non linkable for firmware version 3 001 Over Shoot Over Shoot
114. Min Max 2147483648 Integer register is initialized to zero When the position regulator is enabled this parameter contains the running value of position error often referred to as following error Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 10 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters o Name Values Description Linkable Read Write Data Type lt EJ gt D E 70 PositReg Integ Default 4 0000 Sets position regulator integral gain as measured from position error to velocity reference It has gain unitsof Min Max 0 0000 1000 0000 per unit velocity sec per unit position and is unit compatible with Par 768 PositReg P Gain An integral Units 5 gain of 25 means that a per unit position error of 0 1 sec will effect a 2 5 P U speed change per sec Note 1 per unit position is the distance traveled in 1 sec at base motor speed 71 PositReg Droop Default 0 0000 Y Real Position Droop limits the low frequency gain of the position regulators integral channel to a value of 1 droop It Min Max 0 0000 0 2500 provides a means to fine tune the stability for load mounted feedback devices where lost motion may cause a problem Typically position droop will have a value that is less than 1 position gain perhaps even zero for ightly coupled loads Position droop has a gain value of per unit position p
115. No Name Description 927 51 Mult State Displays the status of the SynchLink Multiply function Bit 0 Local Ovflow indicates a math overflow due to local multiply Bit 1 Ovflow indicates a math overflow in received data Bit 3 Ovflow indicates a math overflow in the real to integer conversion function Options Reserved Reserved Reserved Rx Ovflow Local Ovflow 928 Rx Dir Data Type Sets the data type for the SynchLink received direct words If the word s bit is set the data type is floating point real If the bit is not set the data type is integer Default jx x x x Xx x x x x x x x x x x x x Xx x X X x x x x 0 False Bit 31 30 29 28 277 26 25 204 233 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 1 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 1 True 929 51 Dir Data Rx00 32 bit to to i 32 bits of data Integer 932 51 Dir Data Rx03 This is the SynchLink direct data received See Par 928 Rx Dir Data Type for data type configuration 933 Rx Buf Data Type Sets the data type for the SynchLink received buffered data If the word s bit is set the data type is floating point real If the bit is not set the data type is integer Options 2g2sgsz lgsgss2z2g2ggg2sgsggEss5ssssssssisri 5 5 5 25 S
116. Option Motor 3 Over Temperature Sensor s fi Lo Gate Control Circuit a Digital In 4 6 Com Digital In 6 Enable Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 207 Appendix E Drive Hardware Configuration Operation Verification 208 ATEX Approved PowerFlex 7005 Phase II Drives in Group Category 2 Applications with ATEX Approved Motors Digital Input 6 must be configured as a Hardware Enable Ensure that Jumper P22 on the Main Control Board is set to HW Enable Pins 2 and 4 3 1 HW Enable No HW Enable ER 9 8 ETO ES At regular intervals during the life of the machine check the protective system for proper operation Both channels shall be verified using the table below How frequently the protective system is checked is dependent on the safety analysis of the machine section controlled by the drive Protective System Status Safe Off Option Terminals 1 amp 2 Drive In Safe State Drive In Safe State Channel Operation No Power Applied Power Applied Drive In Safe State No Power Applied
117. Out2 12 PI Output 180 PI Output 27 Trend 2 Real 577 Trend Out2 Real 15 MotorTrqRef 303 Motor Torque Ref 832 0 1 Dint Default 0 RW 32 bit Link this parameter to an integer source parameter that will control Analog Output 1 Min Max 2147483648 Integer 833 AnlgOut1 Real Default 0 0000 Y RW Real Link this parameter to a real floating point source parameter that will control Analog Output 1 Min Max 2200000000 0000 0000 834 Anlg Out Offset Default 0 0000 Y Real Provides an offset for Analog Output 1 before the scaling and limit blocks in the Analog Output 1 function This Min Max 2200000000 0000 parameter value is summed with either Par 832 Anlg Out1 DInt or Par 833 Anlg Out1 Real at the beginning of the function 835 Anlg Out Scale Default 0 0000 Y Real Scales the range of the source parameter to the range of Analog Output 1 For example If Par 831 Anlg Out1 Sel Min Max 2200000000 0000 isset to 1 Output Freq the output frequency of the drive is 0 60Hz and you enter 6 in this parameter Par 837 Units N Anlg Out Value 6Hz per 1V or 0 60Hz Par 832 Anlg Out Dint or Par 833 Anlg Out Real is multiplied by this number after the limit function Note The turn off point for this parameter has been changed from 0 001 to 0 0001 for firmware version 4 002 836 Anlg Out1 Zero Default 10 0000 Y RW Real Applies an offset to the scaled value of Analog O
118. PM001C EN P July 2013 93 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters Values Description ss 5 545 Bus Reg Ki Default 4500 RW 16 bit Sets the responsiveness of the bus regulator Min Max 0 0 100000 nteger A ote This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 546 Reg Kp Default 15000 RW 16 bit Proportional gain for the bus regulator Used to adjust regulator response Min Max 0 0 10000 0 nteger ote This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 547 Bus Reg Kd Default 1000 0 RW 16 bit Derivative gain for the bus regulator Used to control regulator overshoot Min Max 0 0 10000 0 nteger Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 548 Reg ACR Kp Default 2250 RW 16 bit his proportional gain in conjunction with Par 545 Bus Reg Ki adjusts the output frequency of the drive 0 0 100000 nteger A during a bus limit or inertia ride through condition The output frequency is adjusted in response to an error in the active or torque producing current to maintain the active bus limit or inertia ride through bus reference A arger value of gain reduces the dynamic error of the active current Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 549 Wuv Fdbk Offset Default _ 16384 0 RW 16 bit Displays the motor U phase to V phase offset voltage from
119. Programming and Parameters Troubleshooting Human Interface Module Overview Table of Contents Purpose of This Manual eR ete oe ese 9 Who Should Use This Manual i eee rca ette Re toa 9 Additional Resources EI Pea eas 9 General Precautions oe eterber vive 11 Qualified Personnel oc ooi alent abcen Mel ena 11 P rsonal Safety asa ds OH det HH e 11 Prod ct Safety rea ibL e debes Oc acus 12 Glass LEED Produstescs e ebrei eI E 12 Chapter 1 Drive Stare Up C hecklisban ao sorbet bt teh perta 13 Prepare for Initial Drive Leere EHE 14 State Up the DENVe oL were veneer nahh a ees 15 Chapter 2 e TRO RUE ke ibe phere ae A 19 How Parameters 8 88 21 Parameter Data in Linear List 33 Parameter Cross Reference By 131 Chapter 3 Status Tndicators s kunt a a UR 139 Drive Status Indicators 140 DriveLogix5730 Controller Status 141 Precharge Board Status Indicators 143 HIM Indication ofa Fault oderit cre retten ode ees 144 Manually Clearing Faults oux VETE EO 144 Faulcand Alirm ly pes athena Gy sie EA e e uS d
120. Scale Value sent from Controller or Comm Device Drive Parameter Value x Comm Scale ENUM Default Lists the value assigned at the factory Options Displays the selections available Bit Options Displays the bit selections available Default Lists the value assigned at the factory Bit Bit number Linkable Y indicates that the parameter is linkable Read Write Iden RW Read Write RO Read Only ifies if the parameter is read write or read only Data Type Identi ies the parameter data type i e integer floating point boolean 20 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 How Parameters are Organized Metering 310 Output Freq 49 Selected SpdRefA 50 Selected SpdRefB 40 Selected Spd Ref 43 Ramped Spd Ref 301 Motor Speed Ref 319 Selected Trq Ref 300 Motor Spd Fdbk 72 Scaled Spd Fdbk 297 Output Curr Disp 499 Trq CurFdbk Iq 309 Motor Flux 312 MotorFluxCurr FB 307 Output Voltage 311 Output Power 762 Position Fdbk 299 Elapsed MWHrs 298 Elapsed Run Time 306 DC Bus Voltage 313 Heatsink Temp 345 Drive OL JnctTmp 824 Local 1 0 Status 801 Anlg In1 Value 807 Anlg In2 Value 813 Anlg In3 Volts 837 Anlg Out1 Value 844 Anlg Out2 Value DriveExecutive programming software displays parameters in Linear List or File Group Parameter format Viewing the parameters in File Grou
121. Select and link with Par 832 Anlg Out DInt or Par 833 Anlg Out Real to select the desired Options z Be ie parameter for output 2 Sel Spd Ref 16 MtrfrqCurRef The following table provides the parameter that corresponds to the option selected in this parameter ii Pass Le A 5 Motor Flux 19 Torque Est Option Parameter Option Parameter 6 Output Power 20 Sd Spd Fdbk 1 Output Freq 310 Output Freq 16 MtrTrqCurRef 305 Mtr Trq Curr Ref 7 Output Volts 21 RampedSpdRef 2SelSpd Ref 40 Selected SpdRef 17 Speed Ref 301 Motor Speed Ref Ta ps vole Sc E 3 Output Curr 308 Output Current 18 Speed Fdbk 71 Filtered SpdFdbk 10 PI Feedback 24 Trend 1 Dint 11 PI Error 25 Trend 1 Real 4 Trq Cur Iq 499 Trq Cur Fdbk Iq 19 Torque Est 471 Estimated Torque 12 Output Fea 2 Dine 5 9 Motor Flux 1309 Motor Flux 20 Scl Spd Fdbk 72 Scaled Spd Fdbk 13 Reserved 27 Trend 2 Real 6 Output Power 311 Output Power 21 RampedSpdRef 43 Ramped Spd Ref 7 Output Volts 307 Output Voltage 22 Spd Reg Out 101 SpdReg Integ Out 8 DC Bus Volts 306 DC Bus Voltage 23 MOP Level 1090 MOP Level Real 9 PI Reference 181 PI Reference 24 Trend 1 Dint 572 Trend Out 10 PI Feedback 182 PI Feedback 25 Trend 1 Real 573 Trend Out1 Real 11 Pl Error 183 Error 26 Trend 2 Dint 576 Trend
122. Sig gt Sleep Level 6 nvert Mode Analog Sig Sleep Level New Start or Run Cmd Run New Run New Run New Run New Run Wake Signal Wake Signal Wake Signal Wake Signal 1 When power is cycled if all of the above conditions are present after power is restored restart will occur 2 If all ofthe above conditions are present when Sleep Wake Mode is enabled the drive will start 3 The active speed reference is determined as explained in Reference Selection in the PowerFlex 7005 AC Drives Phase Control Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM003 The Sleep Wake function and the speed reference may be assigned to the same input 4 Command must be issued from HIM TB or network 5 Run Command must be cyded 6 Signal does not need to be greater than wake level 279 Sleep Wake Ref Selects the source of the input controlling the Sleep Wake function O Note This parameter was added with firmware version 5 002 280 Level Default 16 000 6 000V RW Rea Defines the analog input level at or above that will start the drive Min Max Sleep Level 20 000 10 000V Note This parameter was added with firmware version 5 002 Units 0 001 mA 0 001V 281 Wake Time Default 0 05 RW Rea Defines the amount of time that the value of Wake Level must be present before a Start is issued Min Max 0 0 1000 05 Note This parameter
123. Speed Trim 1 Par 22 Speed Trim 2 or Par 23 Speed Trim 3 3 Encoder 0 Loss 2 One ofthe following has occurred on encoder 0 Reconnect or replace the encoder I Configured with Par 365 Fdbk LsCnfg Pri Par 366 Fdbk missing encoder broken wire LsCnfg Alt and Par 367 Fdbk LsCnfgPosit e quadrature error phase loss 4 Encoder 1 Loss 2 One of the following has occurred on encoder 1 Reconnect or replace the encoder M Configured with Par 365 Fdbk LsCnfg Pri Par 366 Fdbk e missing encoder broken wire LsCnfg Alt and Par 367 Fdbk LsCnfgPosit e quadrature error phase loss 5 Opt Port 0 Loss 2 A fault on port 0 of the Hi Resolution Encoder feedback option card MDI e Reconnect or replace the encoder option card Heidenhain option card or Resolver feedback option card has Reconnect the option feedback card d TR Configured with Par 365 Fdbk LsCnfg Pri Par 366 Fdbk Par 260 Stegmanno Status displays the fault status for port O of the Hi LsCnfg Alt and Par 367 Fdbk LsCnfgPosit Resolution Encoder feedback option card Par 264 HeidenhainO Stat displays the fault status for port 0 of the Heidenhain feedback option card Par 269 Resolver Status displays the fault status for port 0 of the Resolver feedback option card 6 Opt Port 1 Loss 2 The Linear sensor portion of the MDI feedback option card has detected a fault e Reconnect or replace the encoder condition Reconnect the feedback option card
124. Status 852 DigOut2Bit 867 BitSwap 2B Data 809 2 Offset 838 002 Sel 853 Dig Out2 On Time 868 _ 2B Bit 807 Anlg In2 Value 839 Anlg Out2 Dint 854 Dig Out2 OffTime 869 BitSwap 2 Result 808 _ Anlg In2 Scale 840 Out2 Real 855 RlyOut3 Sel 870 BitSwap Data 810 Al2FiltGain 841 AnlgOut2 Offset 856 RlyOut3 Data 871 BitSwap Bit 811 2 Filt BW 842 AnlgOut2 Scale 857 RlyOut3 Bit 872 BitSwap 3B Data 806 2 Data 843 Anlg Out2 Zero 858 RlyOut3 On Time 873 BitSwap 3B Bit 1094 Anlg In2LossCnfg 844 AnlgOut2 Value 859 RlyOut3 OffTime 874 BitSwap 3 Result 815 AnlgIn3 Offset 824 Local 1 0 Status 875 BitSwap 4A Data 813 Anlg In3 Value 876 BitSwap 4A Bit 814 In3 Scale 877 BitSwap 48 Data 816 Al3FiltGain 878 BitSwap 4B Bit 817 Anlg In3 Filt BW 879 BitSwap 4 Result 812 Anlgin3 Data 880 BitSwap 5A Data 1095 Anlg In3LossCnfg 881 BitSwap 5A Bit 882 BitSwap 5B Data 883 BitSwap 5B Bit 884 BitSwap 5 Result 885 BitSwap Data 886 BitSwap Bit 887 BitSwap 6B Data 888 BitSwap 6B Bit 889 BitSwap 6 Result 1 The calculation is based on the drive frame size and input voltage Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 31 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters Param amp Config Select Switches Math amp Logic Timers 1000 UserFunct Enable 1022 Sel Switch Ctrl 1047 Din
125. TP Se 418 Dig Out2 Bit 852 Anlg Out1 Offset 834 Brake Watts 417 Dig Out2 Data 851 Anlg Out1 Real 833 Brake Bus Cnfg 414 Dig Out1 OffTime 854 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 131 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters Param Name Text Parameter Param Name Text Parameter Param Name Text Parameter Dig Out2 On Time 853 Est Theta Delay 477 FromDriveLogix10 612 Dig Out2 Sel 850 Estimated Torque 471 FromDriveLogix11 613 Digln ConfigStat 159 Exception Event 320 FromDriveLogix12 614 Digln Debounce 823 Exception Event2 321 FromDriveLogix13 615 DInt2Real1 In 1047 Exception Event3 322 FromDriveLogix14 616 DInt2Real1 Scale 1048 External DB Res 544 FromDriveLogix15 617 Dint2Real1Result 1049 Ext Fit Alm Cnfg 379 FromDriveLogix16 618 DInt2Real2 In 1150 Fault Clr Mask 674 FromDriveLogix17 619 DInt2Real2 Scale 1151 Fault Clr Owner 681 FromDriveLogix18 620 DInt2Real2Result 1152 Fault Status 1 323 FromDriveLogix19 621 Direction Mask 673 Fault Status 2 324 FromDriveLogix20 622 Direction Owner 680 Fault Status 3 325 FVC Comp 469 DPI CommLoss Cfg 391 Fault TP Data 330
126. This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 855 Rly Out3 Sel Default 1 Not Fault Identifies the signal used on Digital Output 3 If the desired signal is not available in the selection list choose inne 2 Er imi option 0 User Select and link with Par 856 Rly Out3 Data and Par 857 Rly Out3 Bit to select the desired Options 1 aur pus parameter for output 2 Not Alarm 17 Fault 3 Ready 18 Alarm 4 Running 19 Command Dir 5 Reserved 20 Actual Dir 6 Reserved 21 Jogging 7 Enable On 22 In Position 8 Active 23 Posit Watch1 9 AtSpeed 24 Posit Watch2 10 At Setpt 1 25 Cmpr 1 A B 11 Above Setpt 2 26 Cmpr 1 gt 12 At ZeroSpeed 27 2 A lt B 13 Speed Limit 28 Cmpr 2 A gt B 14 CurrentLimit 856 Rly Out3 Data Default 00000000000000000000000000000000 Y RW 332 bit Link a word to this parameter that will control the Relay Output 3 The bit within the selected word that will Min 00000000000000000000000000000000 Boolean control Relay Output 3 is set by Par 857 Rly Out3 Bit Max 11111111111111111111111111111111 857 Out3 Bit Default 0 Y IRW 16 bit Selects the bit from the word linked to Par 856 Rly Out3 Data that will change the status ofthe Relay Output 3 Min Max 32 31 Integer e g when Par 857 Rly Out3 Bit equals 0 bit 0 of Par 856
127. Trend Marker can be used to providea Min Max 2200000000 0000 scope trigger signal for the Auto Output function 569 TrendBuffPointer Default 0 RW 16 bit Selects the trend buffer element to be displayed in the Trend Output Parameters when the trend function Min Max 1023 Integer inactive not collecting data samples A zero value points to the element that corresponds to the trigger event Negative values point to pre trigger data Positive values point to post trigger data When the Auto Output function is running this parameter will automatically sequence through it s full range at a rate set by Par 559 Trend Rate 570 TrendIni Dint Default 0 RW 32 bit Provides integer input to the Trend 1 The Trending function samples this parameter for Trend Buffer 1 if bit 1 Min Max 2147483648 Integer In 1 Real is cleared 96 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No Name Description 2e x SIS s 2 co 5 Trend In1 Real 0 0000 Y RW Real Provides real input to the Trend 1 The Trending function samples this parameter for Trend Buffer 1 if bit 1 In 1 2200000000 0000 Real is set 5 Trend Out1 Dint 32 bit Displays the output for Trend Buffer 1 if the buffer is using integer data This will equal the value of the 21474836
128. a communication fault from a network card at a DPI port T Ln Options 0 Ignore 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs Alarm 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs HtCoastStop 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to 3 FltRampStop this event 4 FitCurLimStp 3 Flt RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Par 392 NetLoss DPI Cnfg lets you determine the action of the drive if communications are disrupted By default this parameter causes the drive fault and coast to a stop You can set this parameter so that the drive continues to run Precautions should be taken to ensure that the setting of this parameter does not create hazards of injury or equipment damage 393 BusUndervoltCnfg Default 1 Alarm Enter a value to configure the drive s response to the DC Bus voltage falling below the minimum value Option lo 7 ptions gnore 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs 1 Alarm 1 Alarm config
129. a ride through condition before a fault is detected Min Max 0 0000 60 0000 Units 408 Power Loss Level Default 221 RW 16 bit Setsthe percentage of the bus voltage at which ride through begins and modulation ends When the bus voltage Min Max 15 95 Integer falls below this level and Par 406 Power Loss Mode is set to 0 Coast or 5 Flux Only an alarm F92 Ride Thru Units 96 will be displayed on the HIM and the drive prepares for an automatic restart Enter a percentage ofthe bus voltage Scale 0 derived from the high voltage setting for the voltage class For example On a 400 480V drive 0 221 x 480Vac x 42 150Vdc Note The definition was updated to include the bit settings for parameter 406 for firmware version 4 002 409 Undervolts Default 161 5000 RW Real Controls the level of bus voltage that is needed to complete precharge and sets the level for undervoltage alarm Min Max 10 0000 90 0000 fault detection Enter a percentage of the bus voltage derived from the value in Par 401 Rated Volts Units For example on a 480V drive 0 615 x 480 Vac x 42 418 Vde 410 PreChrg TimeOut Default 30 0000 RW Real Sets the time duration of precharge If bus voltage does not stabilize within this amount of time a Precharge Error Min Max 10 0000 180 0000 exception event occurs Units 411 PreChrg Control Default 1 Enbl PrChrg Must equal 1 to allow drive to exit precharge and begin to run Link this
130. and 5 Enco A Phs or 20 Encl and 21 Enc1 A Phs determine how the encoder channel A and B signals will be interpreted Typically both encoder phases A and B are used so that direction information is available Par 230 Encdr0 Position counts up for forward rotation and down for reverse rotation If bit 5 is set then the B phase signal is ignored As a result the encoder position will only increase regardless of rotation direction Bits 4 and 5 together also determine the number of edges counted per encoder pulse see Table 2338 Multiplier and Direction Note Bit 27 is set to 0 False by default for firmware version 1 11 and is set to 1 True by default for firmware version 2 003 EnOSmplRt b1 Table 233A Encoder Input Filter Settings 0 0 0 0 Filter disabled 0 0 0 1 100ns filter 0 0 1 0 200 filter 0 0 1 1 300 5 filter 0 1 0 0 400 filter 0 1 0 1 500nsfilter 0 1 1 0 600nsfilter 0 1 1 1 700ns filter 1 0 0 0 800 ns filter default setting 1 0 0 1 900 ns filter 1 0 1 0 1000 ns filter 1 0 1 1100ns filter 1 1 0 0 1200 ns filter 1 1 0 1 1300ns filter 1 1 1 0 1400 ns filter 1 1 1 1 1500 ns filter Bit 3 19 2 18 1 17 0 16 Encoder Bit Filter Settings Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 x 1 11109 8 7 Table 233B Multiplier and Direction Settings Bit 5 21 4 20 Mult Directions Comments 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 2x 4x 1x 2X fwd rev fwd rev Cou
131. bit when this event occurs Options 1 Alarm 2 FltCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to 2 FltCoastStop this event 368 Cnv NotLogin Cfg Default 2 FltCoastStop Configures the 700L drives response when the active convertor is not logged in via a DPI port Option 0 Ignore Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1 Alarm 2 FitCoastStop 369 Brake OL Cnfg Default 1 Alarm Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a Brake Overload OL Trip exception event This event is T _ 0 ai Option 0 Ignore triggered when a Dynamic Brake DB overload condition occurs 1 Alarm 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs 2 FltCoastStop 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs 3 FltRampStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to 4 FltCurLimStp 3 RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 370 HiHpInPhsLs Cfg Default 2 FltCoastStop Selector for the input phase loss configuration Option
132. by a bit from another word such as a digital input Four 4 input parameters and one 1 output parameter are used to accomplish each Bit Swap function Refer to the User Functions 1 block diagram on page 192 860 BitSwap Data Default 0 Y 32 bit 865 BitSwap 2A Data Min Max 32 bits of data Boolean 870 _BitSwap Data 875 _BitSwap 4A Data 880 BitSwap 5A Data 885 BitSwap 6A Data This is the main word in which 1 bit will be edited All of the data from this word except the selected bit in Par 861 BitSwap 1A Bit are passed to Par 864 BitSwap 1 Result 861 JBitSwap Bit Default 0 RW 16 bit 866 BitSwap 2A Bit Min Max 0 31 Integer 871 BitSwap 3A Bit 876 BitSwap 4A Bit 881 BitSwap 5A Bit 886 BitSwap 6A Bit This parameter specifies the bit to be replaced in Par 860 BitSwap 1A Data 116 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No Values amp Description 2 2 Ws 862 BitSwap 1B Data Default 0 Y JRW 32 bit 867 BitSwap 2B Data Min Max 32 bits of data Boolean 872 BitSwap 3B Data 877 _ BitSwap 4B Data 882 5B Data 887 BitSwap 6B Data This parameter contains the word from which the replacement bit will be selected Only the selected bit is passed to Par 864 BitSwap 1 Result 863 BitSwap 1B Bit Default
133. changed from 2 003 to 3 001 for firmware version 3 001 Changed all values to three decimal places for firmware version 4 001 315 Build Number Default 1 RO 16 bit Displays the build number of the drive s Velocity Position Loop VPL software Min Max 1 10000 Integer Note The default value was changed from 8001 to 1 for firmware version 2 003 316 SynchLink Status Indicates status of SynchLink functions Opt Prsnt indicates the presence of an optional feedback daughter card Bit 1 Encdr0 Prsnt indicates the presence of encoder 0 Bit 2 Encdr1 Prsnt indicates the presence of encoder 1 Bit3 In Sync indicates SynchLink communications is synchronized Bit 4 Tx Active indicates TX frames are being transmitted downstream from this node Bit 5 Rx Active indicates RX frames are being received from nodes upstream Bit 15 Rx Data Enbl indicates received data is being updated Note Bit 8 Open Wire was changed to Reserved and bit 12 SOB Present and bit 14 Reset Req d were added for firmware 2 004 Refer to the SynchLink System Design Guide publication 1756 TD008 for more information Options gt 2 2 22 5 2 2 5 25155 5 5 215 5 5 5 215 5 5 5 2 5 lt 25 215 55 2 5 55 SIS 2 2 2 2 IS SIS Default x x x x x x x x x
134. counter counts up if the error level of the Slip regulator input is equal to the error level during Slip Slew Rate operation When the counter exceeds the value of this parameter then the normal Slip regulator operation becomes active Notes This value should not be changed This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 97 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters Values pulus 2 Description x SS 2 5 5 590 RsTempCoefAdjust Default 0 RW 16 bit The value specified in this parameter adjusts the temperature compensation coefficient which is calculated 32767 Integer based on the Slip regulator output A value of 4096 in this parameter doubles the compensation coefficient Notes This value should not be changed This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 591 RsImpCoefAdjstEn Default 0 RW 16 bit A value of 1 in this parameter enables the temperature compensation function in flux and torque estimate Min Max 32767 Integer calculation where the temperature information is based on the Slip regulator output A value of 0 in this parameter disables the temperature compensation function otes This value should not be changed This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 592 VqsReg On Hystr Default 0 RW 16 bit For
135. divided by this number This number can be used to scale the value of Par 10 Speed Ref 1 Min Max 2200000000 0000 12 Speed Ref 2 Default 0 0000 Y IRW Real Sets the speed reference that the drive should use when selected by Par 27 Speed Ref A Sel Min Max 2200000000 0000 or Par 28 Speed Ref B Sel A value of 1 0 represents base speed of the motor 13 Spd Ref2 Multi Default 1 0000 Y RW Real Par 12 Speed Ref 2 is multiplied by this number This number can be used to scale the value of Min Max 2200000000 0000 Par 12 Speed Ref 2 14 Preset Speed 1 Default 0 0000 Y RW Real through through Min Max 8 0000 P U 20 Preset Speed 7 Units rpm Provides an internal fixed speed command value The preset speeds may be selected with Par 27 Speed Ref A Sel Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU or Par 28 Speed Ref B Sel 21 Speed Trim 1 Default 10 0000 Y Real Provides an additive trim value to Par 38 Speed Ref Scale Min Max 14112 0000 Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 22 Speed Trim 2 Default 0 0000 Y Real Provides an additive speed trim value to Par 47 SpdRef SpdTrm1 with a Lead Lag filter The Position regulator Min Max 14112 0000 output is linked to this parameter by default This speed trim value affects the speed reference input to the speed Units rpm regulator Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 P U 23 Speed Trim 3 Default 0 0000 Y Real Provides a
136. feature is only available with DriveLogix version 15 03 or later Bit 0 515 Active Drive running no faults are present Bit 1 Sts Ready Drive ready but not running amp no faults are present Bit2 Sts HW Fault non resettable fault has occurred in the drive Bit 3 Sts Fault A fault has occurred in the drive Bit 4 Sts Alarm A type 1 user configurable alarm condition exists but the drive continues to run Bit5 Sts RunInhbt A type 2 non configurable alarm condition exists drive continues to run Bit 6 Sync InSync The module is configured as the time keeper or the module is configured as a follower and synchronization is complete Bit7 Sync NotSync The follower s are not configured with the time keeper Bit8 DL Run Mode The controller is in Run mode Bit9 DL Force Act 1 0 forces are active enabled but may or may not exist Bit 10 DL ForceNtEn One or more input or output addresses have been forced to an On or Off state but the forces have not been enabled Bit 11 DL Battery Either the battery is not installed or 95 discharged and should be replaced Bit 2 1 0 Activ The controller is communicating with all the devices in its 1 0 configuration Bit 13 DLI O Alarm One or more devices the 1 0 configuration of the controller are not responding Bit 14 DLI O Fault The controller is not communicating to any devices and is f
137. firmware version 2 004 Bit 1 Not Endat was changed to 1 true bit 2 Multi Turn was changed to 0 False and bit 6 Endat24bitSI was added for firmware version 3 001 Added bit 6 for firmware version 4 001 Options Endat24bitS c gt Default x x x x x x x x x 0 0 x x 0 1 X o teke Bit 15 14 3 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True Heidn Encdr PPR 2048 1 100000 PPR Set this value equal to the Heidenhain encoder PPR e g 2048 This value is automatically set when bit 1 NotEnDat of parameter 266 Heidn Encdr Type is set to 0 False Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Changed the minimum value from 10 to 1 for firmware version 4 001 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 Linkable Read Write Data Type RW 16 bit Integer 32 bit Integer Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No Name Description 268 _ Resolver0 Cnfg Configures options for the resolver option card port 0 O Setting bit 0 Cable Tune enables the cable tuning test resetting the bit to zero disables the test Refer to the section on Resolver Cable Tuning Tests in publication PFLEX RM003 Reference Manual PowerFlex 7005 Drives with Phase II Control for more information Bit 1 Tune Param has been disabled Bits 2 Resolution 0 and 3 Resolu
138. for firmware version 3 001 731 PLL Posit Out Default 0 RO 32 bit Phased Locked Loop position output This signal is precisely in phase with the input physical device A link should Min Max 2147483648 Integer be made to it from the local drive auxiliary position input The local drive is the one implementing PLL Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 732 PLLPosit OutAdv Default 0 RO 32 bit Phased Locked Loop position advanced output This signal is one position sample in advance of Par 731 PLL Posit Min Max 2147483648 Integer Out A link is normally made to this parameter from SynchLink Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 733 PLLFiltPositOut Default 00 Y Real Phased Locked Loop internal low pass filter output This parameter is normally used to properly scale an external Min Max 4 2200000000 0 velocity reference See description of Par 729 PLL Ext SpdScale Units PU Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 734 PlLSpeedOut Default 00 Y RW Real Phased Locked Loop velocity output This signal is used as a velocity feed forward It is precisely in phase with the Min Max 4 2200000000 0 physical input device A link should be made to it from one ofthe inputs on the local drive The local drive is the Units PU one implementing PLL The 1 P U rpm of this parameter is set by Par 727 PLL VirtEncdrRPM Note This parameter was added for firmwa
139. for the Motor Control MC TA pot Value 0 Field Oriented Control FOC is induction motor control with voltage adaptation Options i He Value 1 Field Oriented Control 2 FOC 2 is induction motor control with temperature adaptation This 2 PMag Motor option is used only for motors manufactured by Reliance Electric Japan Value 2 Permanent Magnet Motor Control Pmag Motor is permanent magnet motor operation Value 3 V Hz is volts per hertz motor control Value 4 Test is the test mode 486 Rated Slip Freq Default 10 470 RW 16 bit Displays the control slip frequency determined from Par 3 Motor NP Hertz and Par 4 Motor NP RPM Min Max 0 000 32 000 Integer A Measured and updated by the autotune procedure Do not change this value Units Hz Note Changed the attributes to allow changing this parameter while the drive is running for firmware version Scale x 1000 3 001 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 87 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters No Values E EN Description 2 x Ss 2 5 5 487 Motor NTC Coef Default 100 RW 16 bit Defines a coefficient used to calculate the rotor temperature from the measured stator temperature Used only Min Max 50 200 Integer in Field Oriented Control 2 FOC2 mode See Par Par 485 Motor Ct
140. in control instability or over current faults Units 96 Scale 100 8192 501 Torque Dly Default 100 RW 16 bit Sets the delay between the time the drive is enabled and the time the Motor Control applies torque Min Max 0 32767 Integer Units ms n Scale 100 8192 8 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Values E Description ejs 502 Rotor Resistance Default 1 00 RW 16 bit Displays rotor resistance as determined by the auto tune procedure Scaled to percent of rated motor Min Max 0 00 100 00 Integer impedance Do not change this value Units 96 n Scale 100 8192 503 Current Reg BW Default 600 RW 16 bit Sets the bandwidth for the current regulator Par 402 PWM Frequency limits the maximum value Reducing Min Max 100 30000 Integer the value reduces current regulator over shoot Units rad s 504 IPM AbsEncd Offst Default 0 RW 16 bit Determined by auto tune procedure Min Max 0 65535 Integer 505 PMTestWait Time Default 12000 RW 16 bit Defines the time interval used for the automated measurement of Par 504 PM AbsEncd Offst for a Permanent Min Max 500 5000 Integer O Magnet PM motor Units ms 506 IPM Test Idc Ramp Default 0 1 RW 16 bit Defines the ramp rate of the Flux Producing d axi
141. indicates that the signal amplitude is insufficient or too large Bit6 Quadrate indicates that there is a signal quadrature error Bit 7 Open Wire indicates an open wire fault Bit 8 VoltageLvlEr indicates that the operating voltage is too high or too low Bit9 PowerSup Er indicates the failure of the power supply Bit 10 PowerUpDiag Er indicates the option board failed its power up diagnostic test The pattern on the FPGA must be identical to the pattern written from the DSP or the board status test will fail Bit 11 MsgChecksum Er indicates a message checksum fault The check sum associated with the Endat communication device must be correct and acknowledged by the feedback option card Bit 12 Time Out Err indicates an Endat time out fault Bit 13 PPR Error indicates an encoder PPR setting mismatch fault Bit 14 Bootup Error indicates an Endat boot up fault Bit 15 FW VersionEr indicates that the firmware version of the encoder does not match the firmware version of the Heidenhain option card in the drive Bit 16 LightSrc Er indicates an Endat light source fault Bit 17 Sig Amplitud indicates an Endat signal amplitude fault Bit 18 PstvValue Er indicates an Endat positive value fault Bit 19 Over Voltage indicates an Endat over voltage fault Bit 20 Undr Voltage indicates an Endat under voltage fault Bit 21 Over Current indicates an Endat over c
142. is disabled below Min Max 0 32767 Integer this voltage This value is determined during the auto tune procedure Do not change this value Used only in modes 438 Vds Max Default 5793 RW 16 bit Displays the maximum flux producing d axis voltage allowed on the motor Adaptation is disabled below Min Max 0 32767 Integer A this voltage This value is determined during the auto tune procedure Do not change this value Used only in modes 439 Vqs Min Default 246 RW 16 Displays the minimum torque producing q axis voltage required for motor control adaptation This value Min Max 32767 Integer Al determined during the auto tune procedure Do not change this value Used only in FOC modes 440 5 Min Default 246 RW 16 bit Displays the minimum flux producing d axis voltage required for motor control adaptation Adaptation is 32767 Integer disabled below this voltage This value is determined during the auto tune procedure Do not change this value 44 Vds Fdbk Filt Default 0 RO 16 bit n Displays measured filtered motor flux producing d axis voltage Min Max 32767 Integer 442 WqsFdbkFilt Default 0 RO 16 bit n Displays measured filtered motor torque producing q axis voltage Min Max 32767 Integer 443 luxRegP Default 150 RW 16 bit D Sets the Proportional P gain for the flux regulator Do not change this value Min Max 0 32767 Integer 44 Flux Reg I Gain D
143. is on limit Par 304 Limit Status is not equal to zero Configured with Par 374 Motor Stall Cnfg 3 The drive is at zero speed Par 155 Logic Status bit 13 At Zero Spd is set 14 InvOTemp Pend 2 Par 313 Heatsink Temp is within 10 of maximum e Reduce the mechanical load TA ere ture in Par 348 Drive OL TP Data wh Lower the ambient temperature iew the maximum heat sink temperature in Par rive ata when Par 347 Drive OL TP I is set to 30 fMaxHsDegc Configured with Par 375 Inv OT Pend Cnfg 15 InvOTemp Trip 1 Par 313 Heatsink Temp is above the maximum limit or a temperature sensor Reduce the mechanical load has failed shorted or open See Par 346 Drive OL Status bit NTC Shorted Lower the ambient temperature and bit 1 NTC Open Or the calculated junction temperature displayed in Par 345 Drive OL JnctTmp of the power semiconductors in the inverter has been exceeded 16 InvOLoad Pend 2 The drive s operating point is approaching the intermittent current rating Reduce the load on the drive limitation If output current remains at or above present levels inverter Configured with Par 376 Inv OL Pend Cnfg overload condition will occur 17 InvOLoad Trip 2 The drive s operating point has exceeded the intermittent current rating and a Reduce the mechanical load foldback to the continuous rating in Par 400 Rated Amps has occurred Configured with Par 377 Inv OL Trip Cnfg
144. nter or write a value to select the drive overload data displayed in Par rive OL TP Data see era Lu Note Value 44 HH PwrBdTemp was added for firmware version 2 004 Added values 45 IGBT CndLoss 46 IGBT Options eo lactate D ir ii gbtPerMod SwtLoss and 47 Fwd CndLoss for firmware version 3 003 2 Delta 26 fEdThres 3 fhbslqCurr 27 fFdSlope 4 fol 28 fFdJunCase 5 foLm 29 fFdWatts 6 30 fMaxHsDegc 7 fog 31 8 fOL intg 32 fCsFltr 9 fCL intg 33 fPwmHz 10 flnvoLClim 34 fElecHz 11 fluncDegc 35 fModldex 12 36 fBoost 13 fe sPUCur 37 fTotalWatts 14 f60sAmp 38 fHSDegc 15 f3sPUCur 39 iAdconv 16 fsAmp 40 Jct Temp 17 fRatiolnvMtr 41 Jct Tmp HiHp 18 fRatioMtrInv 42 Jct Tmp Fwd 19 iConvertStat 43 HH Loss Intg 20 flgbtThres 44 HH PwrBdTemp 21 flgbtSlope 45 IGBT CndLoss 22 flgbtEnergy 46 IGBT SwtLoss 23 flgbtJuncase 47 Fwd CndLoss 350 70 Drive OL TP Data Displays the value selected by Par 347 Drive OL TP Sel Iq Actual Ref Displays the value of motor current reference that is present at the output of the divide by flux calculation Default Min Max 4 Default 0 0000 0 0000 Min Max 8 0000 P U Units
145. output of the Min Max 4 20 0000 scaling block This sum produces Par 844 Anlg Out2 Value Typically this value corresponds to for Analog Units V Output 2 8 Anlg Out2 Value Default 0 0000 Real Disphys the voltage reference for Analog Output 2 before the digital to analog conversion Min Max 10 0000 Units 8 Dig Out Sel Default 3 Ready identifies the signal used on Digital Output 1 If the desired signal is not available in the selection list choose T 2 4 ED mie option 0 User Select and link with Par 846 Dig Out1 Data and Par 847 Dig Out Bit to select the desired Options M i parameter and bit for output 2 Not Alarm 17 Fault 3 Ready 18 Alarm 4 Running 19 Command Dir 5 Reserved 20 Actual Dir 6 Reserved 21 Jogging 7 Enable On 22 Position 8 Active 23 Posit Watch1 9 AtSpeed 24 Posit Watch2 10 At Setpt 1 25 1 lt 8 11 Above Setpt 2 26 Cmpr 1 gt 12 At ZeroSpeed 27 Cmpr 2 A lt B 13 Speed Limit 28 Cmpr 2 A gt B 14 CurrentLimit 8 Dig Out1 Data Default 00000000000000000000000000000000 Y 32 bit Link a word to this parameter that will control Digital Output 1 The bit within the selected word that will control Min 00000000000000000000000000000000 Boolean Digital Output 1 is set by Par 847 Dig Out Bi
146. run Precautions should be taken to ensure that the setting of this parameter does 391 DPICommLloss Cfg Default 2 FltCoastStop Enter a value to configure the drive s response to the failure of a DPI port n NEP Option 0 Ignore 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs 1 Alarm 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs Lo 0 Pe 2 FitCoastStop 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to 3 flt RampStop this event 4 FitCurLimStp 3 Fit RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Par 391 DPI CommLoss Cfg lets you determine the action of the drive if communications are disrupted By default this parameter causes the drive fault and coast to a stop You can set this parameter so that the drive continues to run Precautions should be taken to ensure that the setting of this parameter does not create hazards of injury or equipment damage 392 DPI Cnfg Default 2 FltCoastStop Enter a value to configure the drive s response to
147. sample buffer 4 Wait Disable This takes 512 ms 0 5 ms x 1024 samples When it enters this state the Trend function clears bit 1 Triggered and 2 Complete bits of Par 557 Trend Status While in this state the Trend function refreshes the data Also while in this state the function forces the Trend Output parameters to zero When done it enters the Pre trigger state mnm Enel Cole d Dio e Value2 Pre trigger indicates the Trend function is sampling the trend inputs and storing them in memory at a rate determined by Par 559 Trend Rate Sampling continues until either the trend trigger event occurs or bit 0 Enbl Collect of Par 556 Trend Control is cleared While in this state the Trend function forces the Trend Output parameters to zero If the trigger event occurs the function sets bit 1 RT ims Triggered of Par 557 Trend Status and enters the Post trigger state If bit 0 Enbl Collect of Parameter 556 Trend Control is cleared the function sets bit 2 Complete of Par 557 Trend Status and returns to the Wait Enable state Value3 Post trigger indicates the Trend function is continuing to sample and save the trend inputs until the buffer is full While in this state the function forces the Trend Output parameters to zero value When gi me LN the buffer is full the function sets bit 2 Complete of Par 557 Trend Status and enters the Wait Disable state Value 4 Wait Disable indicates the Tren
148. scalable speed trim value that will be added to Par 47 SpdRef SpdTrm1 Par 24 SpdTrim 3 Scale Min Max 14112 0000 scales this value prior to the trim value affecting the speed reference Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 P U 24 SpdTrim 3 Scale Default 1 0000 Y Real Par 23 Speed Trim 3 is multiplied by this number This number can be used to scale the value of Min Max 1000 0000 Par 23 Speed Trim 3 25 STrim2 Filt Gain Default 11 0000 Y JRW Real Sets the lead term for the Par 22 Speed Trim 2 filter Values greater than 1 will result in a lead function and value Min Max 15 0000 less than 1 will result in a lag function A value of 1 will disable the filter 1 The calculation is based on the drive frame size and input voltage Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 3 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters No Name Values Description 26 SpdTrim2 Filt BW Default 200 0000 Sets the frequency for the Speed Trim 2 filter Min Max 0 0000 1000 0000 Units rad s 27 Speed Ref A Sel DefaultA 1 Spd Ref 1 28 Speed Ref B Sel Selects the speed reference source for the drive The selected speed reference values converge in the final Defauit Bp spd i selection of the drives speed reference with Par 152 Applied LogicCmd
149. steady state or deceleration when V Hz mode is selected Min Max 0 0 1150 0 nteger ote This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Units VAC 529 Break Voltage Default 1150 0 RW 16 bit Sets the voltage the drive will output at Par 530 Break Frequency Min Max 0 0 6900 0 nteger ote This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Units VAC 530 Break Frequency Default 1500 RW 16 bit Sets the frequency the drive will output at Par 529 Break Voltage Min Max 0 0 400 0 nteger ote This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Units Hz 531 Maximum Voltage Default 4600 RW 16 bit Setsthe highest voltage the drive will output Min Max 60 0 690 0 nteger ote This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Units VAC 532 Maximum Freq Default Par 3 Motor NP Hertz x 2 10Hz RW 16 bit Sets the highest frequency the drive will output This parameter is a function of Par 3 Motor NP Hertz Min Max Par 3 Motor NP Hertz 10 Hz 420 0 Integer ote This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Units Hz 533 SlewRateTimelimt Default 0 0 RW 16 bit Defines the time limit in seconds during which torque producing voltage Vqs regulator output variations are Min Max 0 0 1126 0 Integer A imited by each slew rate at the transition where the Vqs regulator turns on The same time limit is applied at the transition to the slip regulator when the slip regulator turns on A value o
150. that is applied to the Regulators and Control Algorithms wi Controller Note Bits 7 amp 8 were changed to Reserved for firmware version 2 004 hin the drive Logic Commands come from the 32 bit Logic Command found in a connection with the Logix Options 2 2 2 elolslele 8 2 alg Sl Sls 2 5 5 5 515 5 gt gt elder SIE SIZ ir is 2leclele 5 5 S E EIS 5 lt gt c el Elz l lt 5 5 gt 7 lt 0 SISIBIBIS SISIS SISISISIS 2 5 5 2 2 lt 215 2 2 5 5 2 5 lt 5 5 2 2 2 5 Defaut x 0 0 fo x x o ox fo Jo fo fo fo fo fo fx fo Jo fo 0 0 0 87 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 1 True Speed Reference Select Inputs Bit30 Bit29 Bit28 SpdRef SpdRef Spd Ref Auto Reference Source Sel2 Sell Sel 0 0 0 Speed Ref A Sel To access Preset Speed 1 set tet ee Peer er 0 1 0 Preset Speed 2 Preset Spd 1 0 1 1 Preset Speed 3 1 0 0 Preset Speed 4 1 0 1 Preset Speed 5 1 1 0 Preset Speed 6 1 1 1 Preset Speed 7 42 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Programming and
151. the Analog Input 2 filter Min Max 5 0000 811 112 Filt BW Default 0 0000 Y Real Sets the frequency for the Analog Input 2 filter Min Max 0 0000 3760 0000 Units rad s light Heavy Par 810 Al 2 Filt Gain 0 25 0 1 Par 811 Anlg In2 Filt BW 50 10 812 Anlg In3 Data Default 0 0000 RO Real Displays the scaled final value for Analog Input 3 Min Max 2200000000 0000 813 Anlg In3 Value Default 0 0000 RO Real Displays the actual input value at Analog Input 3 Analog Input 3 is a uni polar voltage input only and cannot be Min Max 0 0 10 0 configured for current Units V Type of Input Voltage Polarity Uni Polar Resolution 10 bit 0 to 1023 Note When bit 2 Thermstr of Par 821 Analog 1 0 Units is set 1 this parameter cannot be viewed from the HIM 814 Anlgin3 Scale Default 0 1000 Y RW Real Scales the raw analog input data plus the input offset if any to the desired data range The scaled data for Min Max 2200000000 0000 Analog Input 3 is displayed in Par 812 Anlg In3 Data and is available for usage in the drive Enter the units you Units N want per volt For example If Par 813 Anlg In3 Value 0 10V and you enter 6 in this parameter Par 812 g y Anlg In3 Data will equal 0 60V Par 813 x Par 814 Par 812 Note When bit 2 AI3 Thermstr of Par 821 Analog 1 0 Units is set 1 this parameter cannot be viewed from the HIM 815 Anlgin3 Offset Default 0 000
152. the units for Pars 801 Anlg In1 Value 802 Anlg In1 Scale and 803 Anlg In1 Offset will correspond to this setting For analog input 2 configure bit 1 to match the selection of hardware switch 55 1 bit 1 set to 0 V or set to 1 mA Also the units for Pars 807 Anlg In2 Value 808 Anlg In2 Scale and 809 Anlg In2 Offset will correspond to this setting Bit2 AI3 Thermstr configures analog input 3 for a thermistor input with range of 0 to 10V For analog output 1 use bit 16 to configure Pars 835 Anlg Out Scale 836 Anlg Out Zero and 837 Anlg Out1 Value for voltage or current bit 16 set to 0 V or set to 1 For analog output 2 use bit 17 to configure Pars 842 Anlg Out2 Scale 843 Anlg Out2 Zero and 844 Anlg Out2 Value for voltage or current bit 16 set to 0 V or set to 1 mA No hardware configuration is needed for the analog outputs Options AI3 Thermstr Default x x x kx x x x x x x x x x x p p x x x x x x x x x x x x x p 9 D Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 2423 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 1 True 823 Debounce 824 112 Setsthe amount of de bounce filtering for each digital input This is used to remove unwanted on off cycling chatter on the digital inputs caused by relay bounce Each digital input de bounce is configured separately from 0 5ms to 8 0ms The bit selections are cumulative for each digital input 1 6 E
153. the value of this parameter exceeds 0 5 the Motor OLoad Pend alarm fault 12 occurs If the value of this parameter exceeds 1 0 the Motor OLoad Trip fault fault 11 occurs The value of this parameter is saved in non volatile memory after power down if Par 153 Control Options bit 20 Motor OL Ret is on Toggling bit 20 of Par 153 Control Options clears the value of this parameter Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Default Min Max 0 0 0 0 1 5 RO Real Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters No Name Values Description 5 2 343 OL OpnLp CurrLim Default 8 0000 RO Real Displays the current limit set by the Open Loop Inverter Overload OL function This function sets this current limit Min Max 0 0000 8 0000 based on stator current feedback and the current ratings of the drive continuous and short term three second Units PU rating Typically the drive will have a sixty second rating of 110 of continuous current and a three second rating at 150 of the continuous Under normal operating conditions the open loop function sets this current limit to the short term three second rating If the function detects an overload it lowers the limit to the continuous level After a period of time
154. the voltage feedback circuit The value of the offset Min Max 15764 0 17004 0 Integer is a uni polarity signal A zero offset is equal to 16384 ote This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 550 VvwFdbk Offset Default 116384 0 RW 16 bit Displays the motor V phase to W phase offset voltage from the voltage feedback circuit The value of the offset 15764 0 17004 0 Integer is a uni polarity signal A zero offset is equal to 16384 ote This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 551 CurrFdbk AdjTime Default 0 0 RW 16 bit Compensates for current feedback delays in High Horse Power drives frames 9 and up Min Max 0 0 50 0 Integer ote This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Units us 552 Slip Preload Val Default 1200 RW 32 bit he Slip Gain value to be pre loaded if the drive is powered down Min Max 0 0 8192 0 Integer Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 553 Slip Slew Rate Default 0 200 RW Real Sets the rate at which the Slip Gain Regulator output transitions from the inactive state to the active state Min Max 0 010 16 383 Notes This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 The default value was changed from 2 000 to us 0 200 for firmware version 4 001 554 LED Status Used to monitor LED statuses including the main controller SynchLink and DriveLogix5370 from a HIM or an application program e g DriveExplorer This
155. to perform current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 397 Hrd OvrTrviCnfg Default 1 Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a positive hardware positioning over travel condition Ln A Option 0 Ignore 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs 1 Nam 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs 2 FltCoastStop 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to 3 FltRampStop this event m 4 FitCurLimStp 3 Fit RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 398 TCR Default 1 Alarm Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a negative hardware positioning over travel condition iong Lo Option 0 Ignore 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs 1 Nam 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event
156. value in Par 290 Linear1 CPR Value 5 Edge Mode should always display a zero 0 Value 6 L1 nMax displays the numerator term for speed calculation This number divided by change in time TP3 is the calculated per unit speed for the linear feedback sensor Default Options Zero 0 Zero 4 1 L1 Edge Time 5 L1 Edge Mode 2 Li dEdge 6 L1nMax 3 7 L1Delta2Err Linear1 TP Data Lin1 Update Rate Displays the data selected by Par 287 Linear1 TP Sel Sets the sample rate for the linear channel on the Multi Device Interface MDI feedback option Default Min Max 0 32768 Linear CPR Specifies the change in Par 252 FB Opti Posit for one revolution of the motor shaft This value is used to scale the calculated speed based on the change in feedback position Units are count per motor revolution CPR Default Min Max Units Default 2 1 0 msec Option 0 8 0 msec 8 4 0 msec 0 5 msec 9 4 5 msec 1 0 msec 10 5 0 msec 1 5 msec 112 5 5 msec 4 20msec 12 6 0 msec 2 5 msec 13 6 5 msec 3 0 msec 14 7 0 msec 3 5 msec 15 7 5 msec 1000 10 100000 Integer CPR 291 LiniStahl Status Displays the status of the Stahl linear encoder The Stahl linear encoder works with the MDI option car
157. was added with firmware version 5 002 Units 0 15 282 SleepLevel Default 5 000 mA 5 000V RW Rea Defines the analog input level at or below that will stop the drive Min Max 4 000 mA 0 000V Wake Level Note This parameter was added with firmware version 5 002 Units 0 001 mA 0 001V 283 Sleep Time Default 0 05 RW Rea Defines the amount of time that the value of Sleep Level must be present before a Stop is issued Min Max 0 0 1000 0 5 Note This parameter was added with firmware version 5 002 Units 0 15 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 61 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters No Name Description 284 Sleep Control Status of the Sleep Wake function Enable when set Sleep Wake mode is enabled Bit 1 Analog Ref 0 when set indicates that analog input 1 is used for Sleep mode control Bit 2 Analog Ref 1 when set indicates that analog input 2 is used for Sleep mode control Bit 3 Mode 0 when set direct control is used Bit 4 Mode 1 when set inverted control is used Bits 5 7 State x indicate the Sleep Wake mode state that is currently active See Table 284A Sleep Wake Mode Active State below Bit 8 Digin Cnflct when set indicates that a digital input conflict exists See Par Par 278 Sleep Wake Mode for details on digital input programming for the Sle
158. x x x x x x x 0 0 x 0x x x x x 0000 0 0 0 False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 87 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 317 SL System Time Default 0 RO 32 bit Displays the SynchLink system time counter Min Max 0 1048575 Integer Units us 318 Posit Spd Output Default 0 0000 RO Real Final output of the position regulator Min Max 14112 0000 Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 319 Selected Trq Ref Default 00 RO Real Displays the actual selected torque reference value after Par 110 Speed TorqueMode Min Max 8 0 P U Units PU 320 Exception Event1 of the utility file Indicates the presence of certain drive anomalies In some cases you may configure the drive s response to these events by entering values in the parameters of the fault alarm configuration group Qum Sl 5 lele clelelElelelelalel_lelalglelalgla 212 5 2 55 9 52 2 515 5 S 15 2 5 5 S 2 5 5 2 5 5124 5 5 2 gt lS 2 212 Default 00000000 op sou Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 65 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters No Name Description Dat
159. 0 0 Y RW 32 bit Virtual Master position reference for the Heidenhain option card This value is used by the Virtual Master function Min Max 2147483648 0 Integer as a position reference This parameter can be linked to a position reference source such as Par 1160 VirtEncPositFast ote This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 1156 Heidn VM Enc PPR Default 1024 RW 32 bit Virtual Master Encoder Pulse per Revolution PPR This value defines the encoder PPR for the Virtual Master Min Max 1024 and 2048 only Integer O function The Heidenhain option card produces the encoder pulse according to this PPR value which is limited to Units PPR 1024 or 2048 encoder lines Note This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 1160 VirtEncPositFast Default 00 RO 32 Virtual Encoder position output in Task 1 One of three outputs from the Virtual Encoder function This value is the Min Max 2147483648 0 Integer encoder position reference output for Task1 fast rate Par 62 Virt Encdr Posit and Par 63 Virt Encdr Dlyed are the encoder position output in Task 2 For the Virtual Master Encoder function you must use Par 1160 VirEncPosiFast as the position reference updated in Task 1 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 1161 Config Configuration for the Electrical Gear Ratio EGR user function Setting bit 7 EGR of Par 1000 UserFunct Enable enables the EGR user function The co
160. 0 00 Units 64 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Name Values 2 Description Bis 2155 aie 309 Motor Flux Default 0 0 RO 16 bit Displays the motor flux in 96 of nominal Min Max 0 0 100 0 Integer Units 96 Scale 100 4096 310 Output Freq Default 0 00 RO Rea Displays the motor stator frequency Min Max 250 00 Units Hz 311 Output Power Default 10 00 RO Rea Motor Power is the calculated product of the torque reference and motor speed feedback A 125ms filter is Min Max 9999 00 applied to this result Positive values indicate motoring power negative values indicate regenerative power Units Hp Note The units were changed from kW to Hp for firmware version 2 003 312 MotorFluxCurr FB Default 0 0000 RO Rea Displays the measured per unit motor flux producing current Min Max 0 0000 1 0000 Units PU 313 Heatsink Temp Default 0 0000 RO Displays the measured temperature of the drive s heatsink Min Max 30 0000 200 0000 Units PC 314 VPL Firmware Rev Default 1 003 RO 16 bit Displays the major and minor revision levels of the drive s Velocity Position Loop VPL software Min Max 0 001 99 999 Integer Notes The default value was changed from 1 11 to 2 003 for firmware version 2 003 The default value was Scale 000
161. 0 7250 1326AB B420E 460 2 8 70 0 2100 1 10 4 8 5 5 00 3000 1326AB B420H 460 5 5 1373 4120 2 20 4 15 6 5 10 6000 1326AB B430E 460 3 9 67 7 2030 1 40 4 117 6 60 3000 1326AB B430G 460 5 6 1143 3430 2 30 4 16 8 6 40 5000 1326AB B515E 460 6 1 70 3 2110 2 30 4 18 3 10 40 3000 1326AB B515G 460 9 5 88 7 2660 2 90 4 28 5 10 40 5000 1326AB B520E 460 6 7 71 0 2130 2 90 4 20 1 13 00 3000 1326AB B520F 460 8 8 70 3 2110 2 90 4 26 4 13 10 3500 1326AB B530E 460 9 5 743 2230 4 20 4 28 5 18 00 3000 1326AB B720E 460 17 5 70 0 2100 6 80 4 52 5 30 90 3500 1326AB B720F 460 27 5 117 0 3510 11 70 4 66 5 31 80 5000 1326AB B730E 460 22 8 78 3 2350 9 60 4 66 5 39 00 3350 1326AB B740C 460 20 9 523 1570 8 70 4 62 7 53 00 2200 1326AB B740E 460 32 0 79 7 2390 12 70 4 66 5 50 80 3400 1326AS B310H 460 0 8 204 5 4090 0 30 6 24 0 70 6200 1326AS B330H 460 2 1 204 5 4090 0 90 6 6 0 2 10 6500 1326AS B420G 460 2 6 179 0 3580 1 20 6 78 3 20 5250 1326AS B440G 460 54 149 0 2980 2 00 6 16 2 6 40 5250 1326AS B460F 460 6 2 148 5 2970 2 80 6 18 6 9 00 4300 1326AS B630F 460 78 142 7 2140 2 40 8 18 5 10 70 4500 1326AS B660E 460 11 8 100 7 1510 3 40 8 29 8 21 50 3000 1326AS B690E 460 19 0 87 3 1310 5 00 8 413 36 40 3000 1326AS B840E 460 212 79 3 1190 4 70 8 39 5 37 60 3000 1326AS B860C 460 17 6 713 1160 6 00 8 444 49 30 2000 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 203 Appendix D PowerFlex 700S Permanent Magnet Motor Specifications
162. 0 Y Real Applies an offset to Analog Input 3 Use the offset to correct for zero signal errors or to create offsettothe 20 0 actual input The output of the A D converter is summed with this parameter to produce Par 813 Anlg In3 Units V Value Note When bit 2 Thermstr of Par 821 Analog 1 0 Units is set 1 this parameter cannot be viewed from the HIM 816 Default 1 0000 Y RW Real Provides the Lead term for the Analog Input 3 filter Min Max 5 0 Note When bit 2 AI3 Thermstr of Par 821 Analog 1 0 Units is set 1 this parameter cannot be viewed from the HIM Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 11 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters No Name Values E FEN amp Description x Ss 817 Anlgin3 Filt BW Default 0 0000 Y Real Provides the Lag term for the Analog Input 3 filter Min Max 0 0000 3760 0000 Note When bit 2 Thermstr of Par 821 Analog 1 0 Units is set 1 this parameter cannot be viewed from Units rad s the HIM light Heavy Par 816 Al 3 Filt Gain 0 25 0 1 Par 817 Anlg In3 Filt BW 50 10 821 Analog 1 0 Units Use to configure the type of units voltage or current for the analog 1 0 For analog input 1 configure bit 0 to match the selection of hardware switch 55 2 bit 0 set to 0 V or set to 1 mA Also
163. 00 0 to to i 32 bits of data 987 SLBufDataTx17 This is the SynchLink buffered data transmitted See Par 969 Tx Buf Data Type for data type configuration 120 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No Name Description 1000 UserFunct Enable This parameter is used to enable and disable the optional user functions If a bit is set the corresponding function in enabled If the bit is not set the corresponding function is disabled and will not be processed outputs will not be updated Notes Bit 16 Ratio Calc was added for firmware version 2 004 Bit 5 AddSub Math and bit 6 Delay Timer were added for firmware version 3 001 Bit 7 EGR Electronic Gear Ratio was added for firmware version 4 001 Options Reserved Sel Switches User Params 1001 UserFunct Actual This parameter displays the actual status of the user functions If a bit is set then the corresponding function is active When Par 1001 UserFunct Actual does not match Par 1000 UserFunct Enable itis an indication that the function could not activate because of an error Typically the limitation is caused by processor overloading Adjust Par 146 FW TaskTime Sel to a slower task cycle more time Options Reserved MulDiv Math Sel Switches User Params Default x kx xk kx x k k k x fe x x x x o x
164. 00 1053 1056 MulDiv 1 Result Default 0 0000 RO Real This is the result output from the Multiplication and Division function See Par 1053 Min Max 4 2200000000 0000 Equation Par 1056 Par 1053 x Par 1054 Par 1055 1057 MulDiv 2 Input Default 10 0000 Y IRW Real Input value to be scaled as need with the Multiplication and Division function This input will be multiplied by Par Min Max 2200000000 0000 1058 MulDiv 2 Mul and then divided by Par 1059 MulDiv 2 Div The result will be loaded to Par 1060 MulDiv 2 Result Equation Par 1057 x Par 1058 Par 1059 Par 1060 1058 MulDiv 2 Mul Default 0 0000 Y RW Real Set this value as the multiplier to the value of Par 1057 MulDiv 2 Input The result will be divided by Par 1059 Min Max 2200000000 0000 and loaded into Par 1060 See Par 1057 1059 MulDiv 2 Div Default 0 0000 Y RW Real Set this value as the divisor of the result of Par 1057 Par 1058 The result will be loaded into Par 1060 See Min Max 2200000000 0000 1057 1060 Mulbiv 2 Result Default 0 0000 RO Real This is the result output from the Multiplication and Division function See Par 1057 Min Max 4 2200000000 0000 Equation Par 1060 Par 1057 x Par 1058 Par 1059 122 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2
165. 00 935 SL Buf Data Rx01 936 SL Buf Data Rx02 937 SL Buf Data Rx03 938 SL Buf Data Rx04 939 SL Buf Data Rx05 940 SL Buf Data Rx06 941 SL Buf Data Rx07 942 SL Buf Data Rx08 943 SL Buf Data Rx09 944 SL Buf Data Rx10 945 SL Buf Data 11 946 SL Buf Data Rx12 947 SL Buf Data Rx13 948 SL Buf Data Rx14 949 SL Buf Data Rx15 950 SL Buf Data Rx16 951 SL Buf Data Rx17 Security 714 Port Mask Act 669 Write Mask 712 Write Mask Act 670 Logic Mask 713 Logic Mask Act Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Analog Inputs Analog Outputs Digital Inputs Digital Outputs BitSwap Control 821 Analog 1 0 Units 821 Analogl O Units 823 Digln Debounce 845 Dig Out Sel 860 BitSwap Data 803 Anlg In1 Offset 831 AnlgOuti Sel 825 DiglniSel 846 Dig Out1 Data 861 BitSwap Bit 801 1 Value 832 AnlgOuti Dint 826 Digln2Sel 847 DigOutiBit 862 BitSwap 1B Data 802 Anlgln1 Scale 833 Anlg Out1 Real 827 Digln3Sel 848 DigOutl On Time 863 BitSwap 1B Bit 804 Al1FiltGain 834 Out Offset 828 Digln4Sel 849 Out1 Offfime 864 BitSwap 1 Result 805 In1 Filt BW 835 Anlg Out1 Scale 829 Digln5Sel 850 DigOut2 Sel 865 BitSwap 2A Data 800 AnlgIn1 Data 836 _ Anlg Out Zero 830 Dig In6 Sel 851 DigOut2 Data 866 BitSwap 2A Bit 1093 Anlg In1LossCnfg 837 Anlg Out Value 824 Local 1 0
166. 0000 P U rated torque or 10096 for some external function Units PU 1 PI Feedback Default 10 0000 Y Real The feedback input for the process control regulator A value of 1 can represent either base motor speed motor Min Max 8 0000 P U rated torque or 10096 for some external function Units PU 1 PI Error Default 10 0000 RO Real Displays the error of the process trim reference minus the process trim feedback Min Max 8 0000 P U Units PU 1 PI Lpass Filt BW Default 10 0000 Y Real Sets the bandwidth of a single pole filter applied to the error input of the Process Control regulator The input to Min Max 0 0000 500 0000 the filter is the difference between Par 181 PI Reference and Par 182 PI Feedback The output of this filteris Units rad s used as the input to the process control regulator 1 PI Preload Default 0 0000 Y IRW Real Presets the integrator of the Process Control regulator Min Max 8 0000 P U Units PU 1 PI Prop Gain Default 8 0000 Y Real Controls the proportional gain of the Process Control regulator If the proportional gain is 1 0 the regulator output Min Max 0 0000 200 0000 equals 1 PU for 1 PU error 1 PI Integ Time Default 8 0000 Y RW Real Controls the integral gain of the Process Control regulator If the integrator time is 1 0 the regulator output equals Min Max 0 0000 4000 0000 in 1 second for 1 P U error Units Is 1 PI Integ Defa
167. 0000 Y RW Real Sets the rate of deceleration for all speed decreases with time in seconds to base speed Min Max 0 0100 6553 5000 Decel Rate Par 4 Motor NP RPM Par 33 Decel Time Units 34 S Curve Time Default 0 5000 Y RW Real Sets the 5 time Round In and Round Out in seconds Half of the time specified is added to the beginning and Min Max 0 0000 4 0000 half to the end of the applied ramp The S time is independent of speed and results in a trapezoidal torque profile Units For example Speed Time in Seconds 0 5 sec 0 5 sec Accel Time 5 0 seconds S Curve Time 1 0 second Total Ramp Time 6 0 seconds 35 SpdRef Filt Gain Default 1 0000 Y RW Real Sets the lead term for the Speed Reference filter Values greater than 1 will result in a lead function and values Min Max 5 0000 ess than 1 will result in a lag function A value of 1 will disable the filter 36 SpdRef Filt BW Default 0 0000 Y RW Real Sets the frequency for the Speed Reference filter Min Max 0 0000 500 0000 Units rad s 37 Spd Ref Bypass Default 0 0000 Y RW Real The speed command after the limit ramp and s curve blocks Link a source directly to this parameter to bypass Min Max 14112 0000 these blocks Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 38 Speed Ref Scale Default 1 0000 Y RW Real This parameter is multiplied with the value in Par 37 Spd Ref Bypass Min Max 4 1000 0000 39 Jog Speed 2 Default
168. 1 NO yiq 21 eijqeu3 Bujeos 9 8S dL 971 euog LL d Sjulogise peeds 0197 OF 6 JeyueuieJou esned 8 enjosqy 5 ddd 8AINDS ddd ddd Je29y ddd SELL SNIS diNdd 6 uou g eu L puoo 2 ueis D 0 ainjosqy 9 frei er KD ejqeu3 uonisod euuegunow 19 14d19 U ug Pa 574 Snieis uonisod sog ertt Sino 8 elyoid aeos IF oed gin dino pd ndino pdg ddar i gt x O9 sod dNdcK 1 X X sod ddd D L 0 gt Buyeog ED pejeos pds di dd p ddd 9PhdJ9 O ces esneg ddd ddd Z 1 0 1UIOd 5 o v 189
169. 1 PLLPosit Out sition Error 732 PLLPosit Ou de Dx 73 PLL Fits i OSItheg 734 PLLSpeed Out Interp Direct 761 Pt Pt Filt BW Motion 735 PLL SpeedOut Ady 748 CoarsePosit Trgt 759 Pt Pt Accel Time 750 Coarse Spd Trot 760 Pt Pt Decel Time 684 MotnUpdatePeriod 749 Interp Position 715 XReg Spd LoLim 685 Motn CoarseMulti 751 interp Speed 776 XReg Spd HiLim 686 Config 752 Interp AccelRate 778 Attenu 687 Axis Status 693 Interp Syncinput 779 XNotch FiltFreq 688 AxisControl 743 huxPosit Ref 318 Posit Spd Output 689 Motn Axis Resp 745 PositRef EGR Mul 797 BasidndxStep 690 Motn Cnct Status Homing 746 PositRef EGR Div 798 Preset 691 Motn EventStatus 744 PositRef EGR Out 799 Output 692 Motn Event Ctrl n Md 757 Abs Posit Offset 1130 Pos Command 694 Mx Pos Trvl 1122 Home Speed 7535 Posit Offset 1 1131 PPMP Pos Mul 695 Mx Neg Trvl Md TN 754 PositOffset2 132 PPMP Pos Div 696 Motn PositErrTol 1123 Home Position 755 _ Posit Offset Spd 1133 PPMP Scaled 697 MotnPositLockTol 756 X Offst SpdFilt 1134 PPMP Control 698 Posit Cmmd 747 Position Cmmd 1135 PPMP Status 699 Motn Speed Cmmd 762 Position Fdbk 1136 Rev Spd Lim 700 Posit Sync 764 Posit Load Fdbk 1137 PPMP Fwd Spd Lim 701 FdbkAxis FdbkSel 766 Posit FB EGR Mul 138 Over Ride 702 FdbkAxis FdbkVal 767 Posit FB EGR Div 1
170. 1097 Par 1098 Par 1099 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 AddSub 1 Add Default 1 0000 Y RW Real This value is added to the value of Par 1096 AddSub 1 Input The result will be subtracted from by Par 1098 and Min Max 2200000000 0000 loaded into Par 1099 See Par 1096 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 AddSub 1 Subtrct Default 1 0000 Y IRW Real This value is subtracted from the result of Par 1096 Par 1097 The result will be loaded into Par 1099 See Min Max 2200000000 0000 1096 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No Name Values i Description Sis 5 5 2c 1099 AddSub 1 Result Default 1 0000 RO Real This is the result output from the Add and Subtract function See Par 1096 Min Max 2200000000 0000 Equation Par 1099 Par 1096 Par 1097 Par 1098 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1100 AddSub 2 Input Default 1 0000 Y RW Real Input value to be added to and or subtracted from as need with the Add and Subtract function This input will be Min Max 2200000000 0000 added with Par 1101 AddSub 2 Ad
171. 12 PMag Mode Config for firmware version 5 002 The following parameters were added for firmware version 5 002 Parameter ParameterNo Name Parameter No Name 278 Sleep Wake Mode 283 Sleep Tim 595 Nth Amplitude 279 Sleep Wake Ref 284 Sleep Control 596 Nth Phase Shift 280 Wake Level 534 Nth CompOff Freq 597 Mth Torq Compen 281 Wake Time 535 Mth CompOff Freq 598 Mth Amplitude 282 Sleep Level 594 Nth Torq Compen 599 Mth Phase Shift Anew alarm Drv Waking 89 was added to the Fault Alarm Descriptions table Added a description of the new Sleep Wake mode function to Appendix B Application Notes Topic Added new MPM series permanent magnet motor specifications Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 209 AppendixF History of Changes Notes 210 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 alarm descriptions 145 ATEX applications drive hardware configuration 208 drive wiring 206 motor requirements 206 operation verification 208 BAT battery LED DriveLogix 142 C dear faults 144 COM LED DriveLogix 142 command word logic 162 Communication DPI Data Links 30 DriveLogix 1 0 30 Masks amp Owners 30 Security 30 SynchLink Config 30 SynchLink Input 30 SynchLink Output 30 communications programmable controller configurations 162 control block diagrams 173 copycat HIM function 157
172. 139 PPMP Accel Time 703 Motn TP Select 763 Position Actual 1140 PPMP Decel Time 704 Motn TP Value 765 Posit Load 1141 PPMP SCurve Time 705 MotnRotaryCmmd 769 Position Error 1142 Spd Output 706 MotnUnwdTurnCmmd 796 Posit Gear Ratio 1143 PPMP Pos Output 707 SrvoAxis RotFdbk 768 PositReg P Gain 144 PPMP Pos To Go 708 SrvoAxisUnwdFdbk 770 PositReg Integ 709 FdbkAxis RotFdbk 772 XReg Integ LoLim 710 FdbkAxisUnwdFdbk 773 XRegInteg HiLim 711 MotnCnfgErrParam 774 XReg Integ Out 771 PositReg Droop 775 XReg Spd LoLim n Note The Position Control function is disabled by default enable the Position Control function otch Attenu 779 X Notch FiltFreq set Par 147 bit 16 to 1 enable 318 Spd Output Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 27 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters Feedback Config Encoder Port 0 1 Calculated Fdbk Feedback Opt 0 1 222 MtrFdbk Sel Pri 233 Encdr 0 1 Config 225 Virtual Edge Rev 249 Fdbk Option ID 223 MtrFdbk Sel Alt 234 Encdr 0 1 Error 226 Motor Speed Est 251 FB Opt0 Spd Fdbk 777 PositionFdbk Sel 232 PPR 227 Motor Posit Est 250 FB Opt0 224 TachSwitch Level 231 Spd Fdbk 228 MtrSpd Simulated 253 FB Opt Spd Fdbk 300 Motor Spd Fdbk 230 Encdr0 Position 229 MtrPosit Simulat 252 FB Opti 762 Position Fdbk 242 Encoder PPR 259 Stegman
173. 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True 694 Mx Pos Trvl Default 0 RW 32 bit Positive soft overtravel threshold for the Motion Servo Axis 2147483648 nteger 695 Mx Trvl Default 0 RW 32 bit Negative soft overtravel threshold for the Motion Servo Axis 2147483648 nteger 696 Motn PositErrTol Default 4096 RW 32 bit Position error tolerance for the Motion Servo Axis in Max 0 2147483648 nteger 697 MotnPositLock Tol Default 0 RW 32 bit Position lock tolerance for the Motion Servo Axis in Max 0 2147483648 nteger Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 101 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters No 700 701 Name Description Motn Posit Cmmd Position command input from the Motion Planner This is linked as the source to the interpolator s Course Position Target Motn Speed Cmmd Speed command input from the Motion Planner Motn Posit Sync Values Default Min Max Default Min Max Units 0 2147483648 Synchronization input signal from the Motion Planner Pulse received once per coarse update period This is linked as the course Par 693 Interp SynchInput Note Bits 2 4 have been changed to Reserved for firmware version 2 004 Options FdbkAxis FdbkSel Selection for the Motion Feedback Only Axis feedback source Note Options 5 a
174. 19 Reserved 5 VdsCmd 48 MotVntc 91 MotorRegen 134 RWVuOut2 177 MtrCntrlSel 220 Reserved 6 VqsCmd 49 BaseSlip 92 VgsSlwRtCLim 135 RWWOut2 178 WeMon 221 Reserved 7 VuCmdl 50 VbusFdbk2 93 MotorVIts 136 RWVwOut2 179 BusUtlMtrVIt 222 8 51 VdsFdbk2 94 BusUtil 137 RWPosState 180 IqsCmd2 223 RawlwFdbk2 9 VWwCmdl 52 VqsFdbk2 95 dsCompMon 138 RWNegsState 1812 PosErSum 224 VqsFbFitrCom 10 luFdbk 53 VdsSpdVItFIt 96 139 BusDropVolts 182 NegErrSum 225 VqsErrorComm 11 IwFdbk 54 WrEst1 97 VqsSlwRtCnt 140 RecoverVolts 183 Reserved 226 ReconswFreq 12 IdsFdbk 55 MulestFrqRef 98 VqsErrMon 141 DbDuty 184 VLmtVqsRef 227 ReconAngleAc 13 IqsFdbk 56 TestFrqRef 99 VqsNoErrCnt 12 2 VdsFdbkFltr 185 VRefVqsRefNm 228 VsCmdAngleVf 14 VdsFdbk 57 FluxFltrN_1 100 VqsldsCmd 143 VgsFdbkFltr 186 VRefRslqsNm 229 15 VuvFdbk 58 PrchgDlayCtr 101 VqsMaxMotor 144 VbusFdbkFltr 187 VRefVqsSpdVN 230 SpeedRef 16 WwFdbk 59 PrchTimOutCr 102 VqsMaxVbus 145 VbusMemory 188 EconoVoltGn 231 CurFbkldsFbk 717 VqsFdbk 60 PrchPilotCtr 103 146 VpEncOVelFbk 189 FOutput Fre 232 CurFbklgsFbk 18 IdsCmd 61 TrqEnableCtr 104 FreqMaxFB 1472 VpEnciVelFbk 190 TrqCreflqsCm 233 VqsThetaEst 19 IqsRatio 62 1 105 IdsCmdFilter 148 VPOp
175. 1C EN P July 2013 133 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters Param Name Text Parameter Param Name Text Parameter Param Name Text Parameter tr 2T Count 341 PI Integ Time 87 Posit Offset 2 754 tr 12T Curr Min 337 PI Lower Limit 192 Posit Offset Spd 755 tr 12T Spd Min 338 Lpass Filt BW 84 Posit Spd Output 318 tr 12T Trp ThrH 340 PI Output 80 Posit TP Select 737 tr NP Pwr Units 6 PI Preload 85 PositDetct1 Stpt 780 tr OL Pend Cnfg 372 PI Prop Gain 86 PositDetct2 Stpt 781 tr OL Trip Cnfg 371 PI Reference 181 Position Actual 763 tr Trq Curr Ref 305 PI TP Data 179 Position Cmmd 747 tr Vds Base 434 PITP Sel 78 Position Control 740 tr Vqs Base 435 PkDtct In Dint 212 Position ErrCnfg 399 tring Power Lim 127 PkDtct1 In Real 213 Position Error 769 trPosit Simulat 229 PkDtct2 In Dint 216 Position Fdbk 762 trSpd Simulated 228 PkDtct2 In Real 217 Position Ref Sel 742 ulDiv 1 Div 1055 PLL Bandwidth 722 Position Status 741 ulDiv 1 Inpu 1053 PLL Control 720 PositionFdbk Sel 777 ulDiv 1 Mul 1054 PLL EPR Input 725 PositRef EGR Div 746 ulDiv 1 Result 1056 PLL EPR Output 726 PositRef EGR Mul 745 ulDiv 2 Div 1059 PLL Ext Spd Ref 728 PositRef EGR Out 744 ulDiv 2 Inpu 1057 PLL Ext SpdScale 729 PositReg Droop 7A ulDiv 2 Mul 1058 PLL LPFilter BW 730 PositReg Integ 770 ulDiv 2 Resu
176. 2 No Name Description 514 Test Mode Config Configures the Motor Control MC test mode Note This parameter was changed to non linkable for firmware version 3 001 ATTENTION Do not modify this parameter Motor Drive instabilities and damage may result Options ReflWave Comp BusGain Comp Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt Default Reserved Reserved Reserved gt Reserved X e gt x ul x wl Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 235 22 21 20 19 18 17 1615 14 13 1211 lt ojx 0 False 12 True 515 FVCTune Config Configures FOC tuning mode calculated preset flux current is used as the flux current at the beginning of the magnetic inductance test Bit2 NoTimeLimit when set the time limit fault detection during the magnetizing inductance test is disabled Note Bits 1 and 2 were added for firmware version 4 001 ATTENTION Do not modify this parameter Motor Drive instabi
177. 2 106 1 117 O o 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 260 5 0 Status Options Indicates faults on the Stegmann Hi Resolution Encoder Feedback Option Bit 8 Open Wire indicates an open wire fault he feedback option card checks for a pre determined constant value If this value is not within tolerances an open wire fault is declared A quadrature check also is done If an error occurs during the check the ope wire check is aborted If 3 quadrature errors occur in succession the open wire check will complete and the constant value checked again If this value is not within tolerances the fault is declared Bit 9 PowerSup Er indicates the failure of the power supply Bit 10 PwrUpDiag Er indicates the option board failed its power up diagnostic test he pattern on the FPGA must be identical to the pattern written from the DSP or the board status test will fail Bit 11 MsgChksum Er indicates a message checksum fault he check sum associated with the Heidenhain encoder must be correct and acknowledged by the feedback option card Bit 12 Time Out Err indicates a RS 485 time out fault his check requires information to be sent from the encoder to the feedback option card within a specified time Typical times are about 10 clock cycles before an error is detected This check is done only at power up Default x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x E 3 a ES c a
178. 2 5 10Poles x5 273 ReslvrO Carrier Default 0 RO 32 bit Specifies the resolver carrier frequency for the resolver option card port 0 Min Max 0 10000 Integer Units Hz 274 ReslvrO In Volts Default 0 0000 RO Real Specifies the resolver input voltage for the resolver option card port 0 Min Max 0 0000 31 0810 Units V 275 Rslvr0 XfrmRatio Default 0 0000 RO Real Specifies the resolver transform ratio for the resolver option card port 0 Min Max 0 0000 4 0950 276 Reslvr0 CableBal Default 0 RO Real Specifies the resolver cable balance for the resolver option card port 0 Min Max 0 255 277 Default Disabled pecifies used resolver Ln Qe The values for options 5 amp 12 were changed to Reserved for firmware version 2 004 Added options 15 and 16 Options 1 Moor ES M for firmware version 4 001 but are not functional for future use 22 T2014 2087x2 11 Reserved 3 T2014 2087x5 12 Reserved 4 MPL460v 13 Reserved 5 Reserved 14 AmciR11XC107 6 Siemens TFT6 15 PowerTec RT 7 PrkrHn ZX600 16 PowerTec R2 8 Reserved 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No 278 Name Description w cc Sleep Wake Mode Default 0 Disabled Enables disables the Sleep Wake function Option 0 Disabled
179. 2 22 2 2 2 2 Z 5 5 22 2 5 Default x jx x x x x x x x 0 0 0 x 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True 157 LogicCtrl State Indicates which logic control functions are enabled Bit 22 lt Tst FulSpd set to 1 indicates that the Slip Auto Tune function is active Bit23 Slip Test En set to 1 indicates that the drive is at speed for the Auto Tune function Notes Bits 22 and 23 were added for firmware version 3 001 Bit 14 DC Brake En is not functional Options 5 S 5 Sl la 2 s s 2 2 Sle lelg es l ge Sls 5 5 eS ele 85 5 2 2 2 2 2 2 SIZ 5 5 2 5 215 5 5 58 9125 25 8 IE SIE a E E 2 E 2 8 S 2 Defaut 0000 x o o o o o jo jo jo oo oj jo jo 00 0 0 0 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 1 109 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 1 True Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No 158 159 160 161 163 Name Description Drive Logic RsIt e This is the logic output of the logic parser that combines the outputs from the DPI ports and the DriveLogix c
180. 2 266 7 4000 1 45 8 22 6 6 55 5500 MPM B1153T 480 5 5 266 7 4000 145 8 392 6 55 7000 MPM B1302F 480 34 266 7 4000 1 65 8 15 6 5 99 4500 MPM B1302M 480 50 266 7 4000 1 65 8 22 6 5 99 6000 MPM B1302T 480 6 6 266 7 4000 1 65 8 307 5 99 7000 MPM B1304C 480 34 183 3 2750 2 00 8 15 8 10 20 2750 MPM B1304E 480 41 166 7 2500 2 20 8 242 10 20 4000 MPM B1304M 480 73 2333 3500 2 20 8 42 9 10 20 6000 MPM B1651C 480 47 200 0 3000 2 50 8 20 6 10 70 3500 MPM B1651F 480 8 2 200 0 3000 2 50 8 36 0 10 70 5000 MPM B1651M 480 10 9 200 0 3000 2 50 8 40 2 10 70 5000 MPM B1652C 480 7 0 166 7 2500 3 80 8 23 8 16 00 2500 MPM B1652E 480 8 0 233 3 3500 430 8 428 19 40 3500 MPM B1652F 480 11 0 2333 3500 4 30 8 59 5 19 40 4500 MPM B1653C 480 10 5 1333 2000 4 60 8 41 9 26 80 2500 MPM B1653E 480 10 2 200 0 3000 5 10 8 51 6 26 80 3500 MPM B1653F 480 13 2 200 0 3000 5 10 8 66 7 26 80 4000 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 201 Appendix D PowerFlex 700S Permanent Magnet Motor Specifications Parameter No 1 2 3 4 5 7 Model Number Motor NP Volts MotorNPFLA _ MotorNP Motor RPM MotorNP _ Motor Currentpeak System Cont Stall Motor line to line V rms rms Frequency oper rpm Power KW Poles Arms Torque Nem RPM Hz rpm MPM B2152C 4
181. 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 1062 Logic Cmpr State Displays the logical states of the Logic routine Pars 1063 1070 and the results of the compare functions Par 1071 1074 Logic Cmpr State lt 4062 Y 04 Cmpr 1 A lt B Compare 1A gt 4062 05 1 A gt B Logic Cmpr State CRUS lt 1062 06 Cmpr 2 A lt B Compare 2A gt 1062X 07 2 A gt B Options T qu 2555 lt lt 55 lt lt 2 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt SIN IN 2525 22 22 22 22 2 22215 25252 21285 21551552444 Default Xx x x Xx x x Xx x Xx x x x x x 0 p n Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 2423 22 2 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 1063 Logic 1A Data Default 0 Y RW 32 bit Selects the data word for the first input to Logic Block 1 See Par 1061 Logic Config Min Max 32 bits of data Boolean 1064 Logic 1A Bit Default 0 RW 16 bit Selects the bit of Par 1063 Logic 1A Data for the first input to Logic Block 1 Min Max 31 32 Integer Note To invert the selected input enter the desired bit as negative Use 32 to invert bit 0 1065 Logic 1B Data Default 0 Y RW 32 bit Selects the data word for the second input to Logic Block 1 See Par 1061 Logic Config Min Max 32 bits o
182. 32 SClpos 16 MP Task Time 1146 PPMP TP DataDInt Default 0 0 Test point integer data This data is meaningful only if the selection at Par 1145 PPMP TP Select is integer data Min Max 2147483648 0 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1147 PPMP TP DataReal Default 00 Test point real data This data is meaningful only if the selection at Par 1145 PPMP TP Select is not integer data Min Max 2200000000 0 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 128 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No Values Description Ws 5 1150 Dint2Real2 In Default 0 Y RW 32 bit nput value for a second DInt to Real value conversion 2147483648 0 Integer ote This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1151 Dint2Real2 Scale Default 0 0 Y RW Real nput value to scale the second conversion from Dint to Real This is a multiplication to the input value after in Max 2200000000 0 conversion to a Real value ote This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1152 DInt2Real2Result Default 0 0 RO Real This is the resultant output of the second conversion form a Dint value to a Real value after scaling in Max 2200000000 0 ote This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1155 Heidn VM Pos Ref Default
183. 48 Integer element in Trend Buffer 1 specified by Par 569 TrendBuffPointer 5 Trend Out Real 0 0000 Real Displays the output for Trend Buffer 1 if the buffer is using real data This will equal the value of the element 2200000000 0000 Trend Buffer 1 specified by Par 569 TrendBuffPointer 5 Trend In2 Dint Y 32 bit Provides integer input to the Trend 2 The Trending function samples this parameter for Trend Buffer 2 if bit 2 F2147483648 Integer In 2 Real is cleared 5 Trend In2 Real 0 0000 Y Real Provides real input to the Trend 2 The Trending function samples this parameter for Trend Buffer 2 if bit 2 In 2 2200000000 0000 Real is set 5 Trend Out2 Dint 32 bit Displays the output for Trend Buffer 2 if the buffer is using integer data This will equal the value of the 2147483648 Integer element in Trend Buffer 2 specified by Par 569 TrendBuffPointer 5 Trend Out2 Real 0 0000 Real Displays the output for Trend Buffer 2 if the buffer is using real data This will equal the value of the element 2200000000 0000 Trend Buffer 2 specified by Par 569 TrendBuffPointer 5 Trend In3 Dint Y 32 bit Provides integer input to the Trend 3 The Trending function samples this parameter for Trend Buffer 3 if bit 3 F2147483648 Integer In 3 Real is cleared 5 Trend In3 Real 0 0000 Y Real Provides real input to the Trend 3 The Trending function samples this parameter for Trend Buffer 3 if bit 3 In 3 2200000000 0000
184. 515155 2 2 25 IS gt 1 gt S S 5 Z Z 2 12 SlISlElS SISISISISISISISIEIZAIS 151515 5 5 5 miii lt lt lt Default 0 0 0 0 x x x x op po fo 0 0 fase Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True 66 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No Name Values Description 326 MarmStatus 1 Indicates the occurrence of exception events that have been configured as alarm conditions These events are from Par 320 Exception Event wos Jos S S S SE 85 Ela le le dle 5 le lo 2 55255 50555 5 els isle 58 22 Zs sls Sls sles 5 25155 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 lt gt 5 5 15155 5 5 lz 215 5 a a a a Default 0 0 0 0 jo 0 0000000 0 jo jo 0 JO jo jo 0 0 0 jo jo 00 0 Falke Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 327 Alarm Status 2 Indicates the occurrence of exception events that have been configured as alarm conditions These events are from P
185. 6 Drive sese as xA duis RON OR Edd Ku RENE 206 Safe Off Terminal 207 Witing Examples EA E 207 Drive Hardware Configuration seri un eene Eas 208 Operation V CELIO telo woes teste Nude Lect 208 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 Table of Contents Appendix F History of Changes 20D PMOOIB EN P July 2011 br Rr ds 209 20D PMOOTA EN P June 2010 209 Index Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 7 Table of Contents 8 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 Purpose of This Manual Who Should Use This Manual Additional Resources Preface The purpose of this manual is to provide you with the information needed to start up program and troubleshoot PowerFlex 700S Phase II Adjustable Frequency AC drives Topic Who Should Use This Manual Page 9 Additional Resources 9 General Precautions 1 This manual is intended for qualified personnel You must be able to program and operate adjustable frequency AC drives In addition you must have an understanding of the parameter settings and functions of this drive and programmable controllers for PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives with DriveLogix These documents contain additional information concerning related products from Rockwell Automation Re
186. 6 MC TP1 Select This display should only be used if the selected value is Min 00000000000000000000000000000000 Boolean A bit enumerated data Par 468 MC Bit is a diagnostic tool you can use to view internal drive parameters 11111111111111111111111111111111 469 FVCCEMF Comp Default 0 RW 16 bit Displays the current regulator feedforward compensation Do not change this value Min Max 10 100 Integer Units 96 470 Flux Reg P Gain2 Default 1000 RW 16 bit Displays the additional proportional gain used at the start of Bus voltage limited field weakening Do not Min Max 0 32767 Integer change this value 471 Estimated Torque Default 0 0 RO Real Displays the calculated motor shaft torque Min Max 8 0 P U A Notes This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 The Units and Scale information were added for Units PU firmware version 4 002 Scale 1 0 100 of the Motor Torque 472 Delay Default 20 RW 16 bit Adjusts the delay between the time all other precharge conditions have been met and the time the drive Min Max 0 0 Calculated Integer O leaves the precharge state Can be used to control the sequence of precharge completion in a drive system Units The maximum value of this parameter is calculated as follows Par 472 PreCharge Delay Par 410 PreChrg TimeOut 1 0 second Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 85 Chapter 2 P
187. 65 Motor Flux Est 359 Leak Indc Satur2 494 MC Diag Status 518 Motor Freq Ref 296 Leak Inductance 492 MC FaultTPSelect 475 Motor NP FLA 2 LED Status 554 MC FaultTP Value 476 Motor NP Hertz 3 Lgx Closed Cnfg 388 MC Firmware Rev 457 Motor NP Power 5 Lgx Comm Format 600 MC Generic 1 170 Motor NP RPM 4 Lgx CommLossData 385 MC Generic 2 171 Motor NP Volts 1 Lgx LinkChngCnfg 389 MC Generic 3 172 Motor NTC Coef 487 Lgx OutOfRunCnfg 386 MC Generic 4 173 Motor OL Factor 336 Lgx Timeout Cnfg 387 MC Generic 5 174 Motor Poles 7 LimGen X axis In 206 MC Generic 6 175 Motor Posit Est 227 LimGen Y axis Mn 205 MC Generic 7 176 Motor Spd Fdbk 300 LimGen Y axis Mx 204 MC Generic 8 177 Motor Speed Est 226 Limit Gen Hi Out 207 MC Generic 9 178 Motor Speed Ref 301 Limit Gen Lo Out 208 MC Generic 10 179 Motor Stall Cnfg 374 Limit Status 304 MC Status 555 Motor Stall Time 373 Limited Spd Ref 41 MC TP1 Bit 468 Motor Torque Ref 303 Lin1 Update Rate 289 MC TP1 Select 466 MotorFluxCurr FB 312 Lin1Stahl Status 291 MCTP1 Value 467 Mth Amplitude 598 Line Undervolts 409 MC TP2 Select 473 Mth CompOff Freq 535 Linear1 Config 285 MCTP2 Value 474 Mth Phase Shift 599 Linear1 CPR 290 Min Flux 360 Mth Torq Compen 597 Linear Status 286 Min Spd Ref Lim 30 Mtr Current Lim 356 Linear TP Data 288 MOP Control 1086 Mtr Fdbk Sel Alt 223 Linear TP Sel 287 MOP High Limit 1088 Mtr Fdbk Sel Pri 222 Load Estimate 221 MOP Level Dint 1092 Mtr 12T Calibrat 339 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO
188. 74 0 4110 1 80 8 70 4 18 5000 MPL B420p 7 460 4 5 255 3830 1 90 8 92 474 5000 MPL B430p 7 460 6 5 214 0 3210 2 20 8 12 0 6 55 5000 MPL B4520P 460 6 0 236 7 3550 2 10 8 17 0 5 65 5000 MPL B4530F 460 5 0 162 0 2430 2 10 8 13 4 8 25 3000 MPL B4530K 460 78 200 7 3010 2 60 8 19 1 8 25 4000 MPL B4540F 460 6 4 162 0 2430 2 60 8 16 3 10 20 3000 MPL B4560F 460 8 3 1447 2170 3 20 8 25 5 14 10 3000 MPL B520K 460 8 1 208 0 3120 3 50 8 23 3 10 70 4000 MPL B540K 460 14 5 1773 2660 5 40 8 424 19 40 4000 MPL B560F 460 14 5 130 7 1960 5 50 8 42 4 26 80 3000 MPL B580F 460 18 4 132 7 1990 7 10 8 66 5 34 00 3000 MPL 8580 7 460 22 6 148 0 2220 7 90 8 66 5 34 00 3800 MPL B640F 460 22 7 106 0 1590 6 11 8 46 0 36 70 3000 MPL B660F 460 272 813 1220 615 8 67 9 48 00 3000 MPL B680D 460 24 0 94 0 1410 9 30 8 66 5 62 80 2000 MPL B680F 460 33 9 79 3 1190 7 50 8 67 9 60 00 3000 MPL B860D 7 460 33 6 96 0 1440 12 50 8 67 5 83 10 2000 MPL B880 C 460 33 6 72 7 1090 12 60 8 69 0 110 00 1500 MPL B880D 7 460 40 3 86 7 1300 15 00 8 1132 110 00 2000 MPL B960B 460 29 7 62 0 930 12 70 8 63 6 130 00 1200 202 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 PowerFlex 7005 Permanent Magnet Motor Specifications Appendix D Parameter No 1 2 3 4 5 7 Model Number Motor NP Volts MotorNPFLA _ MotorNP Motor RPM
189. 80 123 133 3 2000 5 60 8 39 2 36 70 2500 MPM B2152F 480 18 7 166 7 2500 5 90 8 69 3 33 00 4500 MPM B2152M 480 21 0 166 7 2500 5 90 8 54 0 30 00 5000 MPM B2153B 480 12 7 116 7 1750 6 80 8 42 4 48 00 2000 MPM B2153E 480 19 3 133 3 2000 7 20 8 69 7 48 00 3000 MPM B2153F 480 22 1 133 3 2000 7 20 8 69 6 45 00 3800 MPM B2154B 480 13 9 116 7 1750 6 90 8 69 3 62 80 2000 MPM B2154E 480 18 3 133 3 2000 7 50 8 69 5 56 00 3000 MPM B2154F 480 19 8 133 3 2000 7 50 8 59 3 56 00 3300 MPL A310P 230 3 4 294 0 4410 0 73 8 9 9 1 58 5000 MPL A310F 230 21 185 3 2780 0 46 8 6 6 1 58 3000 MPL A320P 230 6 4 271 3 4070 1 30 8 20 9 3 05 5000 MPL A320H 230 46 208 7 3130 1 00 8 13 6 3 05 3500 MPL A330P 230 8 5 280 7 4210 1 80 8 26 9 4 08 5000 MPL A420P 230 9 0 268 7 4030 2 00 8 32 5 4 74 5000 MPL A430P 230 11 9 234 0 3510 2 20 8 474 5 99 5000 MPL A430H 230 8 6 1847 2770 1 80 8 31 8 6 21 3500 MPL A4520P 230 12 4 234 0 3510 2 20 8 35 4 5 99 5000 MPL A4520K 230 10 6 223 3 3350 2 10 8 30 4 5 99 4000 MPL A4530F 230 9 5 144 7 2170 1 90 8 29 7 8 36 2800 MPL A4530K 230 14 4 196 0 2940 2 50 8 43 8 8 13 4000 MPL A4540C 230 6 6 93 3 1400 1 50 8 20 5 10 20 1500 MPL A4540F 230 13 0 162 0 2430 2 60 8 38 2 10 20 3000 MPL A520K 230 16 3 208 0 3120 3 50 8 46 0 10 70 4000 MPL A540K 230 293 1807 2710 5 50 8 84 9 19 40 4000 MPL A560F 230 29 3 125 3 1880 5 50 8 84 9 27 90 3000 MPL B310P 460 17 310 0 4650 0 77 8 3 0 1 58 5000 MPL B320P 460 3 2 313 3 4700 1 50 8 5 0 3 05 5000 MPL B330P 460 43 2
190. 9 HH1H W Mdfy 108 HH2 H W Mdfy 10 Life Runtime 29 SW OverC Amp 50 GBT Tjmax 71 MtrNP RPM 90 HH11V Amp 109 HH21V Amp 11 Kw Accum 30 DCBusCap 51 HS Max DegC 72 MtrIR Vdrop 91 HH12s Amp 110 HH22s Amp 122 Mw Hrs Accum 31 2 Min PWM Khz 52 DB IGBT Amp 73 Mtrld Ref 92 HH1 Scale 111 HH2 Scale 13 Inv High Vit 32 Max PWM Khz 53 DBohms 74 Data Rev 93 HH2 Data Rev 14 Reserved 33 Dfl PWM Khz 54 DBEJo degC 75 HH1 Dev 94 HH2 Dev Type 15 Fan Pwr Cntl 34 PWM Dead us 55 DBEBCWatt 76 HH1 Serial 95 HH2 Serial 16 Temp Sensor 35 Drive Frame 56 DBBJo degC 77 HH1 Test Date 96 TestDate 17 Phs AmpScale 36 IGBTs per Pk 57 DBBAC Watt 78 HH1 Ven Code 97 HH2 Vcn Code 18 Gnd AmpScale 37 GBT Rated V 60 DBAmbt Tmax 79 HH1 CrsCnclD 98 2 CrsCnclD 414 Power Data Default 0 Displays the data selected by Par 412 Power EE TP Sel Min Max 2 2200000000 Brake Bus Cnfg Configures the brake and bus operation of the drive Set bit 0 Brake Enable to enable the operation of the internal brake transistor Set bit 1 Brake Extern to configure the brake to use an external resistor Set bit 2 Bus Ref High to select the high voltage setting as the turn on point for the Bus Voltage Regulator With the high setting brake operation starts when bus voltage reaches the value of Par 415 BusReg Brake Ref and Bus Voltage Regulator operation sta
191. 9XV svit e grower jeuuo np my erf sesno gt ol ol ssuso sesnos _ oesnoc hiom posong piom rena savio ejeq _____ l _____ Po XH ejep pasayng pue ay 104 seyes ayepdn xurquouAs pue ejep pue 10 jueJejiip BY MOUS sejqei eu pue N 9 1 JO BY JOS 1S 016 pue 15 606 Swed ed iuoeejo 00 SMoys Ajuo siy SpJOM gL pue spo 81 SpJOM AIG Y 1 JO E10 e eeu S JON x 15 00 75 596 00x1 eiea ina 1S 00 915 ed eq usuri pejeyng 1 15 wo ww Ts 00 POM XH 1S DKD 4UITYOUAS usod Lido 84 L1dO woi 84 0 1dO uonsog L1pou3
192. A Data 1161 Config 1020 UserData Real 09 1042 Sel Swtch In13 1064 Logic 1A Bit 1162 EGR Mul 1021 UserData Real 10 1043 Sel Swtch In14 1065 Logic 1B Data 1163 EGR Div 1044 Sel Swtch In15 1066 Logic 1B Bit 1164 EGR Pos Input 1045 SelSwtch RealOut 1067 Logic2A Data 1165 EGR Pos Output 1046 SelSwtch DintOut 1068 Logic 2A Bit 1166 EGR Pos Preset 1069 Logic2B Data 1070 Logic2B Bit 1071 Compare 1A 1072 Compare 1B 1073 Compare 2A 1074 Compare 28 1096 1 Input 1097 AddSub 1 Add 1098 AddSub 1 Subtrct 1099 AddSub 1 Result 1100 2 Input 1101 _ AddSub 2 Add 1102 AddSub 2 Subtrct 1103 AddSub 2 Result 1104 AddSub 3 Input 1105 _ AddSub3 Add 1106 _ AddSub 3 Subtrct 1107 _ AddSub 3 Result 32 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Parameter Data in Linear List Format No Name Values FE men Description 2 x SS S95 co 1 Motor NP Volts Default Calculated RW 16 bit Set to the motor nameplate rated volts Min Max 75 705 nteger 6 Units V 2 Motor NP FLA Default Calculated RW Set to the motor nameplate rated full load amps Range limited by three second inverter rating Min Max Calculated Calculated Units A 3 Motor NP Hertz Default Calcula
193. Accum Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1109 DelTmr1 Trig Bit Default 0 RW 16 bit Selects the bit from the word linked to Par 1108 DelTmr1 TrigData that will change the status of the user Min Max 32 Integer defined delay timer to on or off When Par 1109 DelTmr1 Trig Bit is a positive number the delay timer is an on timer When Par 1109 is a negative number the delay timer is an off timer Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 125 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters No 1112 Name Description DelayTimer1PrSet The time that the value in Par 1111 DelayTimer1Accum must reach before bit 2 Timer Done in Par 1112 DelayTimerlStats is set Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 DelayTimer1Accum The amount of time that has elapsed since the timer was enabled Par 1112 DelayTimer1Stats bit 2 set ote This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 DelayTimer1Stats Displays the status of the user defined on or off delay timer Bit 0 Timer Enable when this bit is set the timer is enabled Bit 1 Timer Timing when this bit is set the timer is running Bit 2 Timer Done when this bit is set the timer is done ote This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Options Reserved Reserved Reserved Timer Timing Timer Enable c
194. Accum Default 0 RO 32 bit Displays the total accumulated number of Cycle Redundancy Check CRC errors Clearing a fault resets this Min Max 0 4294967296 Integer A accumulator This data is visible on the SynchLink diagnostics tab of the Peer Communication window Refer to the SynchLink System Design Guide publication 1756 70008 for PowerFlex 7005 SynchLink topologies hardware and wiring details 895 SL CRC Error Default 0 RO 32 bit Displays the number of CRC errors that occurred during the last test last 8 ms This data is visible on the Min Max 0 4294967296 Integer SynchLink diagnostics tab of the Peer Communication window 896 51 BOF Err Accum Default 0 RO 32 bit Displays the total accumulated number of Beginning of Frame BOF errors Clearing a fault resets this Min Max 0 4294967296 Integer accumulator This data is visible on the SynchLink diagnostics tab of the Peer Communication window 897 BOF Error Default 0 RO 32 bit Displays the number of BOF errors that occurred during the last test last 8 ms This data is visible on the Min Max 0 4294967296 Integer SynchLink diagnostics tab of the Peer Communication window 898 SLCRCErrLimit Default 2 RW 32 bit Identifies the number of CRC errors per test per 8 ms allowed before the drive declares a SynchLink CRC Error Min Max 0 256 Integer exception event Set this limit on the SynchLink diagnostics tab of the Peer Communication window 899 SLBOFErr Li
195. Applied LogicCmd bits 20 Forward and 21 Reverse The forward reverse direction button on the HIM is one possible source for the Applied Logic Command direction bits The following chart explains the effect that the direction button on the HIM has based on the condition of the Bipolar SRef bit Bipolar Reference Controlled By HIM Direction Button Enabled Yes Changes the motor direction due to a HIM supplied or command signal Enabled No Has no effect on motor direction Direction determined by sign of Par 40 Selected Spd Ref Disabled Yes Changes the motor direction due to a HIM supplied Forward or Reverse Logic Command bit Disabled No Changes the motor direction due to a HIM supplied Forward or Reverse Logic Command bit In either Bipolar or Unipolar mode the selected direction can be determined from the sign of Par 41 Limited Spd Ref Positive values indicate forward rotation and negative values indicate reverse rotation 1 SRefLdLgEn Enables disables the Speed Reference Lead Lag Filter Setting this bit will configure the speed error filter as a single first order low pass filter Clearing this bit will configure the speed error filter as two cascaded 2 SErrFilt1Stg first order low pass filters 3 Flying Start Enables disables the function which reconnects to a spinning motor at actual rpm when a start command is issued 4 Jog in Torq Overrides Par 110 Speed TorqueMode setting when a jog command is received 5
196. BOF Err Accum 896 SL Buf Data 121 991 Rly Out3 OffTime 859 SL BOF Err Limit 899 SL Buf Data 22 992 Rly Out3 On Time 858 SL BOF Error 897 SL Buf Data 123 993 Rly Out3 Sel 855 SL Buf Data Rx00 934 SL Buf Data 24 994 Rotor Resistance 502 SL Buf Data Rx01 935 SL Buf Data 125 995 Rslvr0 XfrmRatio 275 SL Buf Data Rx02 936 SL Buf Data 1x26 996 RsTempCoefAdjust 590 SL Buf Data Rx03 937 SL Buf Data 27 997 RsTmpCoefAdjstEn 591 SL Buf Data Rx04 938 SL Buf Data 1x28 998 Run Boost 528 SL Buf Data Rx05 939 SL Buf Data 29 999 Rx Buf Data Type 933 SL Buf Data Rx06 940 SL Clr Events 916 Rx Dir Data Type 928 SL Buf Data Rx07 941 SL Comm TP Data 893 Curve Time 34 SL Buf Data Rx08 942 SL Comm TP Sel 892 Saved Events 436 SL Buf Data Rx09 943 SL CommLoss Cnfg 384 Scaled Spd Fdbk 72 SL Buf Data Rx10 944 SL CommLoss Data 383 Scaled Spd Ref 46 SL Buf Data Rx11 945 SL CRC Err Accum 894 Sel Switch Ctrl 1022 SL Buf Data Rx12 946 SL Err Limit 898 Sel Swtch In00 1029 SL Buf Data Rx13 947 SL CRC Error 895 Sel Swtch In01 1030 SL Buf Data Rx14 948 SL Dir Data Rx00 929 Sel Swtch In02 1031 SL Buf Data Rx15 949 SL Dir Data Rx01 930 Sel Swtch In03 1032 SL Buf Data Rx16 950 SL Dir Data Rx02 931 Sel Swtch In04 1033 SL Buf Data Rx17 951 SL Dir Data Rx03 932 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 135 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters
197. Config 1161 FricComp Rated 68 dsCmd Slew Rate 586 EGR Div 1163 FricComp Setup 65 dsCompCoeff Mot 459 EGR Mul 1162 FricComp Slip 67 dsCompCoeff Reg 460 EGR Pos Input 1164 FricComp Spd Ref 64 ds Command 496 EGR Pos Output 1165 FricComp Stick 66 ds Integ Freq 429 EGR Pos Preset 1166 FricComp Trq Add 69 ds Reg P Gain 430 Elapsed MWHrs 299 From DL Datalype 601 n Posit BW 782 Elapsed Run Time 298 FromDriveLogix00 602 n Posit Dwell 783 Encdr 0 1 Config 233 FromDriveLogix01 603 nert Adapt BW 133 Encdr 0 1 Error 234 FromDriveLogix02 604 nert Adapt Gain 134 Encdr0 Position 230 FromDriveLogix03 605 nert Adapt Sel 132 Encdr0 Spd Fdbk 231 FromDriveLogix04 606 nertia SpeedRef 56 Encdr1 Position 240 FromDriveLogix05 607 nertia Trq Add 59 Encdr1 Spd Fdbk 241 FromDriveLogix06 608 nertia TrqLpfBW 54 Encoder PPR 232 FromDriveLogix07 609 nertiaAccelGain 57 Encoder PPR 242 FromDriveLogix08 610 nertiaDecelGain 58 Err Count Lmt 589 FromDriveLogix09 611 nterp AccelRate 752 132 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Param Name Text Parameter Param Name Text Parameter Param Name Text Parameter Interp Fit Cnfg 378 Local 1 0 Status 824 MOP Level Real 1090 Interp Position 749 Logic 1A Bit 1064 MOP Low Limit 1089 Interp Speed 751 Logic
198. CurrFdbk AdjTime Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Configuration Overload Protect Stop Brake Modes Power Loss Sleep Wake 151 Logic Command 337 MtrD2TCurr Min 168 Normal Stop Mode 406 Power Loss Mode 278 Sleep Wake Mode 152 Applied LogicCmd 338 Mtr 2T Spd Min 414 Brake Bus Cnfg 407 Power Loss Time 279 Sleep Wake Ref 153 Control Options 339 MtrI2T Calibrat 415 BusReg Brake Ref 408 Power Loss Level 280 Wake Level 158 Drive Logic Rslt 340 127 Trp ThrH 416 PulseWatts 281 Wake Time 160 Zero Speed Lim 341 Count 417 Brake Watts 282 Sleep Level 169 515 ZeroSpdLim 343 OLOpnLp CurrLim 154 Stop Dwell Time 283 Sleep Time 335 Abs OverSpd Lim 344 OL CisLp CurrLim 545 Bus Reg ki 284 Sleep Control 546 Bus Reg Kp 547 Bus Reg Kd 1125 DC Brake Level 544 External DB Res 1126 DC Brake Time Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 23 Chapter 2 24 Programming and Parameters Inputs Comm Utiliy j SerE s Unctiong Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 Reference Regulator Setpoint Monitor 27 Speed Ref A Sel 48 Spd Ref Bypass2 171 Set Speed Lim 28 Speed Ref B Sel 23 Speed Trim 3 172 Setpt 1 Data 10 Speed Ref 1 24 SpdTrim 3 Scale 173 Setpt1 TripPoint 11 Spd Ref Divide 22 Speed Trim 2 174 Setpt 1 Limit 12 S
199. Data Power amp Units FLA Volts Hertz RPM Poles Inertia Measure Measure System Inertia Feedback Configuration Setup Select Encoder Resolver Hi Res Encoder Linear Sensor Speed Limits Setup Select Direction Control FWD REV and Absolute Speed Limits Power Circuit Test Diagnostic Check for Drive Power Circuit Speed Control Select Speed Reference Sources Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 Direction Test Verify Direction Start Stop I O Configure Digital Inputs Digital Outputs Analog Inputs Analog Outputs Done Exit Drive Start Up Chapter 1 Table 1 Common Causes of a Start Inhibit Examine Parameter 156 Start Inhibits Bit Description Action 2 3 4 A stop command is being issued Close all stop inputs 5 Power loss event is in progress indicating a loss of the AC input voltage Restore AC power 6 Data supplied by the power structure EEprom is invalid or corrupt Cycle the power if problem persists replace the power structure 7 Flash Update in Progress Complete Flash Procedures 8 Drive is expecting a Start Edge and is receiving a continuous signal Open all start buttons and remove all start commands 9 Drive is expecting a Jog Edge and is receiving a continuous signal Open all jog buttons and remove all jog commands 10 A conflict exists between the Encoder PPR programmi
200. Data Rx26 960 Ramped Spd Ref 43 Sel Swtch In14 043 SL Buf Data Rx27 961 Rated Amps 400 Sel Swtch In15 044 SL Buf Data Rx28 962 Rated Slip Freq 486 Selected Spd Ref 40 SL Buf Data Rx29 963 Rated Volts 401 Selected SpdRefA 49 SL Buf Data Tx00 970 Real2DInt In 1050 Selected SpdRefB 50 SL Buf Data Tx01 971 Real2DInt Result 1052 Selected Trq Ref 319 SL Buf Data Tx02 972 Real2DInt Scale 1051 SelSwtch DIntOut 1046 SL Buf Data Tx03 973 Regen Power Lim 128 SelSwtch RealOut 1045 SL Buf Data Tx04 974 RegisLtch0 Value 235 SrLssAngleStblty 537 SL Buf Data 05 975 RegisLtch0 1Cnfg 236 51155 VoltStbIty 538 SL Buf Data Tx06 976 RegisLtchO 1Ctrl 237 SrLss StbltyFilt 539 SL Buf Data Tx07 977 RegisLtch0 1Stat 238 Servo Lock Gain 85 SL Buf Data Tx08 978 RegisLtch1 Value 239 Set Speed Lim n SL Buf Data Tx09 979 Reslvr0 CableBal 276 Setpt 1 Data 72 SL Buf Data Tx10 980 Reslvr0 Carrier 273 Setpt 1 Limit 74 SL Buf Data 11 981 Reslvr0 In Volts 274 Setpt 2 Data 75 SL Buf Data 512 982 Reslvr0 SpdRatio 272 Setpt 2 Limit 77 SL Buf Data Tx13 983 Reslvr0 TP Data 271 Setpt1 TripPoint 73 SL Buf Data 14 984 ReslvrO TP Sel 270 Setpt2 TripPoint 76 SL Buf Data Tx15 985 Reslvr0 Type Sel 277 Sft OvrTrvICnfg 396 SL Buf Data Tx16 986 Resolver Cnfg 268 Skip Speed 1 136 SL Buf Data Tx17 987 Resolver0 Status 269 Skip Speed 2 137 SL Buf Data 1x18 988 Rev Speed Limit 75 Skip Speed 3 138 SL Buf Data 519 989 Rly Out3 Bit 857 Skip Speed Band 139 SL Buf Data 20 990 Rly Out3 Data 856 SL
201. EnOut Enables the output of Process Trim 24 TimeAxisEn Ramps the output of the Time Function Generator 25 MCAtuneEn Enables Autotune tests 26 TrqTrimEn Enables Torque Trim 27 PwrDiag En Enables the Power Diagnostic test 28 PMOffsetEn Enables the Permanent Magnet Motor offset test 29 Slip Test En Enables the Slip Frequency Auto Tune function 30 Sys Inrt En Enables the System Inertia test 31 ldsTestEnable Enables the flux producing d axis current test for the Field Oriented Control FOC encoder mode Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 43 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters Values E P Description 5 2 9 5 Stop Dwell Time Default 10 0000 Y RW Sets an adjustable delay time between detecting zero speed and disabling the speed and torque regulators when Min Max 0 0000 10 0000 responding to a stop command For more information please see Stop Dwell Time on page 170 Units Important Consult industry and local codes when setting the value of this parameter 155 LogicStatus Displays the status condition of the drive Options 2 isle 2 gt 5 51 w 2 2551565 121255 2 5 5 48 E amp 2 2 5 s 2 5 2 29759 5 lt 252
202. FVC Mode Config 510 DPI Data In A1 651 Fault TP Sel 329 FVC Tune Config 515 DPI Data In A2 652 FB Opt0 Posit 250 FVC2 Mode Config 511 DPI Data In B1 653 Opt0 Spd Fdbk 251 FVC2 Tune Config 516 DPI Data In B2 654 FB Posit 252 FW Functions En 147 DPI Data In C1 655 FB Spd Fdbk 253 FW FunctionsActl 149 DPI Data In C2 656 Fdbk LsCnfg Alt 366 FW TaskTime Actl 148 DPI Data In D1 657 Fdbk LsCnfg Pri 365 FW TaskTime Sel 146 DPI Data In D2 658 Fdbk LsCnfgPosit 367 Fwd Speed Limit 76 DPI Data Out A1 660 Fdbk Option ID 249 Hardware Present 145 DPI Data Out A2 661 FdbkAxis FdbkSel 701 Heatsink Temp 313 DPI Data Out B1 662 FdbkAxis FdbkVal 702 HeidenhainO Cnfg 263 DPI Data Out B2 663 FdbkAxis RotFdbk 709 Heidenhain0 Stat 264 DPI Data Out C1 664 FdbkAxisUnwdFdbk 710 Heidn Encdr PPR 267 DPI Data Out C2 665 Filtered SpdFdbk 71 Heidn Encdr Type 266 DPI Data Out D1 666 Flux Current 488 Heidn Mkr Offset 265 DPI Data Out D2 667 Flux Rate Limit 425 Heidn VM Enc PPR 1155 DPI In Datalype 650 Flux Ratio Ref 424 Heidn VM Pos Ref 1156 DPI Out DataType 659 Flux Reg Gain 444 HiHp InPhsLs Cfg 370 Drive Logic Rslt 158 Flux Reg P Gain1 443 Home Accel Time 1120 Drive OL JnctTmp 345 Flux Reg P Gain2 470 Home Actual Pos 1124 Drive OL Status 346 Flux Satur Coef 426 Home Decel Time 1121 Drive OL TP Data 348 Fix CurFdbk Id 489 Home Position 1123 Drive OL TP Sel 347 Fix LpassFilt BW 361 Home Speed 1122 Drive Ramp Rslt 53 Flying StartGain 170 Hrd OviTrviCnfg 398 EGR
203. Flex 7005 drives SynchLink Board for PowerFlex 7005 Drives with Phase II Control Installation Instructions publication 20D INO10 Provides instructions for installing the SynchLink option board for PowerFlex 7005 drives DriveLogix5730 Controller User Manual publication 20D UM003 Provides information to help you develop projects for DriveLogix controllers and establish communications with PowerFlex 7005 Phase II drives Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures Programming Manual publication 1756 PM001 This publication links to a collection of programming manuals that describe how you can use procedures that are common to all Logix5000 controller projects Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756 RM003 Provides a programmer with details about each available instruction for a Logix based controller Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756 RM006 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 Provides a programmer with details about each available instruction for a Logix based controller Preface 10 Resource SynchLink System Design Guide publication 1756 TD008 Description Provides a detailed description of SynchLink and the products that operate on it including ControlLogix SynchLink module 1756 SYNCH e ControlLogix Drive modules 1756 DMxxx Series PowerFlex 7005 drives
204. GR Div to reflect the load pulse count to the motor effectively removing the gear box ratio The accumulated position values Par 763 Position Actual and Par 765 Posit Actl Load will be equal ifthe ratio is set properly There may be some difference due to lost motion in the gear train but there should not be an accumulated difference It is often necessary to count gear teeth as gear box manufacturers often approximate exact ratios with decimal numbers Enter a negative value in the numerator to account for reversed motor rotation 767 PositFB EGR Div Default 11 RW 32 bit This is a 32 bit integer that forms the denominator ofthe load EGR function Min Max 1 2000000 Integer 768 PositReg P Gain Default 4 0000 Y Real Sets position regulator gain as measured from position error to speed reference The gain number is identically Min Max 0 0000 200 0000 equal to position regulator bandwidth in rad sec For example A gain of 10 means that a per unit position error Units rad s of 0 1 sec will effect a 1 0 PU speed change 1 per unit position error is the distance traveled in 1 sec at base motor speed The maximum value of this parameter is typically 1 3 of the speed bandwidth rad sec but may be set considerably higher with careful tuning of the speed regulator output lead lag filter 769 Position Error Default 0 RO 32 bit Actual position error in motor pulse counts When the position regulator is not enabled this 32 bit integer
205. Gen Y axis Mn LimGen X axis In Limit Gen Hi Out Limit Gen Lo Out PI Reference PI Feedback n PI Lpass Filt BW 204 PI Error 205 PI Preload 206 PI Prop Gain 207 PI Integ Time 208 PI Integ PI Integ LLim PI Integ Output PI High Limit PI Lower Limit PI Output Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Position Config Point to Point Sync Generator Phase Lock Loop 740 Position Control 758 Pt Pt Posit Ref 786 Xsync Status 720 PLL Control 741 Position Status 745 PositRef EGR Mul 787 Xsync Gen Period 721 PLL Position Ref 742 Posit Ref Sel 746 PositRef EGR Div 317 SLSystem Time 722 PLLBandWidth 777 PositionFdbk Sel 744 PositRef EGR Out 788 1 723 PLL Rev Input 784 Posit Detct1 In 753 Posit Offset 1 789 XsyncOut 1 724 Rev Output 780 PositDetct Stpt 754 Offset 2 790 2 725 PLLEPRInput 785 Posit Detct2 In 755 Posit Offset Spd 791 XsyncOut2 726 PLLEPR Output 781 PositDetct2 Stpt 756 X Offst SpdFilt 792 XsyncOut2 Dly 727 PLLVirtEncdrRpM 782 InPosit BW 747 Position Cmmd 793 XsyncIn3 728 PLL Ext Spd Ref 783 InPosit Dwell 757 hbsPositOffset 794 Xsync Out 3 729 Ext SpdSeale 762 Position Fdbk 795 XsncOut3 730 PLLLPFilter BW de Postion 73
206. HiHp Bus WtchDog 69 Ride Thru 92 HiHP CurrUnbInce 12 Runtime Data Rst 44 HiHp Drv OvrLoad 1 SLink Comm Fail 9 HiHp Fan Fdbk Ls 70 SLink HW Fail 8 HiHP HardwareVer 16 SLink Mult Oflow 40 HiHp In PhaLs 65 Stahl Optics 88 HiHp PrChrg Cntc 73 VoltageFdbk Loss 43 HiHP PwrBd Otemp 75 VPL MC Comm Fail 28 HiHp PwrBd PrcEr 2 Vref Decel Fail 2 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 151 Chapter3 Troubleshooting Notes 152 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 Human Interface Module Overview This section provides information on using the PowerFlex 7 Class DPI Human Interface Module HIM Refer to the PowerFlex 20 HIM A6 and 20 HIM C6S HIM User Manual publication 20HIM UM001 for information on using the Enhanced HIM if installed Topic Page External and Internal Connections 153 LCD Display Elements 154 HIM Key Functions 154 Alternate ALT Functions 55 Access the Start Up Routine 155 Menu Structure 156 View and Edit Parameters 158 Parameter Links 159 Remove Install the HIM 160 External and Internal The PowerFlex 700 provides a cable connection for a hand held HIM or Port Connections Expander Splitter Frame 1 shown
207. I drive must have the DriveGuard Safe Off with Second Encoder option board installed for ATEX applications Consult the option board User Manual for installation instructions if necessary The drive is manufactured under the guidelines of the ATEX directive 94 9 EC The Drives are in Group II Category 2 Applications with ATEX Approved Motors Certification of the drive for the ATEX group and category on its nameplate requires installation operation and maintenance according to this document and to the requirements found in the User Manual and appropriate Motor Instruction Manual s thatis located in a hazardous environment requires additional installation operation and maintenance procedures beyond those stated in the standard User Manual Equipment damage and or personal injury may result if all additional instructions in this document are not observed ATTENTION Operation of this ATEX certified drive with an ATEX certified motor Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 205 AppendixE ATEX Approved PowerFlex 7005 Phase II Drives in Group II Category 2 Applications with ATEX Approved Motors Motor Requirements Drive Wiring 206 The motor must be manufactured under the guidelines of the ATEX directive 94 9 EC It must be installed operated and maintained per the motor manufacturer supplied instructions e Only motors with nameplates marked for use on an inverter power source and labeled for spec
208. IPM Stator Resist Default 1 50 RW 16 bit Indicates the percent per unit resistance of the motor stator Min Max 0 00 100 00 Integer Units Scale 100 8192 523 IPM Mtr Coef Default 189 99 RW 16 bit Indicates the coefficient for Counter Electro Motive Force voltage normalized to base motor speed Min Max 0 00 399 99 Integer Units n Scale 100 8192 525 51 Default 0 00 RO 16 bit Used by the Field Oriented Control 2 FOC2 mode Indicates the present operating slip frequency at 100 Min Max 0 00 327 67 Integer Torque Producing Current Iqs scaled to hertz x 100 Units Hz Scale x10 526 Stator Frequency Default 0 0 RO 16 bit Displays stator frequency as a percentage of Par 3 Motor NP Hertz Min Max 800 0 Integer Units 96 Scale x10 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Name Values 2 Description x SIS 2 5 527 gStart Acc Boost Default 50 0 RW 16 bit Sets the voltage boost level for starting and acceleration when V Hz mode is selected Min Max 0 0 1150 0 nteger A ote This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Units VAC 528 Boost Default 50 0 RW 16 bit Sets the boost level for
209. Integer within one revolution Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 57 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters 266 267 58 Name Description Heidn Encdr Type Configures the encoder type manually if the Endat type is not used Bit 0 Reserved Automatically set after power up Do not change Bit1 NotEnDat Enables Disables EnDat serial communications Serial communications must be turned on for permanent magnet motors or if absolute position is required With EnDat serial communications enabled bit 2 Multi Turn and the value of parameter 267 Heidn Encdr PPR will be automatically set on power up Bit 2 Multi Turn set to 1 True if the encoder supports mutli turn absolute position This bit is set automatically if bit 1 Not EnDat is set to 0 False Bit5 Endat24bitS when this bit is on the Heidenhain encoder works as Endat Single turn 24 bits When this bit is off the Heidenhain encoder works as Endat Single turn 20 bits Bit 6 VrtlIMasterEn when set indicates that the Virtual Master encoder function of the Heidenhain option card is active The Virtual Master function is available with v3 00 or later of the Heidenhain option card Notes This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Bit 1 Not Endat was changed to 0 false and bit 2 Multi Turn was changed to 1 true for
210. Jog NoRamp Bypasses the Speed Reference Ramp and S Curve 6 TrqStopRamp Overrides Par 110 Speed TorqueMode setting when stopping 7 Trq DsblZSpd Configures how the drive uses stop dwell time 8 3WireControl Configures the drive for 3 wire control 10 Motor Dir Changes direction of the motor rotation 11 IqDelay Enables the Torque Current Delay option 12 Jog Nolnteg Configures the speed regulator s integrator to hold when jogging 13 OLClsLpDsb Overload Closeloop Calculation Disable 14 ReservedDM Reserved for use by the Drive module for Invert Speed Feedback 15 ReservedDM Reserved for use by the Drive module for Invert Motor Torque Current 16 AutoTachSw Switches the drive to secondary motor feedback This bit cannot be set when Par 485 Motor Ctrl Mode 2 PMag Motor Enables the use of an auxiliary power supply When set to 1 the Main Control Board MCB examines internal 12V DC power to see when it is energized When 17 AuxPwrSply set to 0 the MCB examines the voltage of the DC Bus This bit enables the MCB to remain energized when 3 0 voltage is de energized 18 SpdRegPreset When set to 1 this bit selects Par 303 Motor Torque Ref for the Speed Regulator preset When set to 0 Par 87 SReg Trq Preset is selected 19 51 Enables slip compensation 20 MotorOLRet Enables motor over load retention 21 InrtTrqLPEn Enables the Inertia Compensation Torque Output Low Pass Filter 23 Pllrim
211. L Ret of parameter 153 Control Options to 0 The motor overload count value can be viewed in parameter 341 Mtr 12T Count Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 167 Appendix Motors with Compatible Application Notes Thermistor Ratings Motor Type Voltage Rated Current Motor Type kW Catalog No Poles Base Speed RPM Vrms Arms Ex Current Arms 602 Kg m 200 STD Motor 1 5 M 51027 4 1500 180 7 5 0 024 22 51028 4 1500 180 11 0 045 37 51001 4 1500 180 18 0 066 37 51007 1 4 1500 180 18 0 066 5 5 M 51002 4 1500 180 25 0 12 5 5 M 51008 1 4 1500 180 25 0 12 7 5 51003 4 1500 180 33 0 15 7 5 51009 1 4 1500 180 33 0 15 11 51004 4 1500 180 47 0 32 11 M 51010 1 4 1500 180 47 0 32 15 M 51005 4 1500 180 63 0 43 15 M 51011 1 4 1500 180 63 0 43 18 5 M 51012 4 1500 180 81 0 71 18 5 M 51012 1 4 1500 180 81 0 71 22 M 51013 4 1500 180 95 0 82 22 M 51013 1 4 1500 180 95 0 82 30 M 51050 4 1500 155 145 0 83 37 M 51051 4 1500 155 183 1 1 45 M 51052 4 1500 155 220 14 55 M 51053 4 1500 155 265 2 75 51054 4 1500 155 346 2 7 200 SVO Motor 0 75 M 51043 4 1500 140 5 3 0 0075 1 5 M 51015 4 1500 140 11 4 0 0100 2 2 M 51016 4 1500 140 15 0 0120 3 7 M 51017 4 1500 140 24 5 0 0180 5 5
212. Latch Err1 indicates that the primary structure fault was generated but no indicating bit was set Bit 14 NotLogin indicates that the converter expected but none logged in Bit 15 Cnv NotStart indicates that the converter commanded to start but did not become active Bit 16 Dsat Phs U2 indicates that the second structure detected a Dsat on phase U Bit 17 Dsat Phs V2 indicates that the second structure detected a on phase V Bit 18 Dsat Phs W2 indicates that the second structure detected Dsat on phase W N Bit 19 Ovr Current2 indicates that the second structure detected an over current Bit 20 Ovr Volt2 indicates that the second structure detected an over voltage Bit 21 Asym DcLink2 indicates that the second structure detected an unbalanced DC Link Bit 22 Pwr Suply2 indicates that the second structure detected a power supply failure Bit 23 HW Disable2 indicates that the second structure detected a hardware disable Bit 24 Latch Err2 indicates that the second structure fault was generated but no indicating bit was set ote This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Options Default x x x x x x 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 x x x x HW Disable1 Ovr Current X Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013
213. Link and has received time information from another time master on SynchLink ENABLE Green On The drive s enable input is high Green Off The drive s enable input is low 1 SynchLink LEDs are located on the SynchLink daughtercard on the main circuit board in the control cassette Refer to the SynchLink System Design Guide publication 1756 TD008 for more information 140 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Troubleshooting Chapter 3 DriveLogix5730 Controller Status Indicators The status indicators LEDs for the DriveLogix controller are only operational when the drive is energized The LEDs are only visible when the drive door is open or when viewed from the HIM or from an application program e g DriveExplorer in parameter 554 LED Status This feature is only available with DriveLogix version 15 03 or later drive is energized and are visible with the drive door open Servicing energized equipment can be hazardous Severe injury or death can result from electrical Shock burn or unintended actuation of controlled equipment Follow Safety related practices of NFPA 70E ELECTRICAL SAFETY FOR EMPLOYEE WORKPLACES DO NOT work alone on energized equipment ATTENTION The RUN LED and the controller LEDs are only operational when the
214. Logic TP Data Displays the indication selected by Par 161 Logic TP Sel Stop Oper TP Sel Enter or write a value to select data displayed in Par 164 StpOper TPData at the time of the last initiated stop Default Min Max Units Scale Default Options Default Min Max Default Options 8 Sleep Config 17 6400 0 0000 882 0000 rpm Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 P U 0 Zero 0 Zero Avg Spd Ref Avg Spd Fdbk LastStopMode 0 None 1 Coast 2 Current Limit 3 Ramp 4 Torque Mode 4 Spd Ref Sel 5 Start State 6 Run State 7 Stop State 8 PrChrg Logic 9 Meas State 10 Data State 11 Diag State 12 MC CalcState 13 Task 1 time 14 Task 1 max 15 Task 2 time 16 Task 2 max 17 Task 3 time 18 Task 3 max 19 BkGnd Time 20 BkGnd Max 21 Task 1 22 Task 2 90 23 Task 3 96 24 BkGnd 96 25 RThru State 26 RThru Timer 27 Health State 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 Zero 0 Zero 1 Logic State 2 Logic Input Ld In State 4 Logic Status 5 Run Inhibit 6 Logic Ctrl 7 Mtr Ctrl Cmd 8 Mtr Ctrl Ack 9 Reserved 10 Fit Status 1 11 Fit Status 2 12 Motor Speed 13 Avg Spd 28 Sys Friction 29
215. M 51018 4 1500 140 34 8 0 0390 7 5 M 51019 4 1500 140 44 0 0470 11 M 51020 4 1500 140 67 1 0 0810 15 M 51021 4 1500 140 80 7 0 1370 22 M 51022 4 1500 140 120 0 2000 30 M 51023 6 1000 155 176 0 5800 37 M 51024 6 1000 155 210 0 7000 55 M 51026 6 1000 135 334 1 1000 55 M 51027 6 500 155 315 4 0000 400 STD Motor 1 5 2051 4 1500 320 47 2 0045 2 2 MC M2052 4 1500 320 6 3 3 24 37 MC M2053 4 1500 320 10 5 25 5 5 MC M2054 4 1500 320 15 5 8 8 7 5 2055 4 1500 320 20 5 11 25 11 2056 4 1500 320 29 143 15 2057 4 1500 320 37 16 4 18 5 2058 4 1500 320 45 19 65 22 2059 4 1500 320 53 23 30 2060 4 1500 320 71 28 15 37 MC M2061 4 1500 320 85 29 7 45 MC M2062 4 1500 320 97 30 55 55 MC M2063 4 1500 320 121 75 MC M2064 4 1500 320 163 90 MC M2065 4 1500 320 188 110 MC M2066 4 1500 320 227 132 MC M2067 4 1500 320 280 160 MC M2068 4 1500 320 335 200 MC M2069 4 1500 320 375 168 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Motor 400 SVO Motor Application Notes Appendix B Motor Type Voltage Rated Current kW Catalog No Poles Base Speed RPM Vrms Arms Ex Current Arms 602 Kg m 1 5 M20 4 1500 280 5 4 2 2 20 4 1500 280 7 3 3 7 MC M20 4 1500 280 12 3 5 5 MC M20 4 1500 280 17 3 7 5 MC M20 4 1500 280 22 11 MC
216. M20 4 1500 280 34 15 MC M20 4 1500 280 42 22 MC M20 4 1500 280 58 5 22 MC M20 4 1500 280 58 5 30 MC M20 6 1000 280 88 37 MC M20 6 1000 280 125 1 Manufacturer Reliance Electric Japan catalog number for ordering Setpt 1 Data Setpt 2 Data Provides data for comparison of Par 172 Setpt 1 Data to Par 173 Setpt1 TripPoint driving bit 16 At Setpt 1 of Par 155 Logic Status Figure 5 At Setpoint 1 Status P173 Setpt1 TripPoint 2 x P174 Setpt 1 Limit P173 Setptt TripPoint P174 Setpt 1 Limit P173 Setpt1 TripPoint P174 Setpt 1 Limit P173 Setptt TripPoint 2 x P174 Setpt 1 Limit P173 Setpt1 TripPoint P172 Setpt 1 Data 5 o E 5 o bit 16 At Setpt 1 turns off bit 16 At Setpt 1 turns on bit 16 At Setpt 1 turns off bit 16 At Setpt 1 turns on bit 16 At Setpt 1 turns off bit 16 At Setpt 1 turns on bit 16 At Setpt 1 turns off bit 16 At Setpt 1 turns on bit 16 At Setpt 1 turns off Provides data for comparison of Par175 Setpt 2 Data to Par 176 Setpt2 TripPoint driving bit 17 Above Setpt 2 of Par 155 Logic Status Figure 6 Above Setpoint 2 Status bit 17 Above Setpt 2 tums on P175 Setpt 2 Data P176 Setpt 2 TripPoint P176 Setpt 2 TripPoint P177 Setpt 2 Limit P176 Setpt 2 TripPoint 2 x P177 Setpt 2 Limit 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 200
217. MotorNP Currentpeak System Cont Stall Motor line to line V rms rms Frequency oper rpm Power KW Poles Arms Torque N m RPM Hz rpm MPL B960C 7 460 38 9 76 0 1140 14 80 8 88 4 124 30 1500 MPL B960D 460 50 2 76 7 1150 15 00 8 102 5 124 30 2000 MPL 89808 460 31 8 59 3 890 15 02 8 70 7 162 70 1000 MPL B980c 460 48 2 67 3 1010 16 80 8 99 0 158 20 1500 MPL B980p 460 63 6 747 1120 18 60 8 1414 158 20 2000 MPG A004 031 230 1 8 222 7 3340 0 21 8 4 0 0 60 6000 MPG A010 031 230 2 1 189 3 2840 0 36 8 6 0 1 21 4875 MPG A010 091 230 0 9 295 3 4430 0 19 8 2 3 0 41 5900 MPG A025 031 230 9 9 181 0 1810 0 88 12 19 8 4 65 5200 MPG A025 091 230 3 0 168 0 1680 0 52 12 8 5 2 95 5625 MPG A050 031 230 247 120 0 1200 1 50 12 53 0 11 90 2510 MPG A050 091 230 5 0 275 0 2750 0 75 12 15 6 2 60 3775 MPG A110 031 230 20 2 122 0 1220 2 20 12 53 0 17 20 2875 MPG A110 091 230 17 0 184 0 1840 1 60 12 33 2 8 30 3500 MPG B010 031 460 1 6 162 7 2440 0 34 8 44 133 6450 MPG B010 091 460 07 357 3 5360 0 23 8 15 0 41 6450 MPG B025 031 460 4 0 219 0 2190 0 92 12 113 4 02 4838 MPG B025 091 460 19 175 0 1750 0 54 1 52 2 95 5900 MPG B050 031 460 16 3 92 0 920 1 20 12 32 5 12 40 2510 MPG B050 091 460 3 4 290 0 2900 0 79 12 9 9 2 60 4560 MPG B110 031 460 12 9 112 0 1120 2 00 12 31 1 17 00 2420 MPG B110 091 460 10 6 184 0 1840 1 60 12 20 5 8 30 3500 1326AB B410G 460 25 118 0 3540 1 00 4 2 70 5000 1326 410 460 3 5 165 0 4950 1 40 4 10 4 2 7
218. OP Dec 4 Norm Stop CF 25 MOP Reset Note _ Notes Option 38 ExtFault Inv was added for firmware version 2 004 Option 39 Home Switch was 5 Start 26 PI Trim En added for firmware version 3 001 Values 41 and 42 were added for firmware version 4 001 6 Reverse 27 PI Trim Hold 7 Run 28 PI Trim Rst 8 Reserved 29 Trend Trig 9 Reserved 30 PreCharge En 10 Jog 1 31 Regis 2 Ltch 11 Reserved 32 Hrd 12 Reserved 33 Hrd Ovrirvi 13 Jog 2 34 UserGen Sel0 14 Normal Stop 35 UserGen Sel1 15 Spd Ref Sel0 36 UserGen Sel2 16 Spd Ref Sel1 37 UserGen Sel3 17 Spd Ref Sel2 38 ExtFault Inv 18 CurLim Stop 39 Home Switch 19 Coast Stop 41 Find Home 20 Accel Decel2 42 Return Home 827 Dig In3 Sel Default O NotUsed Dig d select the function of digital input 3 Options o Not 21 Indx Step 29 Dig EP select the function of digital input 4 3 Bak 336 Dig select the function of digital input 5 oT a OP us Enter a value to select the function of digital input 6 a d 4 m nd Refer to Par 825 for a description of options 34 UserGen Sel 37 UserGen Sel3 7 Run 28 PI Trim Rst Note For all Stop Functions Low Stop High OK to Run In Norm Stop CF Lo
219. P Sel Default 0 Zero Enter or write value to select Fault data displayed in Par 330 Fault TP Data Options 0 Zero 14 MtrStallTime 24 ElpsSec mSec Elapsed time in seconds and milliseconds since the last power up 1 Abs OverSpd 15 MC Handshake 25 ElpsMin Sec Elapsed time in minutes and seconds since the last power up 2 EE Pwr State 16 VPL Handshak 26 ElpsHour Min Elapsed time in hours and minutes since the last power up 3 Inv DataStat 17 MC Diag AME iaa g 27 ElpsDay Hour Elapsed time in days and hours since the last power up 4 Err 18 PwrlossState Note Values 24 27 were added for firmware version 4 002 5 LowBus Thres 19 12 volt loss 6 LowBus Detct 20 PwrEE Chksum 7 PwrLosBusVIt 21 Db Read 8 MCPLosBusVIt 22 Db Read Cnt2 9 MCFltReset 23 Db Read Cnt3 10 Ext Fit Stat 24 ElpsSec mSec 11 VPL TaskErr 25 Elps Min Sec 12 Mtr OL Input 26 ElpsHour Min 13 Mtr OL Outpt 27 ElpsDay Hour 330 Fault TP Data Default 0 Real Displays the data selected by Par 329 Fault TP Sel Min Max 2200000000 331 LstFaultStopMode Default 0 Ignore ae byi the drive dung When a fault occurs an action is taken as a result of Options 0 Ignore 3 fit RampStop that fault 1 Alarm 4 FitCurLimStop 2 FitCoastSto
220. P U 229 MtrPosit Simulat Default 0 RO 32 4 The motor position output of the motor simulator The motor simulator provides motor position information Min Max 2147483648 Integer during setup and troubleshooting when actual motor control is not desired or possible To use the motor simulator enter a value of 4 in Par 222 Mtr Fdbk Sel Pri or Par 223 Mtr Fdbk Sel Alt 230 EncdrO Position Default 0 RO 32 bit Displays the position feedback accumulator from encoder 0 The value changes by a value of four times 4x the Min Max 2 2147483648 Integer Pulses Per Revolution PPR rating of the encoder for each full revolution of the encoder shaft Used by the Velocity Position Loop VPL to close the position loop if position control is selected 231 Spd Fdbk Default 0 0000 RO Real Displays the speed feedback from encoder 0 Calculated from the change of Par 230 Encdr0 Position and Par 232 Min Max 14112 0000 Encoder PPR Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 4 Chapter 2 Name Description Encoder0 PPR Sets the pulse per revolution rating of the feedback device connected to the Encoder 0 input This parameter must Programming and Parameters be set to one of the values displayed in bold in Table 232A below Table 232A PPR Rating Values n p x mod 75 mod 125 mo
221. PI P2 Fault Alarm No Fault Alarm No 12volt Power Alarm 93 HiHp PwrEE Error 74 15volt Power 33 HiHP VoltUnbInce 78 Hard Over Trvl 83 Inst Overcurrent 27 Hard Over Trvl 84 Interp Out Synch 46 Soft Over Trvl 81 Inv OLoad Pend 16 Soft Over Trvl 82 Inv OLoad Trip 17 Abs Ovespd Det 1 Inv OTemp Pend 14 Alarm Cleared 131 Inv OTemp Trip 15 Alarm Q Cleared 182 Inv Trans Desat 25 Analog In 1 Loss 94 Logix Clod 63 Analog In 2 Loss 95 Logix Link Chng 64 Analog In 3 Loss 96 Logix Out of Run 61 Brake OL Trip 38 Logix Timeout 62 DC Bus Overvolt 24 MC CML Task Fail 47 DC Bus Undervolt 42 Commissn Fail 23 DPI Loss Port 1 49 MC Firmware 30 DPI Loss Port 2 50 Motor OLoad Pend 12 DPI Loss Port 3 51 Motor OLoad Trip 1 DPI Loss Port 4 52 Motor Stalled 13 53 54 83 55 56 Drive Homing et Loss DPI P3 57 Drive Power Loss 10 Net Loss DPI 58 Drv Waking 89 Net Loss DPI P5 59 DSP Device Error 20 et Loss DPI P6 60 DSP Memory Error 19 No Ctrl Device 48 Enable Health 45 Opt Port 0 Loss 5 Encoder 0 Loss 3 Opt Port 1 Loss 6 Encoder 1 Loss 4 Over Frequency Fault 22 Ext Fault Input 18 Parameter Chksum 35 Faults Cleared 129 Params Defaulted i Fault Q Cleared 130 Position Error 85 Ground Fault 26 PowerEE CRC Fail 39 HiHp Bus Com Dly 66 Precharge Error 31 HiHp Bus CRC Er 68 PWM Asynch 32 HiHP Bus Data 79 PWM Signal short 29 HiHp Bus Link Ls 67 Ridethru Timeout 41
222. Par 821 Bit 0 1 True 802 Anlg In1 Scale Default 0 1000 Y RW Real Scales the range of Analog Input 1 to the range of Par 800 Anlg In1 Data Enter the units you want per volt Min Max 2200000000 0000 mA For example If Par 801 Anlg In1 Value 0 10V and you enter 6 in this parameter Par 800 Anlg In1 Units or mA Data will equal 0 60V Par 801 x Par 802 Par 800 803 Anlg In1 Offset Default 0 0000 Y RW Real Applies an offset to Analog Input 1 Use the offset to correct for zero signal errors or to create an offset to the Min Max 20 0000 actual input The output of the A D converter is summed with this parameter to produce Par 801 Anlg In1 Units V mA Value 804 Al 1 Filt Gain Default 1 0000 Y RW Real Provides the Lead term for the Analog Input 1 filter Min Max 5 0000 805 AnlginiFilt BW Default 0 0000 Y Real Provides the Lag term for the Analog Input 1 filter Min Max 0 0000 3760 00001 Units rad s light Heavy Par 804 Al 1 Filt Gain 0 25 0 1 Par 805 Anlg In1 Filt BW 50 10 806 Anlg In2 Data Default 0 0000 RO Real Displays the scaled final value for Analog Input 2 Min Max 2200000000 0000 110 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No Name Values ar NS amp Description 2 92
223. Parameters Chapter 2 No 153 Name Description 5 e Control Options Set bits to configure the options for operating the drive Note Bit 3 Flying Start was added for firmware version 2 004 Bit 20 21 and 29 were added for firmware version 3 001 Added bit 31 Ids Test Enable for firmware version 4 001 v Options 4 oslis _ 5 52 ggg SoS 2 lt 2 5 2 9515 5 lt lt lt gt 5 2 2 2 25 2 275 lt 25755 2 25 5 2 2 5 Ale Els e 55 El aall g 5 S a EES Defaut 0000 0 0 0 0 0 x m 0 0 J0 Jo 0 JO 0 0 0 1 JO 0 1 0 false Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 1615 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True Bit Name Current Function 0 Bipolar SRef When this bit is enabled a bipolar speed reference is used In bipolar reference mode Par 40 Selected Spd Ref indicates both the speed magnitude and the direction Positive speed reference values forward direction and negative speed reference values reverse direction When this bit is disabled a unipolar speed reference is used In unipolar mode the speed reference is limited to a minimum value of zero 0 In this case Par 40 Selected Spd Ref supplies only the speed magnitude The direction is determined by Par 152
224. Programming Manual Allen Bradley PowerFlex 7005 High Performance AC Drive Phase II Control Firmware Versions 1 5 002 a at M i 1 LI Allen Bradley Rockwell Software Automation Important User Information Read this document and the documents listed in the additional resources section about installation configuration and operation of this equipment before you install configure operate or maintain this product Users are required to familiarize themselves with installation and wiring instructions in addition to requirements of all applicable codes laws and standards Activities including installation adjustments putting into service use assembly disassembly and maintenance are required to be carried out by suitably trained personnel in accordance with applicable code of practice If this equipment is used in a manner not specified by the manufacturer the protection provided by the equipment may be impaired In no event will Rockwell Automation Inc be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation Rockwell Automation Inc cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams No patent liability is assumed b
225. R 894 SLCRC Err Accum 389 Lgx LinkChngCnfg 893 51 Comm TP Data B ma pe ea 895 5 CRC Error 370 HiHp InPhsLs Cfg 245 SpdFdbk TP Sel n Ter Tie a 896 SLBOF Err Accum 363 Hip GndFIt Cur 246 Spd Fdbk TP RPM ee Teh i s it 897 SLBOF Error 364 GndFIt Dly 247 SpdFdbk TP Data te ie Ma E 898 SL CRC Err Limit 378 Interp Fit Cnfg 261 Steg amp Hiedn TPSel Ha Ter 1 Ma 5 s 899 SLBOFErr Limit 395 Sft OvrirviCntg 262 Steg amp Heidn TPDta i dh tip 332 700L EventStatus 396 Sft OvrTrviCnfg 270 ReslvrO TP Sel MD 333 7001 FaultStatus 397 Hrd OvrTrviCnfg 271 Reslvr0 TP Data Ten d R 334 7001 AlarmStatus 398 Hrd OvrlrviCnfg 287 Lineari TP Sel jn H 399 Position ErrCnfg 288 Linear1TP Data pa rend Qut Bint 368 Cnv NotLogin Cfg 412 Power EE TP Sel Trend Out Rea 574 Trend In2 Dint 413 Power EE TP Data 575 Trend In2 Real 466 MCTP1 Select 576 Trend Out2 Dint 467 MCTP1 Value 577 Trend Out2 Rea 468 Bit 578 Trend In3 Dint 473 MCTP2 Select 579 Trend In3 Real 474 MCTP2 Value 580 Out DI 475 MCFaultTPSelect 476 MCFaultTP Value pir 582 Trend In4 Dint 717 PLLTP Select 583 Trend In4 Real 718 PLLTPDataDint 584 Trend Out4 Dint 719 PLLTP DataReal 585 Trend Out4 R 1145 PPMP TP Select ie 1146 PPMP TP DataDint 1147 PPMP TP DataReal Note This parameter is used by PowerFlex 700L drives only Rockwell Automation Publication 200
226. RW 16 bit The time that the value in Par 1116 DelayTimer2Accum must reach before bit 2 Timer Done in Par 1117 Min Max 0 60000 Integer DelayTimer2Stats is set Units Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1116 DelayTimer2Accum Default 0 RO 16 bit The amount of time that has elapsed since the timer was enabled Par 1117 DelayTimer2Stats bit 1 set Min Max 0 60000 Integer ote This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Units 5 1117 DelayTimer2Stats Displays the status of the user defined on or off delay timer Bit 0 Timer Enable when this bit is set the timer is enabled Bit 1 Timer Timing when this bit is set the timer is running Bit 2 Timer Done when this bit is set the timer is done Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Options Timer Timing Timer Enable 1120 Home Accel Time Default 10 00 Y RW Real Acceleration rate when Homing Min Max 0 01 6553 50 A Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Units 1121 Home Decel Time Default 10 00 Y Real Deceleration rate when Homing Min Max 0 01 6553 50 A Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Units 5 1122 Home Speed Default 0 005 Y RW Real Speed reference used when Homing Min Max 8 000 A Notes This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 The default value was changed from 0 000 to
227. RW 16 bit Sets the proportional gain of the flux producing d axis current regulator Set by the autotune procedure Do Min Max 0 0 100 0 Integer A not change this value Scale x10 431 Test Current Ref Units RW 16 bit Sets the current reference used for Motor Control MC Test Mode Default 50 0 Integer A Min Max 0 0 799 9 Scale x10 432 Test Freq Ref Default 1 0 RW 16 bit Sets the frequency reference used for Motor Control MC Test Mode Min Max 799 9 Integer Note The default value was changed for firmware version 2 003 Units 96 Scale x10 433 Test Freq Rate Default 50 RW 16 bit Sets the rate of change of frequency reference used for Motor Control MC Test Mode Min Max 0 0 1000 0 Integer Al Units s Scale x10 434 _ Vds Base Default 0 RO 16 bit Displays the motor flux producing d axis voltage command when running at nameplate motor speed and Min Max 8192 0 Integer load This value is determined during the auto tune procedure Do not change this value Used only in FOC modes 435 Base Default 0 RO 16 bit Displays the motor torque producing q axis voltage command when running at nameplate motor speed and Min Max 0 8192 Integer load This value is determined during the auto tune procedure Do not change this value Used only in FOC modes 437 5 Default 7971 RW 16 bit Displays the maximum torque producing q axis voltage allowed on the motor Adaptation
228. Real is set 5 Trend Out3 Dint 32 bit Displays the output for Trend Buffer 3 if the buffer is using integer data This will equal the value of the 2147483648 Integer element in Trend Buffer 3 specified by Par 569 TrendBuffPointer 5 Trend Out3 Real 000 Real Displays the output for Trend Buffer 3 if the buffer is using real data This will equal the value of the element 2200000000 0000 in Trend Buffer 3 specified by Par 569 TrendBuffPointer 5 Trend In4 DInt Y 32 bit Provides integer input to the Trend 4 The Trending function samples this parameter for Trend Buffer 4 if bit 4 2147483648 Integer In 4 Real is cleared 5 Trend In4 Real 0 0000 Y Real Provides real input to the Trend 4 The Trending function samples this parameter for Trend Buffer 4 if bit 4 In 4 2200000000 0000 Real is set 5 Trend Out4 Dint 32 bit Displays the output for Trend Buffer 4 if the buffer is using integer data This will equal the value of the 2147483648 Integer element in Trend Buffer 4 specified by Par 569 TrendBuffPointer 5 Trend Out4 Real Real Displays the output for Trend Buffer 4 if the buffer is using real data This will equal the value of the element 2200000000 0000 in Trend Buffer 4 specified by Par 569 TrendBuffPointer 5 IdsCmd Slew Rate 5 000 Real Defines the slew rate for the torque producing voltage Vqs regulator The output variation is limited by one 0 000 16 383 A count every Par 586 16 sec Notes
229. Real Provides the real input for the B trigger function This real number is summed with Par 562 Trend TrigB Int Min Max 2200000000 0000 The result is compared with the Trigger A sum If the A sum exceeds the B sum then a trend trigger will occur 564 Trend Trig Data Default 00000000000000000000000000000000 RW 32 bit This is the logic input for the Trend Trigger Function A trigger will occur on the rise of the specified bitinthis Min 00000000000000000000000000000000 Boolean word The bit will be specified by Par 565 Trend Trig Bit Max 11111111111111111111111111111111 565 Trend Trig Bit Default 0 RW 16 bit Specifies the bit in Par 564 Trend Trig Data that will cause a Trend Trigger to occur Positive numbers specify Min Max 32 31 Integer rising edges and negative numbers specify falling edges 566 Trend PreSamples Default 511 RW 16 bit Specifies the number pre trigger samples in the trend buffer Pre trigger samples are the samples that occur Min Max 0 1022 Integer before the trigger and remain in the buffer The remainder of the trend buffer will contain post trigger samples 567 Trend Mark Dint Default 0 RW 32 bit Marks the start of data for trend buffers that are using integer data The Trend Marker can be used to provide Min Max 2147483648 Integer scope trigger signal for the Auto Output function 568 Trend Mark Real Default 0 0000 RW Real Marks the start of data for trend buffers that are using real data The
230. Rly Out3 Data will control the Relay Output 3 858 RlyOut3 On Time Default 0 00 RW 16 bit Defines the amount of time between a False to True transition on the output status and the corresponding Min Max 0 00 600 00 Integer change in state of Relay Output 3 Ifa transition on an output condition occurs and starts the time delay and the Units output condition returns to its original state before the delay timer reaches the setpoint the delay timer will be aborted and the corresponding output status or relay output will not change state Par 858 Rly Out3 On Time can be disabled by setting the delay time to 0 zero Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 859 RlyOut3 OffTime Default 0 00 RW 16 bit Defines the amount of time between a True to False transition on the output status and the corresponding Min Max 0 00 600 00 Integer change in state of Relay Output 3 Ifa transition on an output condition occurs and starts the time delay and the Units output condition returns to its original state before the delay timer reaches the setpoint the delay timer will be aborted and the corresponding output status or relay output will not change state Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 General BitSwap Description The six 6 Bit Swap functions are used to replace one bit in a word with one bit from a different word This is typically done to a control word where one bit in the control word is replaced
231. S 9 ON L WIA MS uo 1 wid MS MO YOUMS 95 esy SLu uoWsies uosies ELUI uoisies ZL 5 5 LL U Yosies 01 ul uowsies 604 804 uoisies 4041 uoles 90 uoisies 904 uosies YOUL uosies 204 uoisies ZO UI uosies 104 uosies 0041 uowsies vo eo zo o Kezor mo ums ies oo mo uos ies 00 22013 HO 2195 ueojesn H9 22019 2195 ZUG 2014 95 I 220 0195 220 uy 5 10 99 S 220 1ejeuueg ue si 291 edAy indui eu se xies UBHJOSN SN ZZOL Jejeureijeg 10 sinduj jey6ig eur eq ULI YO IMS 10100 95 0000000 1 M uowsles inoreeu uoles 193 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Control Block Diagrams Appendix C su wi sui s __ wf __ l sesuso __ v __ J el sesuso s sns f _ of 7 hiom pasong poung pro rena 7990
232. Spd 1 0 PU Speed Base Speed of the Motor NOTE Faster Task time selections may require 1 Parameter 147 FW Functions EN is used to program functions to be disabled to stay within activate and deactivate firmware functions The processor load capabilities PowerFlex 700S drives ships with the position regulator deactivated To enable the position FW TaskTime Sel regulator set Parameter 147 bit 16 to 1 On FW TaskTime 2 Parameter 1000 UserFunct Enable is used to 1 0 PU Torque Base Torque of the Motor Read Only Parameter activate and deactivate the User Functions 3 These diagrams are for reference only and may not accurately reflect all logical control signals actual functionality is implied by the approximated diagrams Accuracy of these diagrams is not guaranteed 0 val 1 val 2 Read Write Parameter e osr lt X Read Only Parameter with Bit Enumeration Read Write Parameter with Bit Enumeration Provides additional information Enumerated Parameter Page and Coordinate ex 3A2 pg 3 Column Row 2 i Constant value 174 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 Appendix C Control Block Diagrams Jean 3 uonoejoJd 9 uondepy uonoejes BuisseooJg uang 1 10199A 9 wed 304 m m m m m m
233. To perform this command the value must switch from 0 to 1 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Application Notes Appendix B Logic Status Word Logic Bits 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 0 Status Description X 0 Not Active 12 Active Running 0 Not Running 1 Running Command 0 Reverse Direction 1 Forward Actual 0 Reverse Direction 1 Forward Accel 0 Not Accelerating 1 Accelerating Decel 0 Not Decelerating 1 Decelerating Jogging 0 Not Jogging 1 Jogging Fault 0 No Fault 1 Fault Alarm 0 No Alarm 1 Alarm X Flash Mode 0 Not in Flash Mode 1 In Flash Mode X Run Ready 0 Not Ready to Run 1 Ready to Run x At Limit 0 Not At Limit 12 At Limit Tach Loss Sw 0 Not Tach Loss Sw 1 Tach Loss Sw X AtZeroSpd 0 Not At Zero Speed 1 At Zero Speed X AtsetptSpd 10 Not At Setpoint Speed 1 At Setpoint Speed X Enable 0 Not Enabled 1 Enabled 1 See parameter 304 Limit Status for a description of the limit status conditions DPI Device Limitations PowerFlex 700 drives use a 450 mA device on the 12V DPI power supply Due to the typical load ofa external DPI device of 140 mA there is a three DPI device limit Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 163 AppendixB Application Notes Motor Control Mode
234. Trigger Source Settings Bit 0 amp 16 off EncO input to latch on Encl input to latch Options RL1 Encoder1 RLO Dir Fwd Bits 3 RLO TrgEdge0 4 RLO TrgEdge1 19 RL1 TrgEdge0 and 20 RL1 TrgEdge1 select which edges signal the position see Table 236C Edge Selection Settings Bits 5 RLO Dir Rev 6 RLO Dir Fwd 21 RL1 Dir Rev and 22 RL1 Dir Fwd set the direction of position capture see Table 2360 Trigger Direction Settings Bits8 SLDIFIItO 9 SL DI Filt 1 10 SL DI Filt 2 and 11 SL DI Filt 3 configure a filter for the digital input 1 and 2 see Table 236E Filter Settings The filter requires the input signal to be stable for the specified time period Input transitions within the filter time setting will be ignored Bits 8 11 add 100ns filter per stage to external trigger 17 TrgSrcO and 18 RL1 TrgSrc1 select the trigger source see Table 2368 Encoder Trigger Source Settings RLO TrgSrcO RLO Encoder1 237 RegisLtch0 1 Ctrl Configures the control for registration latch 0 and 1 trigger input Found and bit 17 RL1 Found of Par 238 RegisLtch0 1Stat Options Default x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 x Set bit 0 RLO Arm Req and bit 16 RL1 Arm Req to arm the regis
235. Units rpm 0 005 for firmware version 4 001 126 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No Values w Description lc 1123 Home Position Default 0 Y RW 32 bit User defined Home position After the Homing function is completed the following parameters are updated 2147483648 Integer A with the value of Par 1123 Par 744 PositRef EGR Out Par 747 Position Cmmd Par 763 Position Actual and Par 765 Posit Actl Load Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 This parameter was activated for firmware version 4 001 1124 Home Actual Pos Default 0 RO 32 bit Actual home position after the Homing function is complete The value in this parameter displays the raw Min Max 2147483648 Integer position feedback data at home position Note This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 1125 IDC Brake Level Default 0 0 Y RW Real Defines the DC brake current level injected into the motor when DC Brake is selected as a stop mode This also Min Max 0 0 3000 0 sets the braking current level when Fast Stop is selected Units V The DC braking voltage used in this function is created by a PWM algorithm and may not generate the smooth holding force needed for some applications Refer to the PowerFlex 7005 with Phase II Control Reference
236. a dooiq JOMOd sng pds C ze pds C18 7 Bey pds yap pee1 o Id pds Id pds pee1 lt 00e gt c ee e peeds sojoyy ysel joU0D 1 2 2 swelsbeig 5007 you Id pds ysel peedg e z pseds 1914 ndino pds Sod pds pereos Id 4 m m Id 4 D ils ssed Id ined Id xoeqpeed d l Id 2 ysel sseoog 2 pds dwog enjeu 9 pds jeseld S pds said Y pds E 91 e pds peeds pds L pds 95914 5 dwey Jeeur Jes g peeds jeuueu Gry Jeu pds jeuoriodoJg Ga pds Ies v peeds z 4se1 ouo peeds uogoejes xoegqpee J u
237. a Type 321 Exception Event2 Indicates the presence of certain drive anomalies Configure the drive s response to these events by entering values in the parameters of the fault alarm configuration group of the utility file Note Changed bit 14 to NonCnfgAlarm for firmware version 3 003 Options 5 elSigsSlaz tg B elalcg 215 5 5 5 88 5 58 5 5 8 8 5 E 52 2 E E E g 8 5 5 5 5 51515 5 5 5 5 2 IE IS 2 2 S 2 S E S E Default 000000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12111 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 322 Exception Event3 Indicates the presence of certain drive anomalies Configure the drive s response to these events by entering values in the parameters of the fault alarm configuration group of the utility file Bit 11 HH HW Ver is sed to indicate a High Horsepower hardware version fault Bit 12 HH CurUnbInc is used to indicate a High Horsepower output current unbalanced fault Bit 13 HH VItUnbInc is used to indicate a High Horsepower Bus voltage unbalanced fault Bit 29 Anlgln1 Loss is used to indicate an Analog Input 1 loss fault Bit 30 Anlgln2 Loss is used to indicate an Analog Input 2 loss fault Bit31 Anlgln3 Loss is used to indicate an Analog Input 3 loss fault
238. a wrong value or an incorrect link When bit 0 Config OK of Par 690 Motn Cnct Status is set then this parameter contains the parameter number of an incorrectly configured parameter If more than one parameter is incorrectly configured each is displayed in turn after the previously identified parameter is fixed If there are no configuration problems relating to Motion then this parameter contains a value of zero and the bit 0 Config OK of parameter 690 Motn Cnct Status is cleared 102 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No 712 Name Description Write Mask Act Status of write access for DPI ports When bit 15 Security is set network security controls the write mask instead of Par 669 Write Mask Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Options Default 0 x x x x x yx Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 713 714 717 718 719 720 Logic Mask Act Indicates status of the logic mask for DPI ports When bit 15 Security is set network security controls the logic mask instead of Par 670 Logic Mask Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Port Mask Act Bits 0 5 indicate status for DPI port communication Bit 15 Security indicates when security software controls the parameter Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001
239. access the Start Up routine from the User Display screen 1 On the User Display screen press G5 The Main menu displays 2 Usethe key to scroll to Start Up in the list and press 3 select Continue and press 8 The PowerFlex 700 Start Up screen displays 4 Follow the prompts as necessary Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 155 AppendixA Interface Module Overview Menu Structure 156 Figure 2 HIM Menu Structure User Display r 0 9 Faults e Status Info Device Version PowerFlex 7005 O v HIM Version 1 Product Data gt View Fault Queue gt Logic Status Clear Faults Run Inhibit Stat Clr Fault Queue Logic Control State Reset Device Main Control Board Power Unit Board LCD HIM Product Data LCD HIM Standard Control Board Keyboard Numeric view selected through ED ED vlew se ected trough Na Y Recall EEPROM User Dspy Lines User Dspy Time User Dspy Video Reset User Dspy Contrast File 3 Name i PowerFlex 7005 e Connected DPI Devices Him CopyCat Memory Storage Reset To Defaults Save EEPROM Drive Identity e Change Password Param Access Lv gt Basic FGP FGP File Advanced Numbered List File 1 Name FGP Group Changed File2 Name Group 1 Name gt FGP Parameter Group2Name Parame
240. ads 2 91 uogounJ YAMS 1 uonnoex3 4 1 1 a lt v z 20 Kzoor a gt y 90 Kzoor s 8 lt 1 so a gt y 1 vo s TD NEN 1oAngns angppy ppy angppy inseu ansppy indui on Ere WANS Z qnsppv qnsppv z qnsppv Bony indui 2 gz ve erduo5 91 aredwog Vi qnsppv angppy angppy inseu qnsppv 2 se suolouny Jasn xg ge geq ge 91607 ve 01607 2 601 gi 01607 91607 gr 91607 wg vL 91607 vi 2 601 unsey aas sdwig 91607 21601 NANN INN Z mA 1 i indui 1900 wiazieoy x oreos zreouziuia QSD ul ziesuzwia unsey 9 eos x ereos QD unsoy ieeuziuig ON MS 0 ON 1 MS MS YOUMS 95 indino MS ON L Id MS KD indino Wa M
241. age feedback has occurred because of a Check the communication line between Motor communication failure between Motor Control and Voltage Feedback board Control MC and the Voltage Feedback board Replace the Voltage Feedback board Configured with Par 394 VoltFdbkLossCnfg 44 Runtime Data Rst 3 Runtime data hours energy has been reset to zero due to a checksum error Informational Only 45 Enable Health 1 The safety circuit is active Check the input signal to the safety circuit 46 Interp Out Synch 2 The interpolator for position feedback lost synchronization with the Velocity Configured with Par 378 Interp Fit Cnfg Position Loop VPL 47 MCCML Task Fail 3 The SS Minor Loop CML task has been delayed or run with an incorrect Cycle power to the drive interval 48 NoCtrl Device 1 The controlling device or controller has been disconnected while the _ Check the controlling device connections to the drive drive was running 49 DPI Loss Port 1 2 The device at DPI port 1 has stopped communicating with the drive Verify that the DPI device is present and functional at ASCANport device is connected to a drive operating DPI devices at 500k Baud Port 1 Configured with Par 391 DPI CommLoss Cfg 50 _ DPI Loss Port 2 2 The device at DPI port 2 has stopped communicating with the drive Verify that the DPI device is present and functional at A SCANport device is connected to a drive operating DPI devices at 500 B
242. ailable 753 PositOffset 1 Default 0 Y 32 bit Supplies a position reference offset which is summed after the EGR and used to phase trim position reference A Min Max 2147483648 Integer step in the offset position will be internally rate limited and added to the selected reference position The rate of correction is set by Par 755 Posit Offset Spd The initial value of this parameter is latched upon position enable without causing a change in reference Subsequent changes to this value will be relative to the latched value See Par 740 Position Control bit 5 for re referencing the offsets 754 PositOffset2 Default 0 Y IRW 32 6 Supplies another position reference offset which is summed with Par 753 Posit Offset 1 Used to trim the phase Min Max 2147483648 Integer ofthe selected position reference Position offset will be internally rate limited to a velocity set by Par 755 Posit Offset Spd 106 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No Name Values E Description zz 4 85 S5 755 Posit Offset Spd Default 176 4000 Y Real Sets the speed offset A position offset command will not exceed this speed The actual speed of Min Max 4 14112 0000 offset is limited to a maximum value of 1 inertia x pos gain so a
243. al Limits the power delivered to the external Dynamic Brake DB resistor for one second without exceeding the Min Max 1 0000 1000000000 0000 rated element temperature You may change the value of this parameter only if you have selected an external Units W DB resistor set bit 1 Brake Extern of Par 414 Brake Bus Cnfg If this rating is not available from the resistor vendor you can approximate it with this equation Par 416 Brake PulseWatts 75 000 x Weight where Weight equals the weight of resistor wire element in pounds not the entire weight of the resistor Another equation you can use is Par 416 Brake PulseWatts Time Constant x Brake Watts where Time Constant equals the amount of time to reach 6396 of its rated temperature while the maximum power is applied and Brake Watts is the peak power rating of the resistor Note The maximum value was changed from 1000000 0000 to 1000000000 0000 for firmware version 3 001 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 79 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters 417 418 Description Brake Watts Sets the continuous rated power reference for the Dynamic Brake DB You may change the value of this parameter only if you have selected and external DB resistor set bit 1 Brake Extern of Par 414 Brake Bus Cnfg Note The maximum value was changed from 5000 0000 to 500000 0000 for firmware version 3 001 Brake TP Sel
244. alue Units PU 126 Torque Neg Limit Default 2 0000 Y RW Real Sets the external torque limit for negative torque reference values The external negative motor torque will not be Min Max 8 0000 0 0000 allowed to exceed this value Units PU 127 Mtring Power Lim Default 8 0000 Y IRW Real Sets the maximum motoring positive power of the drive This can be calculated by multiplying the desired Min Max 0 0000 8 0000 maximum motor torque and the maximum motor speed A value of 1 0 nominal motor power Units PU 128 Regen Power Lim Default 0 5000 Y RW Real Sets the maximum regenerative negative power of the drive This can be calculated by multiplying the desired Min Max 8 0000 0 0000 maximum motor torque and the maximum motor speed A value of 1 0 nominal motor power Units PU Note The default value for this parameter was changed from 1 0000 to 0 5000 for firmware version 2 003 129 AtuneTrq Ref Default 0 50 RW Real Sets the motor torque that is applied to the motor during the flux current and inertia tests Min Max 10 2 1 0 O Note The minimum value for this parameter was changed from 0 2500 to 0 2000 for firmware version 2 003 __ Units PU Scale 1 0 PU Motor to Torque 130 TrqRefTP Sel Default fen Enter or write a value to select torque reference data displayed in Par 131 Trq Ref TP Data lane Terg La Note The value for option 5 was changed to Reserved for firmware version 2 004 Option
245. alue after scaling in Max 2200000000 0000 ote This parameter name changed from DInt2RealResult to DInt2Real Result for firmware version 3 001 1050 Real2DInt In Default 0 0000 Y IRW Real nput value for Real to DInt value conversion in Max 2200000000 0000 1051 Real2DInt Scale Default 0 0000 Y RW Real nput value to scale the conversion from Real to DInt This is a multiplication to the input value after conversion to Min Max 2200000000 0000 a DInt value 1052 Real2DInt Result Default 0 RO 32 bit This is the resultant output of the conversion form a Real value to a DInt value after scaling 2147483648 Integer 1053 MulDiv 1 Input Default 10 0000 Y IRW Real Input value to be scaled as need with the Multiplication and Division function This input will be multiplied by Par Min Max 2200000000 0000 1054 MulDiv 1 Mul and then divided by Par 1055 MulDiv 1 Div The result will be loaded to Par 1056 MulDiv 1 Result Equation Par 1053 x Par 1054 Par 1055 Par 1056 1054 MulDiv 1 Mul Default 0 0000 Y RW Real Set this value as the multiplier to the value of Par 1053 MulDiv 1 Input The result will be divided by Par 1055 Min Max 2200000000 0000 and loaded into Par 1056 See Par 1053 1055 MulDiv 1 Div Default 0 0000 Y RW Real Set this value as the divisor of the result of Par 1053 x Par 1054 The result will be loaded into Par 1056 See Min Max 2200000000 00
246. and are selected with bits 28 29 30 Options 0 Zero Speed 9 Preset Spd See the Block Diagrams beginning on page 173 for a description 1 Speed Ref 1 10 Preset Spd 6 2 Speed Ref 2 11 Preset Spd 7 3 Sum Sref 14 2 12 DPI Port 1 4 MOP Level 13 DPI Port 2 5 Preset Spd 1 14 DPI Port 3 6 Preset Spd 2 15 Reserved 7 Preset Spd 3 16 DPI Port 5 8 Preset Spd 4 29 Jog Speed 1 Default 0 0000 Y RW Real Sets the speed reference that the drive should use when responding to bit 18 Jog 1 of Min Max 8 0000 P U Par 152 Applied LogicCmd Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 30 Min Spd Ref Lim Default 10 0000 RW Real Sets the minimum speed reference limit This value may be negative or positive but not greater than Min Max 8 0000 31 Max Spd Ref Lim Par 31 Max Spd Ref Lim Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 31 Max Spd Ref Lim Default 10 0000 RW Real Sets the maximum speed reference limit This value may be negative or positive but not less than Min Max Par 30 Min Spd Ref Lim 8 0000 Par 30 Min Spd Ref Lim Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 32 Accel Time 1 Default 10 0000 Y RW Real Sets the rate of acceleration for all speed increases with time in seconds to base speed Min Max 0 0100 6553 5000 Accel Rate Par 4 Motor NP RPM Par 32 Accel Time Units 33 Decel Time 1 Default 10
247. ar 321 Exception Event2 Note Changed bit 14 to NonCnfgAlarm for firmware version 3 003 Options 15 2 N 51 2 5 5 5121 53 55 5 525 255 5 5 5 2 lt lt lt 2 a 8 8 2 S 25 5 2 gt 135 SSeS 2 S 2 S 5 5 5 B 2 sj Defaut 0 0 0 0 jo 0 0 0 jo 0 jo JO 0000000200 0 jo JO 0 0 0 0 0 Fake Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 6 5 43 2 1 0 1 328 Alarm Status 3 Indicates the occurrence of exception events that have been configured as alarm conditions These events are from Par 322 Exception Event3 Bit 11 HH HW Ver indicates a non configurable High Horsepower hardware version fault Bit 12 CurUnbInc indicates a non configurable High Horsepower output current unbalanced fault Bit 13 HH VitUnblnc indicates a non configurable High Horsepower Bus voltage unbalanced fault Bit 14 HH Bus Data indicates when Communication Bus data are mismatched between left side unit and right side unit Bit 21 Drive Homing when the drive is in Drive Homing mode parameter Par 740 Position Control bit 24 Find Home or bit 27 Return Home is set to 1 this alarm is triggered and the drive moves to a home position automatically
248. ar 79 Spd Ref TP Data and Option o Zero 12 S Crv Match Par 78 Spd Ref TP RPM 1 User Ref 13 S Array size Note The values for options 7 8 amp 9 were changed to Reserved for firmware version 2 004 2 Logic Select 14 S Array Indx 3 Lgc Sel Ref 15 Reserved Ramp Spd Ref 16 Sd Ext Trim Rampin 17 Trim FiltOut 6 Filt Spd Ref 18 Ref w Trim Reserved 19 Amp Lim2 In Reserved 20 Amp LimStat2 Reserved 21 Amp Lim2 Out 10 Amp Lim Stat 22 FTD Ramp Out 11 Ramp Match 23 Reserved 36 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No Name Values E Description 2 SS 9 78 Spd Ref TP RPM Default 0 0000 RO Real Displays the value selected in Par 77 Spd Ref TP Sel in rpm This display should only be used if the selected value Min Max 8 0000 is floating point data Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 79 Spd Ref TP Data Default 0 RO 16 bit Displays the value selected in Par 77 Spd Ref TP Sel This display should only be used if the selected valueis Min Max 32768 Integer integer data 81 Spd Reg P Gain Default 20 0000 Y RW Real Sets the proportional gain of the speed regulator This value is automatically calculated based on the bandwidth Min
249. arameter causes the drive fault and coast to a stop You can set this parameter so that the drive continues to run Precautions should be taken to ensure that the setting of this parameter does not create hazards of injury or equipment damage 74 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No 387 388 389 Name Description Lgx Timeout Cnfg Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a Controller to Drive connection timeout as detected by the drive 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs 2 FltCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 3 Flt RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event not create hazards of injury or equipment damage Lgx Closed Cnfg Enter a value to configure the drive s response to the controller closing the Controller to Drive connection 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set th
250. at 36 Intg Hold 37 Srlss ZeroWe 38 GainParLim 39 P GainParLim 40 ParLm 41 AntiBkup PLm 42 Droop ParLim 43 Pos Lim Stat 44 Neg Lim Stat 45 Limiter Out 46 Active Pgain 47 Active lgain 48 Reserved 49 Reserved 50 Reserved 51 Reserved 52 Reserved 53 Reserved 110 Speed TorqueMode Default 1 Speed elects the source for the drive torque reference ER 2 P Note Values 7 amp 8 were added for firmware version 3 001 Options red Reg _ pena 2 Torque Ref 7 SLAT Minimum Min Spd Trq 8 SLAT Maximum 4 Max Spd Trq 111 Torque Ref 1 Default 0 0000 Y JRW Real Supplies an external motor torque reference to the drive This parameter is divided by the value in Min Max 2200000000 0000 Par 112 Ref Div A value of 1 0 represents rated torque of the motor Scale 1 0 Rated Motor Torque 112 Torque Ref Div Default 1 0000 Y RW Real Par 111 Torque Ref 1 is divided by this number Use this parameter to scale the value of Par 111 Torque Ref 1 Min Max 2200000000 0000 113 TorqueRef2 Default 0 0000 Y Real Supplies an external motor torque reference to the drive This parameter is multiplied by the value in Min Max 2200000000 0000 Par 114 Torq Ref2 Mult A value of 1 0 repre
251. aud Port 2 Configured with Par 391 DPI CommLoss Cfg 51 DPILoss Port 3 2 The device at DPI port 3 has stopped communicating with the drive Verify that the DPI device is present and functional at A SCANport device is connected to a drive operating DPI devices at 500k Baud Port 3 Configured with Par 391 DPI CommLoss Cfg 52 DPI Loss Port 4 2 The device at DPI port 4 has stopped communicating with the drive Verify that the DPI device is present and functional at SCANport device is connected to a drive operating DPI devices at 500k Baud Port 4 Configured with Par 391 DPI CommLoss Cfg 53 DPI Loss Port 5 2 The device at DPI port 5 has stopped communicating with the drive Verify that the DPI device is present and functional at A SCANport device is connected to a drive operating DPI devices at 500k Baud Port 5 Configured with Par 391 DPI CommLoss Cfg 54 _ DPI Loss Port 6 2 The device at DPI port 6 has stopped communicating with the drive Verify that the DPI device is present and functional at A SCANport device is connected to a drive operating DPI devices at 500k Baud Port 6 Configured with Par 391 DPI CommLoss Cfg 55 Net Loss DPI P1 2 A communications fault has occurred between the communication adapter at Verify the network connection DPI port 1 and the network Verify the status of network Configured with Par 392 NetLoss DPI Cnfg 56 NetLoss DPI P2 2 communications fault has occurred between the communica
252. aulted Bit 15 DL ComActive RS 232 activity Bit 16 DL Fault The controller detected a non recoverable fault so it cleared the project from memory Bit 17 DL NotActive If the controller is a new then it requires a firmware update or if the controller is not new a major fault occurred Bit 18 DL OK Controller is OK Bit 19 DL Loading The controller is storing or loading a project to or from nonvolatile memory Bit 20 DL CF Flash The controller is reading from or writing to the CompactFlash card Bit21 DL CF Format The CompactFlash memory is not initialized Bit 22 DL CF Error CompactFlash card does not have a valid file system Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Options E Sig 5 2 2 55555 5 5 5 2 2 S S 2 25 S Z 25 amp amp 2 2 8 82528 Default x x x x O 0 JO JO 0 0 0 Dg Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 87 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 True 94 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No Name Description c 555 MCStatus Indicates the status of the Motor Control MC Processor and related functions No
253. ave been configured as alarm conditions for PowerFlex 700L LiquiFlo drive onCnfgFault onCnfgFault onCnfgFault onCnfgFault onCnfgFault onCnfgFault onCnfgFault onCnfgFault onCnfgFault 0 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 253 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 False 1 True 35 Abs OverSpd Lim Sets an incremental speed above Par 76 Fwd Speed Limit before the drive indicates its speed is out of range and below Par 75 Rev Speed Limit that is allowable 352 8000 0 0000 1750 0000 rpm Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU RW Rea 36 Motor OL Factor Sets the minimum level of current that causes a motor overload trip under continuous operation Current levels below this value will not result in an overload trip For example a service factor of 1 15 implies continuous operation up to 11596 of nameplate motor current Default Min Max Units 1 1500 1 0000 2 0000 PU RW 37 Mtr 127 Curr Min Sets the minimum current threshold for the motor overload function The value indicates minimum current at the minimum speed Par 338 Mtr 127 Spd Min and these are the first current speed breakpoint From this point the current threshold is linear to the value specified by Par 336 Motor OL Factor Default Min Max Units 0 5000 0 0500 2 0000 PU RW 38 Mtr I2T Spd Min Sets the minimum speed for the m
254. bkSel Pri Default 0 Encoder 0 Selects primary feedback device The primary feedback device configuration must not be set to fault on an event Ontione Lon l im in order to allow operational feedback switch over to the alternate feedback device set in Par 223 Mtr Fdbk Sel Opticis H i mona Alt Lou Notes 485 Motor Ctrl Mode must be set to FOC for Sensorless feedback selection to be active Selection 5 is i 2 only available when compatible feedback option card is installed This parameter was changed to non linkable for firmware version 3 001 223 Mtr Fdbk Sel Alt Default 2 Sensorless Selects alternate feedback device if the feedback device selected in Par 222 Mtr Fdbk Sel Pri fails T Lon Ln im Notes Par 485 Motor Ctrl Mode must be set to FOC for Sensorless feedback selection to be active Selection 5 is Options Pn Lope die only available when compatible feedback option card is installed This parameter was changed to non linkable for 2 Sensorless firmware version 3 001 3 Reserved 224 TachSwitch Level Default 10 0000 RW Real Sets the detection level for the automatic tach loss switch over routine drop in feedback speed at this percent of Min Max 5 0000 25 0000 rated speed over 0 5 msec will cause a tach switch from primary to alternate feedback device This feature is Units enabled when bit 16 Auto Tach Sw in Par 153 Control Opt
255. can times for the drive firmware Changing the firmware scan times will affect drive performance Faster Options 05 2 8ms Integer scan times may allow for higher bandwidth of the internal regulators To achieve faster scan times some functions 05 A f8ms may need to be disabled Only the most demanding application may benefit from faster scan times Typically 025 8 adjusting this parameter is not needed it is recommended you consult the factory before changing 147 FWrFunctions Allows specific firmware functions to be disabled When a bit is false the associated function is disabled all related parameters will be hidden When a bit is true the associated function is O enabled and all related parameters will be displayed Notes Bits 18 20 amp 21 were changed to Reserved for firmware version 2 004 Bit 19 MotinPlanner and 24 PhaseLockLp were added for firmware version 3 001 Options gt EE m 2 g amp gt 2 55 SIS BEE Ble E 5 2 2 E 2 2 28225 2 5 222 215 alel 251 glg 2 5 2512 5555 amp 2 2 5 lt 8 Default 1 x 1 1 x x JO 1 1 x x JO x x 01 1 jt 1 1 x x 1 1 x 1 1 1 1 71 1 Bit 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 h9 18 17 16 h5 14 13 2 009 8 7 654 3 2 10 Isme Rockwell Auto
256. cceleration compensation to the feed forward branch This is not recommended for use with external inputs because of increased noise Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Options Vel FdFwd En Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Default jx x x x x x yx yx Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 103 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters No Name Values E w Description 2 x 5 S 5 lc 721 PLLPosition Ref Default 00 Y RW 32 bit Physical encoder position input This parameter is normally linked directly to the encoder position of the device Min Max 2147483648 Integer chosen for input to PLL Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 722 PLL BandWidth Default 20 00 Y IRW Real Sets the internal bandwidth response of the PLL function in rad sec The setting for very noisy mechanical Min Max 0 00 8000 00 systems could range from 1 to 10 rad s while well behaved high line count input devices could range upwards Units rad s of 100 rad s Higher bandwidths will quickly resolve tracking errors while the lower bandwidths will take longer to settle into a steady state Some adjustment will be necessary to effect the best compromise between noise and tracking res
257. cdrRPM Default 1750 0 RW Real Revolutions per minute rpm of the virtual output device The value specified determines the 1 PU velocity at Min Max 1 0 30000 0 Co Par 734 PLL Speed Out and does not otherwise affect performance Units rpm Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 728 PLLExt Spd Ref Default 00 Y Real External Speed Reference This is a velocity feed forward input It is normally linked to an external velocity in Max 2200000000 0 reference or the velocity output of the chosen physical encoder Units PU Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 729 PLLExt SpdScale Default 10 Y RW Real External Speed Scale This parameter is used to properly scale the velocity feed forward Adjust for zero average at Min Max 2200000000 0 Par 733 PLL FiltPositOut while running at moderate speed Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 730 PLLLPFilter BW Default 50 00 Y JRW Real Low Pass Filter BandWidth BW The filter has two functions in Max 0 00 8000 00 Basic noise reduction of input velocity Units rad s Timed delay of input when feed forward is linked to an external master reference other than an input encoder The filter BW should be set for best tracking which occurs when the filter output coincides with the Loop filter output of PLL Usually that means setting its BW to the bandwidth of the master reference drive Note This parameter was added
258. ce Do not change this value Scale 100 8192 493 Leak Indc Satur Default 100 00 RW 16 bit Displays the leakage inductance correction for the first overload level as determined by the autotune Min Max 25 00 100 00 Integer procedure Units 494 LeakIndcSatur2 Default 10000 RW 16 bit Displays the leakage inductance correction for the first overload level as determined by the auto tune Min Max 25 00 100 00 Integer Qa procedure Units 96 495 IqsCommand Default 00 RO 16 bit Displays the torque producing q axis current command Min Max 800 0 Integer Units 96 Scale x10 496 Ids Command Default 0 0 RO 16 bit Displays the flux producing d axis current command Min Max 800 0 Integer Units 96 Scale x10 497 Vqs Command Default 0 RO 16 bit n Displays the command for initiation of voltage on the torque producing axis q axis Min Max 200 Integer Units 96 Scale 100 8192 498 Vds Command Default 0 RO 16 bit Displays the command for initiation of voltage on the flux producing axis d axis Min Max 200 Integer Units Scale 100 8192 499 CurFdbk Iq Default 10 0000 RO Real Displays torque producing q axis current feedback Min Max 8 0000 Units PU 500 Util Limit Default 90 0 RW 16 bit Sets the maximum allowed bus voltage utilization for the Motor Control Do not change this value Higher Min Max 0 0 100 0 Integer A values may result
259. cling Ring Checksum CRC of the data stored in the Power Board Cycle power to the drive EEPROM does not match the stored CRC In frame 9 14 drives check the communication bus lines 10 pin connector on the Main Control board Fiber Optic Power Interface board and fiber optic cable connections 40 SLink Mult Oflow 2 A SynchLink Multiplier Overflow has occurred Par 927 SL Mult State displays Configured with Par 390 SL MultErr Cnfg SynchLink multiplier overflow errors 41 Ridethru Timeout 1 The drive has been in bus loss ridethrough condition for more than two e Verify the AC Line seconds default The ridethrough timeout is configurable in Par 407 Power Verify the value in Par 407 Power Loss Time Loss Time 42 DCBusUndervolt 2 The Bus voltage has fallen below the level configured in Par 409 Line Verify the AC Line Undervolts In frames 1 4 and 9 14 verify that the precharge resistor is present with power off there should be a resistance between DC and BR In frames 5 amp 6 check the precharge board for errors See the precharge board LED for fault sequence Configured with Par 393 BusUndervoltCnfg Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 147 Chapter3 Troubleshooting No Name Type Description Action 43 VoltageFdbk Loss 2 A loss of motor or DC Bus volt
260. communicated from the PowerFlex 7005 drive to an external controller a DPI communication module Setting bit high will configure the associated word as a Real data type and setting the bit low will configure it for Integer data type Options Default 0 0 0 0 0 False Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True 660 DPI Data Out A1 Default 0 Y RW Set by Par 661 DPI Data Out A2 Min Max 32 dependant on Par 659 DPI Out 659 662 DPI Data Out B1 Datalype 663 DPI Data Out B2 664 DPI Data Out C1 665 DPI Data Out C2 666 DPI Data Out D1 667 DPI Data Out D2 These parameters display the output values communicated from the PowerFlex 700S drive to DPI communication modules 669 Write Mask Enables disables write access parameters links etc for DPI ports Changes to this parameter only become effective when power is cycled the drive is reset or bit 15 Security of Par 712 Write Mask Act transitions from 1 to 0 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Options E Els E pions x 3 3 z sig 5 2 2555 5 2 2 5 212 Default 17 x n 11 0 False Bit 765 48 210 1 True Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 99 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters No Name Description 670 Determines which adapters can control
261. d Bit8 No Data Read indicates that no data can be read from the encoder Bit9 Alarm Optics displays an alarm when fiber optics require cleaning Bit 10 Out of Range indicates that the encoder read count is at the maximum value 524 287 ErrBits16 31 displays a diagnostic error code refer to bits 16 31 Bit 16 Fault Optics indicates that the read head for fiber optic cable must be cleaned or replaced Bit 17 Read Head indicates that the fiber optic cable read head must be checked aligned or replaced Bit 18 RAM error indicates that the fiber optic cable read head must be replaced Bit19 EPROM error indicates that there is an error with the communication module replace read head 20 ROM error indicates replace read head Bit 22 No Position Cycle power to Stahl read head Options 5 ole a S 2 8 2 165 515 85 218515 2 2 22 1212 gt 22 lIlge g 2 gt 2 29 2 2 2 2 5 eSI Default x x x x x x x x x 0 0 0 0 0 0 x x x x 0 0 JO JO fx fe fe Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 10 8 7 6 5 4 3 210 True 296 Motor Freq Ref Default 10 00 RO Real Currently not used Min Max 500 00 Note This parameter was added for firmware ver
262. d The result will be subtracted from by the value in Par 1102 AddSub 2 Subtrct The result of the operation is loaded to Par 1103 AddSub 2 Result Equation Par 1100 Par 1101 Par 1102 Par 1103 ote This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1101 AddSub 2 Add Default 1 0000 Y IRW Real This value is added to the value of Par 1100 AddSub 2 Input The result will be subtracted from by Par 1102 and Min Max 2200000000 0000 loaded into Par 1103 See Par 1100 ote This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1102 AddSub 2 Subtrct Default 1 0000 Y IRW Real This value is subtracted from the result of Par 1100 Par 1101 The result will be loaded into Par 1103 See Par Min Max 2200000000 0000 1100 ote This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1103 AddSub 2 Result Default 1 0000 RO Real This is the result output from the Add and Subtract function See Par 1100 in Max 2200000000 0000 Equation Par 1103 Par 1100 Par 1101 Par 1102 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1104 AddSub 3 Input Default 1 0000 Y IRW Real Input value to be added to and or subtracted from as need with the Add and Subtract function This input will be Min Max 2200000000 0000 added with Par 1105 AddSub 3 Add The result will be subtracted from by the value in Par 1106 AddSub 3 Subtrct The result of the operation is loaded to Par 1107 AddSub 3 Result Equation Pa
263. d 225 mod 375 mod 625 mod1125 0 1 75 125 225 375 625 1125 1 2 150 250 450 750 1250 2250 2 4 300 500 900 1500 2500 4500 3 8 600 1000 1800 3000 5000 9000 4 16 1200 2000 3600 6000 10000 18000 5 32 2400 4000 7200 12000 20000 6 64 7 128 8 256 9 512 10 1024 11 2048 12 4096 13 8192 14 16384 Values Default Min Max Units 1024 10 20000 PPR Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 Linkable 2 Read Write Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No Name Description 233 __ Encdr 0 1 Config Specifies the configuration options for the encoder 0 and encoder 1 encoder inputs Control Options bit 10 Motor Dir publication PFLEX RM003 for details Options Reserved Reserved Default x jx 0 x x Bits 0 EncO Filt bt0 through 3 Enco Filt bt3 or Bits 16 Encl Filt bt0 through 19 Enc1 Filt bt3 configure the encoder input filter see Table 233A Encoder Input Filter Settings The filter requires the input signal to be stable for the specified time period Input signal transitions within the filter time setting will be ignored Bits 0 3 and 16 19 add 100ns filtering per stage to Bits 4 EncO 4x
264. d function is complete and waiting for bit 0 Enbl Collect of Par 556 Trend Control to be cleared When this is done the trend function returns to the Wait Enable state While in the Wait Disable state Par 569 TrendBuffPointer and the Trend Output Parameters are active Val2 Pre Trigger Trigger Event 559 Trend Rate Default 10 5000 Y IRW Real Sets the sample time for both trend input and output updates Min Max 0 5000 1000 0000 Units ms 560 TrendTrigA DInt Default 0 Y 32 bit Provides the integer input for the A trigger function This integer is converted to a real number and summed Min Max 2147483648 Integer with Par 561 Trend TrigA Real The result is compared with the Trigger B sum If the A sum exceeds the B sum then a trend trigger will occur 561 Trend TrigA Real Default 0 0000 Y IRW Real Provides the real input for the A trigger function This real number is summed with Par 560 Trend TrigA Int Min Max 2200000000 0000 The result is compared with the Trigger B sum If the A sum exceeds the B sum then a trend trigger will occur 562 Trend TrigB Dint Default 0 Y RW 32 bit Provides the integer input for the B trigger function This integer is converted to a real number and summed Min Max 2147483648 Integer with Par 563 Trend TrigB Real The result is compared with the Trigger A sum If the A sum exceeds the B sum then a trend trigger will occur 563 TrendTrigB Real Default 0 0000 Y RW
265. dited using a Human Interface Module HIM Refer to Human Interface Module Overview on page 153 for information on using the HIM to view and edit parameters As an alternative programming can also be performed using DriveTools software and a personal computer Topic Page About Parameters 19 How Parameters are Organized 21 Parameter Data in Linear List Format 33 Parameter Cross Reference By Name Bi To configure a drive module to operate in a specific way certain drive parameters may have to be configured appropriately Three types of parameters exist ENUM Parameters These parameters allow a selection from two or more items The LCD HIM will display a text message for each item Bit Parameters These parameters have individual bits associated with features or conditions If the bit is 0 the feature is off or the condition is false If the bit is 1 the feature is on or the condition is true Numeric Parameters These parameters have a single numeric value for example 0 1 Volts The example tables on the following page illustrate how each parameter type is presented in this manual Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 19 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters Table 2 Table Explanation 1 2 3 Name No Description Values 4 Motor NP RPM Default Calculated Set to the motor nameplate rated rpm Min Max 1 30000 o Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM
266. e sesneo 9999 jo Bumes st oss Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 196 Appendix Control Block Diagrams xeed jo di 10 8r d jeu oyeig Bousng 5 41 10 20 10 69 uo pds IZIN aas spaads ye auum suem oma Y 10 NJLA Cg tre sven son au su 126 330N sueMesind oyeig PU Cece pds 121 AN n exeig Coir o etaeus ovesa sng exeg 100w nd dui 7094218 2 uondeox3 EE uno AN 72 dge er D 10924 10 AW Joisise gq uano Cove HAUL diL 12 AW Aul soe dh 02 Cece yeaqueo 121 DIA pueqdui1O gt L1u9 3 uondeox3 vu an iow X 205 eun 09 pued 10 dui 10 uondeox3 jo uang 1ndino our 2 jueuno nd yua uno 5 nd Coeqpio LI LI d 61oo g ees 4 ouenbei4 Lal peo14e O AN dui LI SH sng duie L19340 SH O SH Ang peuous o
267. e appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 3 Flt RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event not create hazards of injury or equipment damage Lgx LinkChngCnfg Enter a value to configure the drive s response to Controller to Drive default links being removed A default link is a link automatically set up when a communication format is selected for the Controller to Drive connection 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs 2 FltCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 3 Flt RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event not create hazards of injury or equipment damage Values Default Options Default Options Default Options 2
268. e contacts wired in series presented to the drive from the motor The first input must energize Digital Input6 Hardware Enable on the drive control board TB2 terminal 16 The second input must energize the relay coil on the DriveGuard Safe Off with Second Encoder option board terminals 1 amp 2 on the board This option board must be installed in the drive for ATEX applications It is offered with a 24V DC coil only Both input signals are wired with respect to the drive s digital input common when using a control board with 24V I O Motor supplied contacts must have ratings compatible with the input circuit ratings and applied voltage level of the drive Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 ATEX Approved PowerFlex 7005 Phase II Drives in Group II Category 2 Applications with ATEX Approved Motors Appendix E Safe Off Terminal Descriptions No Signal Description 1 XV DC Connections for power to energize coil 2 24V Common 33 3 mA typical 55 mA maximum 3 Monitor N C Normally closed contacts for monitoring relay 4 Common N Status Maximum Resistive Load 250V AC 30V DC 50 VA 60 Watts Maximum Inductive Load 250V AC 30V DC 25 VA 30 Watts Wiring Example AC Line Input Power PowerFlex 7005 Phase Il AC Drive 24V DC Common 24V DC Gate Control Power Supply Safe Off
269. e encoder pulse output from the Heidenhain option card when bit 6 VrtlMasterEn of Par 266 Heidn Encdr Type is set When this bit is off 0 the direction of the encoder pulse output is the same as Par 1155 Heidn VM Pos Ref and the reverse of Par 1155 when this bit is set 1 Bits 10 12 form a 3 bit moving average filter sampling rate See Table 263A Sample Rate Bit Settings Notes This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 This parameter was changed to non linkable for firmware version 3 001 Added bit 7 for firmware version 4 001 Options Reserved Reserved Reserved SmplRate bt2 SmplRate bt1 SmplRate bt0 Reserved Reserved VM Direction SW Reset Direction Table 263A Sample Rate Bit Settings Bit 12 11 10 Exponent Value n Filter Sample Size 2 1 0 1 2 2 4 3 8 Default 4 16 5 32 6 64 7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 127 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 264 265 Heidenhain0 Stat Indicates fault and alarm statuses on the Heidendhain encoder feedback option card and Endat communication BitO VM Enc Out when set indicates that the encoder output from the Heidenhain option card is the virtual encoder position determined by Par 1155 Heidn VM Pos Ref Bit 1 Emul Enc Out when set indicates that the encoder output from the Heidenhain option card is the emulated encoder position determined by the connected Heidenhain encoder Bit 5 Sig Amplitud
270. e entering into the drive Par 465 MC Diag Error 3 Drive current inductance voltage and speed are not within motor nameplate specifications This fault occurs most frequently Verify that the encoder if used and velocity on low horsepower motors feedback is correct Change the tuning mode in Par 515 FVC Tune Config to 9 NoRotate Tune 24 DCBusOvervolt 1 A DC Bus overvoltage has occurred e Verify the AC Line e Verify that either the brake or bus regulator is enabled Par 414 Brake Bus Cnfg bit 0 Brake Enable or bit 3 Bus Reg Enable respectively Verify that Par 128 Regen Power Lim is set properly If Par 414 Brake Bus Cnfg bit 0 Brake Enable is set verify that the braking resistor is properly sized 25 nvTrans Desat 1 The IGBT detects a transistor failure Desaturation 146 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 Troubleshooting Chapter 3 No Name Type Description Action 26 Ground Fault 1 A current to earth exceeds 3596 of the peak drive rating Check the motor and external wiring to the drive output terminals for a grounded condition 27 nstOvercurrent 1 The instantaneous motor current exceeds 21496 of the rating Reduce the mechanical load Check the motor and external wiring to the motor 28 VPL MC Comm Fail 1 A communication failure has occurred between the Velocity Position Loop
271. e number of time steps from stick to slip each step is 0 002 sec Example Value 524 means 5 time steps between stick and slip each of 0 002 sec duration 2 counts of hysteresis or 0 001 pu speed each count is 0 0005 pu speed and 4 counts or 0 002 pu speed is the trigger threshold each count is 0 0005 pu speed 66 FricComp Stick Default 0 1500 Y Real he torque needed to break away from zero speed By nature of friction the break away sticktion will always be Min Max 0 0000 8 0000 greater than the running friction Units PU 67 FricComp Slip Default 0 1000 Y JRW Real he torque level to sustain very low speed once break away has been achieved By nature of friction viscous Min Max 0 0000 8 0000 friction will always be less than sticktion Units PU 68 FricComp Rated Default 0 2000 Y RW Real he torque needed to keep the motor running at base speed and with no process loading The friction Min Max 0 0000 8 0000 compensation algorithm assumes a linear or viscous component of friction between Par 67 FricComp Slip and Units PU Par 68 FricComp Rated 69 FricComp Trq Add Default 0 0000 RO Real he torque reference output of the Friction Compensation function A value of 1 0 represents rated torque ofthe Min Max 8 0000 P U motor Units PU Scale Motor P U Torque 71 Filtered SpdFdbk Default 0 0000 RO Real Displays the motor speed feedback value output from the feedback Lead Lag filter
272. e will effect a change in polarity 746 __ PositRef EGR Div Default 11 32 bit An integer value in the denominator of the EGR function that divides into the product of the numerator andthe Min Max 1 2000000 Integer selected position reference Remainders are accumulated and not lost 747 Position Cmmd Default 0 RO 32 bit Final accumulated command to the position regulator When the position regulator is not enabled this parameter Min Max 2147483648 Integer is initialized to Par 762 Position Fdbk or to the selected position reference as determined by Par 750 Position Control bit 6 Thereafter its value will reflect the result of reference and offset changes 748 CoarsePosit Trgt Default 0 Y 32 bit Input to the interpolator This is a coarse position target reference in Max 2147483648 Integer 749 nterp Position Default 0 RO 32 bit Input to the interpolator This is a fine position target reference 2147483648 Integer 750 Coarse Spd Trgt Default 0 Y RW Real Input to the interpolator This is a coarse speed target reference 2200000000 0000 751 Interp Speed Default 0 RO Real Output from the interpolator This is a fine speed target reference in Max 8 0000 P U 752 Interp AccelRate Default 0 RO Real Output from interpolator This is a fine acceleration rate First derivative of Par 750 Course Spd Trgt if available or Min Max 8 0000 P U zero 0 if not av
273. eal 06 1017 Xsync Out 1 789 rend Control 556 UserData Real 07 1018 Xsync Out 2 791 rend In1 DInt 570 UserData Real 08 1019 Xsync Out 2 Dly 792 rend In1 Rea 571 UserData Real 09 1020 Xsync Out 3 794 rend In2 DInt 574 UserData Real 10 1021 Xsync Out 3 Dly 795 rend In2 Rea 575 UserFunct Actual 1001 Xsync Status 786 rend In3 Dint 578 UserFunct Enable 1000 Zero Speed Lim 160 rend In3 Rea 579 V Hz Mode Config 513 rend In4 DInt 582 V Hz Status 540 rend In4 Rea 583 Vds Command 498 rend Mark DIn 567 Vds Fdbk Filt 441 rend Mark Real 568 Vds Max 438 rend Out1 Dint 572 Vds Min 440 rend Out Rea 573 VirtEncPositFast 1160 rend Out2 Dint 576 Virt Encdr Dlyed 63 rend Out2 Rea 577 Virt Encdr Posit 62 rend Out3 Dint 580 Virt Encoder EPR 61 rend Out3 Rea 581 Virtual Edge Rev 225 rend Out4 Dint 584 Voltage Class 403 rend Out4 Rea 585 VoltFdbkLossCnfg 394 rend PreSamples 566 VPL Build Number 315 rend Rate 559 VPL Firmware Rev 314 rend State 558 VPL Mem Address 479 rend Status 557 VPL Mem Data Bit 482 rend Trig Bit 565 VPL Mem Data 481 rend Trig Data 564 VPL Mem Data Int 480 rend TrigA DInt 560 VPL Mem Link Flt 484 rend TrigA Real 561 VPL Mem Link Int 483 rend TrigB DInt 562 VPL Mem Password 478 rend TrigB Real 563 Vqs Command 497 rendBuffPointer 569 Vqs Fdbk Filt 42 tq CurFdbk Iq 499 Max 437 rq NegLim Actl 124 Vqs Min 439 rq PosLim Actl 123 VqsReg Err Lmt 588 rq Ref TP Data 131 VqsReg Off Freq 462 Tq Ref TP Sel 130 VqsReg O
274. ed by Min Max 6 0000 0 0000 adjustable high and low limits Units JU Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 104 51155 5 Reg Kp Default 8 0000 Y RW Real Sets the proportional gain of the Speed Regulator when sensorless motor speed feedback is used This value is Min Max 0 0000 200 0000 automatically calculated based on the bandwidth set in Par 106 Srlss Spd Reg BW Proportional gain may be manually adjusted by setting Par 106 to zero This gain setting has no units per unit torque per unit speed error 105 SrLss Spd Reg Ki Default 18 0000 Y Real Sets the integral gain of the Speed Regulator when sensorless motor speed feedback is used This value is Min Max 0 0000 4095 8000 automatically calculated based on the bandwidth set in Par 106 Srlss Spd Reg BW Integral gain may be Units s manually adjusted by setting Par 106 to zero Units are s per unit torque sec per unit speed error 106 51155 Spd Reg BW Default 10 0000 Y RW Real Sets the bandwidth of the Speed Regulator when sensorless motor speed feedback is used Bandwidth is also Min Max 0 0000 30 0000 referred to as the crossover frequency Small integral time response is approximately 1 BW and is the time to Units rad s reach 6396 of set point A change to this parameter will cause an automatic update of Par 104 Srlss Spd Reg and Par 105 Srlss Spd Reg Ki To disable the automatic gain calculation set this parameter to zero 38 Rockwell Automa
275. ed if the higher start accel boost level were used 3 Parameters 529 Break Voltage and 530 Break Frequency are used to increase the slope of the lower portion of the Volts Hertz curve providing additional torque 4 Parameters 1 Motor NP Volts and 3 Motor NP Hertz set the upper portion of the curve to match the motor design and mark the beginning of the constant horsepower region Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 165 AppendixB Application Notes 5 Parameters 531 Maximum Voltage and 532 Maximum Freq slope that portion of the curve used above base speed Maximum Voltage Motor NP Volts Break Vollage Start Acoel Boost Run Boost Break Motor NP Hertz Maximum Frequency Frequency Motor Overload Setting Parameter 338 Mtr I2T Spd Min Parameter 338 Mtr I2T Spd Min sets the minimum speed for the motor overload 12 function This value determines the minimum speed the drive should run below the minimum current threshold set in parameter 337 Mtr I2T Curr Min Parameters 338 Mtr 121 Spd Min and 337 Mtr I2T Curr Min set the first current speed breakpoint From this point the current threshold is linear to the value specified by the motor service factor set in parameter 336 Motor OL Factor Set this parameter to the minimum value for the motor overload trip to vary in time at low speeds Figure 3 Motor Overload Curve When Par 338 Mtr I2T Spd Min Is Less Than 1 0 When motor curren
276. ed reference limit Min Max 8 0 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Changed the default value and made the parameter Units rpm linkable for firmware version 4 001 1138 PPMP Over Ride Default 11 0 Y RW Real Multiplies both forward Par 1136 PPMP Rev Spd Lim and reverse Par 1137 PPMP Fwd Spd Lim speed limits Min Max 0 0 1 5 by this value Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Changed the default value minimum value and made the parameter linkable for firmware version 4 001 1139 PPMP Accel Time Default 10 00 Y RW Real Sets the ramp time for acceleration time to go from zero to full speed in Max 10 01 6553 50 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Units 5 1140 PPMP Decel Time Default 10 00 Y IRW Real Sets the ramp time for deceleration time to go from full speed to zero speed in Max 0 01 6553 50 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Units 5 1141 PPMP SCurve Time Default 0 05 Y RW Real Sets the amount of time that is applied to the 5 Curve Half of the time specified is added at the beginning and Min Max 0 00 4 00 half end of the acceleration and deceleration ramp Units Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1142 PPMP Spd Output Default 0 0 RO Real Provides a speed reference output from the Motion Planner Typically this parameter would be used by the drives 8 0 speed loop A link cou
277. ef Used in some applications to synchronize the _ Min Max 14112 0000 speed reference value through SynchLink This master drive Par 43 Ramped Spd Ref would then be transmitted Units rpm to the slave drives over SynchLink Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 46 Scaled Spd Ref Default 0 0000 RO Real Displays the speed command after scaling Min Max 14112 0000 Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 47 SpdRef Spd Trm1 Default 10 0000 RO Real Displays the final speed command used by the Speed Regulator It is the sum of Par 46 Scaled Spd Ref and Min Max 8 0000 P U Par 21 Speed Trim 1 Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 P U 48 Spd Ref Bypass2 Default 0 0000 Y RW Real The speed command after the limit ramp and s curve blocks Link a source directly to this parameter to bypass Min Max 8 0000 P U these blocks Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 49 Selected SpdRefA Default 10 0000 RO Real Used to view the value of Speed Reference A Par 27 Speed Ref A Sel from a Human Interface Module HIM Min Max 8 0000 Note This parameter is new for firmware version 3 001 Units rpm 50 Selected SpdRefB Default 0 0000 RO Real Used to view the value of Speed Reference B Par 28 Speed Ref B Sel from a HIM Min Max 8 0000 Note This parameter is new for firmware version 3 001 Units rpm 53 Drive Ramp Rslt Default 0 RO 32 bit Displays the speed reference va
278. efault 350 RW 16 bit n Setsthe Integral 1 gain for the flux regulator Do not change this value Min Max 0 32767 Integer 445 Slip Gain Max Default 300 RW 16 bit Displays the maximum slip frequency allowed in the motor control The scaling is in hertz x 256 This value is Min Max 100 10000 Integer A determined during the auto tune procedure Do not change this value Units 446 1 Gain Min Default 50 RW 16 bit Displays the minimum slip frequency allowed in the motor control The scaling is in hertz x 256 This value is Min Max 0 100 Integer Cy determined during the auto tune procedure Do not change this value Units 96 447 SSlipRegP Gain Default 35 RW 16 bit n Sets the Proportional P gain for the slip regulator Do not change this value Min Max 0 32767 Integer 448 Slip Reg Gain Default 100 RW 16 IA Sets the Integral 1 gain for the slip regulator Do not change this value Min Max 0 32767 Integer Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 81 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters No Values E a Description 2 9 5 2 5 5 449 57155 Ki Default 250 RW 16 bit Sets the integral gain of the Frequency Regulator which estimates motor speed when sensorless feedback is Min Max 0 32767 Integer A selected Do not change this value 450 SrLss FreqReg Kp Default 350 RW 16 bit
279. elect This display should only be used if the selected value is Min Max 8 0 PU Real data Position Control Set bits to enable various position control functions Setting bit 1 Speed Out En enables position regulator output at Par 318 Posit Spd Output Setting bit 2 Integ En enables integrator operation Resetting it resets the integrator Setting bit 3 Integ Hold holds integrator in present state Setting bit 4 X Offset Pol reverses polarity of offset parameters Setting bit 5 XOffset Ref permits changing the value of position offsets without changing actual position Resetting it makes the position offset relative to the re referenced value or the latched value upon enable if re reference was not performed Bit 6 AbsPositCtrl may be set when a multi turn absolute feedback device is used for Point to Point positioning Activating this bit will ReRef the position reference to the absolute feedback when position control is activated in bit 7 Regulator On of Par 741 Position Status If the value at Par 758 Pt Pt Posit Ref is different than the feedback in Par 763 Position Actual a position error will exist and the machine will move to position when activated When bit 6 AbsPositCtrl is high bit 9 SetZeroPosit of Par 740 Position Control may be used to set the zero home position accumulators This can only be used when the drive is not in run and Par 740 Position Control bit 6 1 true Setti
280. emou oL 12 KED duio5 GD Coo ons dwo9 eaul 91607 suondo jonuoo 59 gt 8 dwog uonou 1003 enbio uonouJ jeupeeds H e Cig D 4 bij dwogou4 jeu pds dwogou4 Jepo2u3 NHIN Eng ueog euo Aejaq NOS 5 ejeis 19 gt u3 5 pds 21607 ze row 2 5 F jeus eris jpou euo pou3 gt jodium bt jodiun zk est 02k 291 gt 9 3107 misc jeu pds xew Jeu pds ur pds ul 1e8e1u usy dwey eAug CHE jeu pds Jeu pds BS EED dureupds eieis uo 21607 oo suondo 2 ysel 21607 82u818J8H O1JUOD peeds 17 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Control Block Diagrams Appendix C nO 1nofeu
281. ep Wake function Bit 9 Stop Latch when set a Stop command is being issued from the sleep mode Bit 10 Start Latch Not used Bit 11 Not Running when set the drive is not running Bit 12 Level Cnflct when set the value of Par 280 Wake Level or Par 282 Sleep Level is outside the Min Max range of the assigned analog input mA or V Or if in direct mode the value of Sleep Level is greater than the value of Wake Level Note This parameter was added with firmware version 5 002 v Options unused 3 unused 2 unused 1 Default jx x x 0 0 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 Table 284A Sleep Wake Mode Active State Bit 7 6 5 ActiveMode 0 0 0 Driveispowering up 0 0 1 Driveisasleep 0 1 0 Driveiswaiting 0 1 1 Driveisawake 285 Linearl Config Used to configure a linear encoder when a Multi Device Interface MDI feedback card is installed Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Bit 5 Direction Setting this bit to 1 inverts the count up down direction of the linear feedback position Par 252 FB Opt1 If FB Opt1 Posit has been counting up for forward feedback sensor travel then setting this bit will cause FB Opt1 Posit to count down The opposite behavior will occur when the sensor moves in the other direction Bit 6 Stahl Linear Setting this bit to 1 indicates to the MDI card that a Stahl type linear device is be
282. equest xi o3eAuqg 4 ejegieeupeuyequest 4 ejegieeupeuyequest woa ejegieeupeuyequest woy ejegieeupeuyequest woy ejegieeupeuyequest woy 4 H SYOUSOd Be xi6o1 soxibo1eAuquio Be xibo1 4 Lusogesieod Be xibo1 eoxibo1eAuquioiJ Be xi6o1 xi6o1 puewwoyoibo7 Be xi6o1 4 10413uonisog Be xi601 OL eco Jenjovuonisog xi601 g0xibo1eAug OL Ge qp4uonisod Be x1607 eo Snyeyguonisog poxi6o1eAug OL Coes oL 629 4ueunoindino xi607 zoxiboqeAug OL zo 2lappdspejeyi4 xibo1 x1607 Czo xiDo18Aug Z S004 Xe 41eMog SHO Cas
283. equired for correct operation in this mode Refer to PowerFlex 700 Permanent Magnet Motor Specifications on page 201 for a list of compatible Allen Bradley permanent magnet motors and motor data to be used with the PowerFlex 700 Phase II drives Volts Hertz Control v2 003 and Later Volts Hertz control is used in fan pump or multi motor applications Volts Hertz operation creates a fixed relationship between output voltage and output frequency Configuration Volts Hertz control is selected by setting parameter 485 Motor Ctrl Mode 3 V Hz Volts Hertz allows a wide variety of patterns using linear segments The default configuration is a straight line from zero to rated voltage and frequency This is the same volts hertz ratio that the motor would see if it were started across the line As seen in the diagram below the volts hertz ratio can be changed to provide increased torque performance when required The shaping takes place by programming five distinct points on the curve 1 Parameter 527 Start Acc Boost is used to create additional torque for breakaway from zero speed and acceleration of heavy loads at lower speeds 2 Parameter 528 Run Boost is used to create additional running torque at low speeds The value is typically less than the required acceleration torque The drive will lower the boost voltage to this level when running at low speeds not accelerating This reduces excess motor heating that could be caus
284. er unit speed Note 1 per unit position is the distance traveled in 1 sec at base motor speed 772 XReg Integ LoLim Default 176 4000 Y RW Real he negative limit of the position regulator integral gain Min Max 14112 0000 0 0000 Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 P U 773 XReg Integ HiLim Default 176 4000 Y Real he positive limit ofthe position regulator integral gain Min Max 0 0000 14112 0000 Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 774 XReg Integ Out Default 0 RO Real he output of the position regulator integral channel after application of the limits This output is set to zero if Min Max 14112 0000 he integral gain is set to zero or the integrator is not enabled Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 P U 775 XReg Spd LoLim Default 176 4000 Y IRW Real he negative speed limit of total position regulator output Point to point mode uses this parametertosetthe Min Max 14112 0000 0 0000 reverse speed reference Units rpm Scale Par4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 P U 776 XReg Spd HiLim Default 1176 4000 Y RW Real he positive speed limit of total position regulator output Point to point mode uses this parameter to setthe Min Max 0 0000 14112 0000 orward speed reference Units rpm Scale Par4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 P U 777 PositionFdbk C vow mn Default 0 Encoder 0 Enter a value to select the position control feedback device The feedback device used for position contr
285. er up and is not user adjustable 3 High Voltage Default 5 0000 Min Max 2 0000 100 0000 Units us Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 77 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters Values E NES Description x gg 5 5 405 Dead Time Comp Default 0 RW 16 bit The amount of voltage correction used to compensate for the loss of voltage during dead time Do not adjust Min Max 0 200 Integer Contact factory for alternative settings Units 406 Power Loss Mode Default 0 Coast Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a loss of input power as sensed by an input voltage below the Options 10 Coast 3 Reserved value specified in Par 408 Power Loss Level 1 Reserved 4 Reserved Enter a value of 0 to make the drive fault and coast to a stop supply no current to the motor after the 2 Continue 5 Flux Only amount of time specified in Par 407 Power Loss Time has expired Enter a value of 2 to make the drive fault and continue normal operation after the amount of time specified in Par 407 Power Loss Time has expired Enter a value of 5 to make the drive provide only motor flux current during the power loss time 407 Power Loss Time Default 2 0000 RW Real Sets the amount of time that the drive will remain in
286. erify that control power voltage is correct Apply AC power and control voltages to the drive The drive and HIM will power up IMPORTANT When power is first applied the HIM may require approximately five seconds until commands are recognized including the Stop key Ifthe STS status LED is NOT flashing green refer to Status Indicators on page f1390r more information e Ifany digital input is configured to Stop CF CF Clear Faults or Enable verify that signals are present or the drive will not start See Table 1 on page 17 for other causes of a start inhibit When prompted on the HIM select a display language and press Enter The PowerFlex 700 Start Up screen displays for drives that have not been previously configured TIP If the Assisted Start routine has already been accessed and started you can return to and continue with the Start Up routine See Access the Start Up Routine on page 155 for more information Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 Drive Start Up Chapter 1 Start Up the Drive 6 Press Enter e on the HIM The Assisted Start routine will prompt you for the required information needed to start up the drive and complete the autotuning procedures See Figure 1 on page 16 fora flow chart of the Assisted Start routine Note When starting up some high impedance motor applications the Power Circuit Test may fail If this test fails the HIM d
287. eroSpeed 27 Cmpr 2 lt 13 Speed Limit 28 Cmpr 2 A gt B 14 CurrentLimit Default 00000000000000000000000000000000 Min 00000000000000000000000000000000 Max 1111111111111111111111111111111 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Name Values ar n Description 4 8 55 8 Anlg Out2 Offset Default 0 0000 Y Real Provides an offset for Analog Output 2 before the scaling and limit blocks in the Analog Output 2 function This Min Max 2200000000 0000 parameter value is summed with either Par 839 Anlg Out2 DInt or Par 840 Anlg Out2 Real at the beginning of the function 8 Anlg Out2 Scale Default 0 0000 Y Real Scales the range of the source parameter to the range of Analog Output 2 For example If Par 838 Anlg Out2 Sel Min Max 2200000000 0000 isset to 1 Output Freq the output frequency of the drive is 0 60Hz and you enter 6 in this parameter Par 844 Units N Anlg Out2 Value 6Hz per 1V or 0 60Hz Par 839 Anlg Out2 Dint or Par 840 Anlg Out2 Real is multiplied by this number after the limit function Note The turn off point for this parameter has been changed from 0 001 to 0 0001 for firmware version 4 002 8 Anlg Out2 Zero Default 10 0000 y Real Applies an offset to the scaled value of Analog Output 2 This parameter is summed with the
288. es Note that you must have a high Magnet Motors resolution Stegmann or Heidenhain encoder or compatible resolver Table 9 Motor Name Plate and Rating Specifications Parameter No 1 2 3 4 5 7 Model Number Motor NP Volts MotorNPFLA _ MotorNP Motor RPM MotorNP Currentpeak System Cont Stall Motor line to line V rms rms Frequency oper rpm Power KW Poles Arms Torque N m RPM Hz rpm MPM A1151M 240 42 333 3 5000 0 90 8 21 6 2 18 6000 MPM A1152F 240 59 266 7 4000 140 8 317 4 74 5000 MPM A1302F 240 74 266 7 4000 1 65 8 35 6 5 99 4500 MPM A1304F 240 8 1 233 3 3500 2 20 8 34 2 9 30 4000 MPM A1651F 240 14 5 200 0 3000 2 50 8 52 2 10 70 5000 MPM A1652F 240 18 1 233 3 3500 4 03 8 73 0 13 50 4000 MPM A1653F 240 23 2 200 0 3000 5 10 8 84 3 18 60 4000 MPM A2152F 240 33 7 133 3 2000 5 20 8 89 0 27 00 4000 MPM A2153F 240 328 1333 2000 5 80 8 852 34 00 4600 MPM A2154C 240 248 116 7 1750 6 50 8 89 8 55 00 2000 MPM A2154E 240 29 6 1333 2000 7 00 8 90 7 44 00 2650 MPM B1151F 480 15 266 7 4000 0 75 8 7 0 2 18 5000 MPM B1151T 480 31 3333 5000 0 90 8 14 5 2 18 7000 MPM B1152C 480 23 166 7 2500 1 20 8 8 8 2 18 3000 MPM B1152F 480 29 266 7 4000 140 8 15 5 44 5200 MPM B1152T 480 52 266 7 4000 140 8 26 8 4 74 7000 MPM B1153E 480 27 200 0 3000 1 40 8 15 3 6 55 3500 MPM B1153F 480 3
289. es the node s communication format for receiving SynchLink data This determines the number of axis data i i direct data and buffered data words received Configure the format by using the Peer Communication window in viue Axis A Direct D Buffered B the DriveExecutive programming software Options 0 0 0 0 Option 14 can be used to allow the drive to receive position data that can be used as a position reference 6 1 2 4 Notes Options 6 and 16 were added for firmware version 2 004 Option 14 was added and this parameter was changed to non linkable for firmware version 3 001 7 0 2 18 9 0 4 8 14 1 3 14 16 1 4 4 17 0 4 18 51 DirectSel0 Default No Data Determines the destination for the data received at word 0 of direct received data Configure Options 0 No Data 14 Reserved he selection by using the Peer Communication window NE EP 1 SL Multiply 15 Reserved SL Rx DirectSel1 _ Er MO 2 Event PO 16 Reserved Determines the destination for the data received at word 1 of direct received data Configure _ 4 EP 2 Event P1 17 Reserved he selection by using the Peer Communication window _ EP Reserved 18 Reserved SL Rx DirectSel2 5 Reserved 19 Reserved Determines the destination for the data received at word 2 of direct received data Configure _ 4 EP 2 6 Reserved 20 Reserved he selection by using the Peer
290. eter value formatted in floating point can only source data to a destination parameter value that is also floating point Establishing A Link Steps Key s Example Displays 1 Select a valid destination parameter to be linked The parameter value screen displays Decel Time 1 2 Press Enter to edit the parameter The cursor will move to the value line e S Curve Time 3 Press ALT and then View Sel Next press the Up or Down qc Arrow to change Present Value to Define Link Press Enter Min 0 01000 or c6 4 Enterthe Source Parameter Number and press Enter The linked parameter can now be viewed two different ways e Present Value by repeating steps 1 4 and selecting Present Value or Define Link If an attempt is made to edit the value of a e Define Link a linked parameter Parameter is Linked will be displayed indicating that the value is coming from a source parameter and cannot be edited m arameter 5 To remove a link repeat steps 1 5 and change the source Accel Time 1 parameter number to zero 0 ru nalog In1 Data 6 Press Escto return to the group list Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 159 AppendixA Interface Module Overview Remove Install the HIM 160 The HIM can be removed or installed while the drive is powered Steps To remove the HIM 1 Press ALT and the
291. ets the responsiveness of the current limit This parameter should not be changed by the user Min Max 0 10000 Integer Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 363 Ki Current Limit Default 1500 RW 16 bit Current Limit Integral gain This gain is applied to the current limit error signal to eliminate steady state current Min Max 0 10000 Integer A limit error A larger value increases overshoot during a step of motor current load This parameter should not be changed by the user Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters No Name Values Description 5 5 5 364 Kd Current Limit Default 500 RW 16 bit Current Limit Derivative gain This gain is applied to the sensed motor current to anticipate a current limit Min Max 0 10000 Integer A condition A larger value reduces overshoot of the current relative to the current limit value This parameter should not be changed by the user Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 365 Fdbk LsCnfg Pri Default 2 FltCoastStop 366 Fdbk LsCnfg Alt Default 1 Alarm 367 FdbkLsCnfgPosit M Enter a value to configure the drive s response to an Encoder 0 1 Loss exception event Default 1 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm
292. f data Boolean 1066 Logic 1B Bit Default 0 RW 16 bit Selects the bit of Par 1065 Logic 1B Data for the second input to Logic Block 1 Min Max 31 32 Integer Note To invert the selected input enter the desired bit as negative Use 32 to invert bit 0 1067 Logic2A Data Default 0 Y RW 32 bit Selects the data word for the first input to Logic Block 2 See Par 1061 Logic Config Min Max 32 bits of data Boolean 1068 Logic2A Bit Default 0 RW 16 bit Selects the bit of Par 1067 Logic 2A Data for the first input to Logic Block 2 Min Max 31 32 Integer Note To invert the selected input enter the desired bit as negative Use 32 to invert bit 0 1069 Logic2B Data Default 0 Y RW 32 bit Selects the data word for the second input to Logic Block 2 See Par 1061 Logic Config Min Max 32 bits of data Boolean 1070 Logic2B Bit Default 0 RW 16 bit Selects the bit of Par 1069 Logic 2B Data for the second input to Logic Block 2 Min Max 31 32 Integer Note To invert the selected input enter the desired bit as negative Use 32 to invert bit 0 1071 Compare Default 10 0000 Y IRW Real Sets input A for the Compare 1 function The compare function allows the user to compare two values The results Min Max 2200000000 0000 ofthe compare are displayed in Par 1062 Logic Cmpr State Available functions are gt 1072 Compare 1B Default 10 0000 Y IRW Real Sets input B for the Compare 1 The compare fu
293. f the fault must be corrected before the fault can be cleared 2 User Configurable Programming and commissioning personnel can configure the drive response to the exception events Response include Ignore Alarm Fault Coast Stop Fault Ramp Stop Fault Current Limit Stop Non Configurable Alarm Can only be configured as a alarm 14 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Troubleshooting Chapter 3 Fault Description S Table 6 Fault Alarm Descriptions Actions and Configuration Parameters No Name Description Action 1 Abs Ovespd Det 1 The motor speed has exceeded the limits set in Par 75 Rev Speed Limit Par Check to see if the encoder feedback polarity is 76 Fwd Speed Limit and Par 335 Abs OverSpd Lim correct e Check to see if the drive is in torque mode selected in Par 110 Speed TorqueMode value 2 Torque Ref If the drive is in torque mode verify that there is a load present e Verify the min max settings in Par 75 Rev Speed Lim and Par 76 Fwd Speed Lim e Check to see if the load is overhauling If it is overhauling turn the bus regulator off using Par 414 Brake Bus Cnfg bit 2 BusRef High 2 Vref Decel Fail 1 The value of Par 301 Motor Spd Ref has failed to decrease during a rampto This could possibly be due to a speed trim from Par 21 zero speed stop
294. f zero disables the slew rate function on both the Vqs regulator output and the slip regulator output Par 553 defines the slew rate for the slip regulator and Par 586 IdsCmd Slew Rate defines the slew rate for the Vqs regulator Notes This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 This parameter was renamed from Flux Gain Adjust to SlewRateTimeLimit the default value was changed to 10 0 and the minimum value was changed to 0 0 for firmware version 4 001 534 Nth CompOff Freq Default 819 RW 16 bit The Nth compensation current amplitude is constant defined by Par 595 Nth Amplitude up to this Min Max 0 32767 nteger frequency then linearly reduced to zero at the frequency of 534 6 25 Scaling 4096 Par 3 Motor NP Hertz Note This parameter was added for firmware version 5 002 535 Mth CompOff Freq Default 819 RW 16 bit The Mth compensation current amplitude is constant defined by Par 598 Mth Amplitude up to this Min Max 0 32767 nteger frequency then linearly reduced to zero at the frequency of 535 6 25 Scaling 4096 Par 3 Motor NP Hertz Note This parameter was added for firmware version 5 002 537 SrlssAngleStblty Default 51 0 RW 16 bit Adjusts the electrical angle to maintain stable motor operation An increase in the value increases the angle Min Max 0 0 32767 0 nteger adjustment 538 5155 VoltStbity Default 930 RW 16 bit Adjusts the voltage to maintain s
295. fault 1 0000 Y IRW Real Set this value for scaling of the Dint MOP output The MOP is calculated and controlled as a Real value MOP Use Min Max 2200000000 0000 this scaler to adjust for an integer value Use this parameter to scale the conversion from Par 1090 MOP Level Real to Par 1092 MOP Level Dint MOP Level DInt Default 10 0000 RO 32 bit Actual output value of the MOP as a DInt number This value is scaled by Par 1091 Scale Dint 2147483648 Integer In1LossCnfg Default 0 Disabled Anlg In2LossCnfg Options 0 Disabled 4 Set Input Hi Anlg In3LossCnfg P 1 Fault 5 Goto Preset1 Selects drive action when an analog input signal loss is detected Signal loss is defined as an analog signal less Lo 2 aha 2 Hold Input 6 Hold OutFreq than 1 Vor 2 mA The signal loss event ends and normal operation resumes when the input signal is greater than Lo 3 Set Input Lo or equal to 1 5 V or 3 mA Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 AddSub 1 Input Default 1 0000 Y RW Real Input value to be added to and or subtracted from as need with the Add and Subtract function This input will be Min Max 2200000000 0000 added with Par 1097 AddSub 1 Add The result will be subtracted from by the value in Par 1098 AddSub 1 Subtrct The result of the operation is loaded to Par 1099 AddSub 1 Result Equation Par 1096 Par
296. fault 0 0000 Link this parameter to a real floating point source parameter that will control Analog Output 2 Min Max 2200000000 0000 114 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 output condition returns to its original state before the delay timer reaches the setpoint the delay timer will be aborted and the corresponding output status or digital output will not change state Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Dig Out2 Sel Identifies the signal used on Digital Output 2 If the desired signal is not available in the selection list choose option 0 User Select and link with Par 851 Dig Out 2 Data and Par 852 Dig Out2 Bit to select the desired parameter and bit for output Dig Out2 Data Link a word to this parameter that will control Digital Output 2 The bit within the selected word that will control Digital Output 2 is set by Par 852 Dig Out2 Bit Default 8 Active Options User Select 15 Torque Limit Not Fault 16 Power Limit 2 Not Alarm 17 Fault Ready 18 Alarm 4 Running 19 Command Dir 5 Reserved 20 Actual Dir Reserved 21 Jogging 7 Enable On 22 In Position Active 23 Watch1 AtSpeed 24 Posit Watch2 10 At Setpt 1 25 Cmpr 1 A B 11 Above Setpt 2 26 Cmpr 1 gt 12 At Z
297. fig 517 PPMP TP DataReal 147 PeakDtct Status 211 Port Mask Act 714 PPMP TP Select 145 PeakDtct1 Preset 214 Posit Actl Load 765 PreCharge Delay 472 PeakDtct2 Preset 218 Posit Detct1 In 784 PreChrg Control 41 PI Error 183 Posit Detct2 In 785 PreChrg Err Cnfg 381 PI Feedback 182 Posit FB EGR Div 767 PreChrg TimeOut 410 PI High Limit 191 Posit FB EGR Mul 766 Preset Speed 1 14 PI Integ HLim 188 Posit Gear Ratio 796 Preset Speed 2 15 PI Integ LLim 189 Posit Load Fdbk 764 Preset Speed 3 16 PI Integ Output 190 Posit Offset 1 753 Preset Speed 4 17 134 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Param Name Text Parameter Param Name Text Parameter Param Name Text Parameter Preset Speed 5 18 Sel Swtch In05 034 SL Buf Data Rx18 952 Preset Speed 6 19 Sel Swtch In06 035 SL Buf Data Rx19 953 Preset Speed 7 20 Sel Swtch In07 036 SL Buf Data Rx20 954 Pt Pt Accel Time 759 Sel Swtch 1 08 037 SL Buf Data Rx21 955 Pt Pt Decel Time 760 Sel Swtch In09 038 SL Buf Data 22 956 Pt Pt Filt BW 761 Sel Swtch In10 039 SL Buf Data Rx23 957 Pt Pt Posit Ref 758 Sel Swtch In11 040 SL Buf Data Rx24 958 PWM Frequency 402 Sel Swtch In12 041 SL Buf Data Rx25 959 Pwr Strct Mode 420 Sel Swtch In13 042 SL Buf
298. for firmware version 4 001 794 Xsync Out 3 Default 0 Y RW 32 Sync Generator 32 bit output register Latched to Par 793 Xsync In 3 every time bit 0 Sync Pulse of Par786 Min Max 0 4294967295 Integer Xsync Status is set Note This parameter was changed to an unsigned integer data type and linkable to parameters that are either real or integer values for firmware version 4 001 795 XsyncOut3Dly Default 0 Y RW 32 bit Displays data of Par 794 Xsync Out 3 from the last sync period Min Max 0 4294967295 Integer Note This parameter was changed to an unsigned integer data type and linkable to parameters that are either real or integer values for firmware version 4 001 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 10 wo Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters No Name Values E FEN amp Description x Ss lt 796 Posit Gear Ratio Default 1 00 Y RW Real Sets the load side gear ratio for position control Adjust this value when the selection of Par 777 PositionFdbk Min Max 0 00 9999 00 9 Sel is not 3 Motor Calculation Motor Encoder Rpm Load Encoder Rpm Note This parameter was changed to non linkable for firmware version 3 001 This parameter was changed to be linkable for firmware version 3
299. ft x x x x x x x x ft ft x x x fx 0 False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 1 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True 513 V Hz Mode Config Configures V Hz control mode operation irmware version 3 003 Bits 8 9 and 21 were changed to be not changeable while Notes This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Changed bit 3 from Reserved to FastFluxDsbl for the drive is running ATTENTION Do not modify this parameter Motor Drive instabilities and damage may result a Options 2 5 S uv cs sa cs Za El El cs cs v cs a El oco coco co o o oco oco D o xo oco gt gt gt gt 2 ESSERE 5 9135 os E x uw Default x x x x x x x x x x x x Xx X X X x x Xx Xx x 1d ft x x x x 1d x x x 0 False 109 87 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 1615 14 13 1211 90 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter
300. g Idd Sh Ida xny SL euer SH WIH pejunoj 4 185 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Control Block Diagrams Appendix C JOU eui pepeo 396 7p d pue 99 4 egzd uay jesei S 8 Op4d JI Z 1029 9 esyO sqv 2929 196 2729 gozd 2929 195 S 8 0 0 1 sjueuiufisse eui SHS H Z zd jo uoneAnoe uo 1959 4 019ZX ene dey 20 Kor joquog UONSOd y 70182 pue uonisod y 15 s uonisod eui ueuM e s jurod stu AE C611 uoioN x C811 nuenv yaron x ino Beux 02 CELL ML 04 Bau pds e z moe mE Snieis uoniisod zv Jou
301. g q axis current regulator This and Par 422 Iqs Reg P Gain 0 32767 Integer determine the integral gain for the q axis current regulator Set by the autotune procedure Do change Units rad s this value 422 Iqs Reg P Gain Default 1 0 RW 16 bit Sets the proportional gain ofthe torque producing q axis current regulator Set by the autotune procedure Min Max 0 0 100 0 Integer Do not change this value Scale x10 423 Iqs Rate Limit Default 8000 RW 16 hit Sets the limit ofthe rate of change for the torque producing q axis current regulator Do not change this 0 0 800 0 Integer A parameter Use Par 355 Iq Rate Limited to control the q axis current rate limit Units ms Scale x10 424 Flux Ratio Ref Default 99 99 RW 16 bit Active only in the Field Oriented Control FOC 2 motor control mode when Par 485 Motor Ctrl Mode equals Min Max 12 50 399 99 Integer 1 FOC 2 Provides a scaling factor for the flux producing d axis current reference Units e When active Par 511 FVC2 Mode Config bit 28 FlxRatRef Use is set Flux Producing d axis Current Scale 100 2 32767 Reference Par 488 Flux Current x Par 424 Flux Ratio Ref e When inactive Par 511 FVC2 Mode Config bit 28 FlxRatRef Use is cleared Flux Producing d axis Current Reference Par 488 Flux Current below base speed and Flux Producing d axis Current Reference Par 488 Flux Cu
302. g Msg Err indicates the received package sequence number has not matched for 1 05 Bit5 CommForm indicates the format of received data does not match the configuration of the receive port Bit 6 Sys Rev Err indicates the system revision in the received data does not match the value of Par 900 SynchLink Rev Bit 7 Mult TKeeper indicates more than one node on the SynchLink system is configured as a time keeper Options Ez SAGHE SEE z 8 lt Default x x x x x x x x 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 1109 8 6 5 43 2 1 0 1 True 904 51 Node Cnfg 06 e e e Mo eo Set bits to configure the SynchLink node Setting bit 0 Time Keeper configures the local node as the Time Master Setting bit 2 Sync Now configures the node to synchronize with the Time Master immediately 1 25 per node on power up or recovery If you do not set bit 2 the node will stay in the fast mode taking up to 36S per node to synchronize on power up or recovery Setting bit 3 Reset SL resets SynchLink This can be used to reset SynchLink after a configuration change instead of cycling the drive s power Note This parameter was changed to non linkable for firmware version 3 001 aris in f f SynchLink data This d h ber of axis d efin
303. gequesn xibo3eAuq e qejreAv JOMUOD 10 ui dn moys op eseu uou S 1euue d zoxi amp o1eAuquo14 C BSILOD jeuue d UOO OOXIBoJeAUquiol4 lt 869 UONON c x1607 OL Z 5002 SS SS SE OPS Hee ee 4 7 7 1 4 _ __________ l L 3 l 1 l diay 19 Z4 peeds indino Cae 22 z peeds les jeu uonisog 0 0 44002 UOROWN 10 aq jsnuu jeseJg oJezx 0 JOUOD JO jo aq pigiisodsqy 0 e qeu3 Jojejodieju ejqeu3 doo uonisog e qeu3 AMUI indujouds 1811 pds esieoo xiBo1eAug snjeis 21607 JIN UOROW 6 x67 OL JOMUOD eAug Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 200 Compatible Permanent PowerFlex 700S Permanent Magnet Motor Specifications Appendix D The following table contains a list of specifications for the permanent magnet motors compatible with PowerFlex 700 driv
304. hannel 2 see Check condition of Analog Input channel 2 Par 1094 Anlg In2LossCnfg Change configuration for parameter 1094 Anlg In2LossCnfg 96 Analog In 3 Loss 1 Analog Input channel 3 is lost For configuration of Analog Input channel 3 see Check condition of Analog Input channel 3 Par 1095 Anlg In3LossCnfg Change configuration for parameter 1095 Anlg In3LossCnfg 129 Faults Cleared Indicates that all faults have been cleared Informational only 130 Fault Q Cleared Indicates that the fault queue has been cleared Informational only 131 Alarm Cleared Indicates that all alarms have been cleared Informational only 132 Alarm Q Cleared indicates that the alarm queue has been cleared Informational only 1 Refer to Table 5 on page 144 for Fault Type Descriptions For Allen Bradley Drives Technical Support Title Online at Allen Bradley Drives Technical Support http www rockwellautomation com literature or Call M F 7 00a m to 6 00p m Central STD time 1 262 512 8176 For Automation and Control Technical Support Title Online at Rockwell Automation Technical Support http support rockwellautomation com knowledgebase 150 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Table 7 Fault Alarm Description Cross Reference Troubleshooting Chapter 3 DPI Loss Port 5 Net Loss DPI P1 DPI Loss Port 6 et Loss D
305. he source type for the data transmitted by direct transmit word 1 The source type selections are no data event feedback and drive parameter SL Tx DirectSel2 Determines the source type for the data transmitted by direct transmit word 2 The source type selections are no data event feedback and drive parameter SL Tx DirectSel3 Determines the source type for the data transmitted by direct transmit word 3 The source type selections are no data event feedback and drive parameter Note These parameters were changed to non linkable for firmware version 3 001 SL Rev Events Displays the received event status from Par 917 SL Rx PO Regis SL Clr Events Set these bits to clear the corresponding event latches indicated in Par 915 SL Rcv Events Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Values c w cc Value Axis A Direct D Buffered B Options 0 0 0 0 7 0 2 18 9 0 4 8 14 1 3 14 17 0 4 18 Default 0 No Data Options 0 No Data 14 Reserved 1 SL Multiply 15 Reserved 2 Event PO 16 Reserved 3 Event P1 17 Reserved 4 Reserved 18 Reserved 5 Reserved 19 Reserved 6 Reserved 20 Reserved 7 Reserved 21 Dir Tx Data 8 Reserved 22 Dir Rx Data 9 Reserved 23 EO Accum 10 Event Statu
306. hey occurred Options EEELEI En 2 slo gt fo lelolIscI 2 5 lt gt lt gt gt gt S F 2 5 S S 5 215 2575 SFIS 2 gt 2 5 2 883 83 2 2 2 le e S ie ie SSS 5 5 fe e Default x x x x x x x x x x x x x x JO x x 0 0 0 JO JO 0 x x x x x x x x 0 0 False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 1 109 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 1 Tne 2 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No Name Description cc 465 MC Diag Error 3 Displays the third diagnostic error encountered by the Motor Control MC Errors appear in this parameter in the order in which they occurred A Bit 9 CurrSensor U indicates a current sensing fault in the U phase power structure of a frame 12 drive Bit 11 CurrSensor V indicates a current sensing fault in the V phase power structure of a frame 12 drive Bit 13 CurrSensor W indicates a current sensing fault in the W phase power structure of a frame 12 drive Bit 17 IFlux Range indicates that the Flux current is above 9096 of the motor rated current Note Bits 1 7 10 12 and 18 were changed to Reserved bits 9 11 13 and 17 were changed for firmwa
307. ideo Select Reverse or Normal video for the Frequency and User Display lines Reset User Dspy Return all the options for the User Display to factory default values The PowerFlex 7008S drive is initially set to Basic Parameter View To view all parameters set parameter 196 ParamAccessLvl to option 1 Advanced Parameter 196 is not affected by the Reset to Defaults function LCD HIM Steps 1 Inthe Main Menu press the Up Arrow or Down Arrow to scroll to Parameter 2 Press Enter FGP File appears on the top line and the first three files appear below it 3 Press the Up Arrow or Down Arrow to scroll through the files 4 Press Enter to select a file The groups in the file are displayed under it 5 Repeat steps 3 and 4 to select a group and then a parameter The parameter value screen will appear 6 Press Enter to edit the parameter 7 Press the Up Arrow or Down Arrow to change the value If desired press Sel to move from digit to digit letter to letter or bit to bit The digit or bit that you can change will be highlighted 8 Press Enter to save the value If you want to cancel a change press Esc 9 Press the Up Arrow or Down Arrow to scroll through the parameters in the group or press Esc to return to the group list Numeric Keypad Shortcut Key s 7 62 9 62 S z Example Displays IP File Monitor Motor Control Dynamic Control Group onit
308. idth of a 2nd order Butterworth low pass filter which reduces quantization noise The units are Min Max 0 0000 2000 0000 rad sec A value of 0 will disable the filter The value should be greater than 5 times the value of Units rad s Par 90 Spd Reg BW Note The default value for this parameter was changed from 200 0000 to 700 0000 for firmware version 2 003 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 37 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters No Name Values FP m 2 Description 2 x Ss CE c do 90 Spd Reg BW Default 10 0000 Y RW Real S the bandwidth of the speed regulator in rad sec Bandwidth is also referred to as the crossover frequency Min Max 0 0000 500 0000 Small signal time response is approximately 1 BW and is the time to reach 63 of set point A change to Units rad s parameter will cause an automatic update of Par 81 Spd Reg P Gain and Par 82 Spd Reg I Gain To disable the automatic gain calculation set this parameter to a value of zero 91 Spd Reg Damping Default 1 0000 Y RW Real Sets the damping tocar drive s characteristic equation and factors in the calculation of the integral gain A Min Max 0 5000 3 0000 damping factor of 1 0 is considered critical damp Lowering the damping will produce faster load disturbance rejection but may cause a more oscillator
309. ied by Par 782 In Posit BW for this amount of time before the Min Max 0 0000 10 0000 Position detector sets bit 10 In Position of Par 741 Position Status A momentary out of position indication 5 will reset the internal timer and clear the In Position status bit 784 Posit Dect In Default 0 Y RW 32 bit Provides the input variable for Position Watch 1 Position Watch 1 is enabled and configured with Par 740 Min Max 2147483648 Integer Position Control bits 16 amp 17 Position Watch 1 compares this value with Par 780 PositDetct1 Stpt and sets bit 8 Posit Watch1 of Par 741 Position Status when the appropriate condition is satisfied A default link connects this parameter to Par 763 Position Actual 785 Posit Dect2 In Default 0 Y RW 32 bit Provides the input variable for Position Watch 2 Position Watch 2 is enabled and configured with Par 740 Min Max 2147483648 Integer Position Control bits 18 amp 19 Position Watch 2 compares this value with Par 781 PositDetct2 Stpt and sets bit 9 Posit Watch2 of Par 741 Position Status when the appropriate condition is satisfied A default link connects this parameter to Par 763 Position Actual 786 XsyncStatus Bit 0 Sync Pulse will go high for 0 5ms latching the Sync Generator inputs to the Sync Generator outputs The period at which this bit is set is determined by Par 787 Xsync Gen Period Note Bit 1 was changed to Reserved for firmware version 2 004
310. ific hazardous areas may be used in hazardous areas on inverter variable frequency power When the motor is indicated for ATEX Group II Category 2 for use in gas environments Category 2G the motor must be of flameproof construction EEx d according to ENS0018 or Ex d according to EN60079 1 or IEC60079 1 Group II motors are marked with a temperature or a temperature code When the motor is indicated for ATEX Group II Category 2 for use in dust environments Category 2D the motor must be protected by an enclosure according to ENS0281 1 1 or according to IEC61241 1 Ex tD Group II motors are marked with a temperature The motor over temperature signal supplied to the drive must be a normally clod contact open during over temperature condition compatible with the digital logic input circuitry of the drive If multiple sensors are required in the motor the connection at the drive must be the resultant of all required contacts wired in series Refer to all product markings for additional cautions that may apply e Typical motor markings are contained on a motor certification nameplate similar to the sample below FLAMEPROOF Exd ENCLOSURE EExdl IIB Tamb Cto Q Ex Il 2 G D C oss O IM2 Sira ATEX MFG BY ROCKWELL AUTOMATION IMPORTANT ATEX certification of this drive requires that two separate inputs be configured to monitor a normally closed over temperature contact or multipl
311. ing Bit 4 Energized indicates the resolver is energized Bit 8 Open Wire indicates a problem with the cable open circui Bit 9 Power Supply indicates problem with the option card s power supply Bit 10 Diag Fail indicates the option card has failed its power up diagnostics e s Options p alo ElSlsiz 5 a 5 v v Lis c 5 ojs 2 5 a o T T T T Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 59 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters No Name Values Description cc c 270 0 TP Sel Default 0 Zero Enter or write value to select Fault data displayed in Par 271 Reslvr0 TP Data Options Jen 4 ROEPR 1 RO Edge Time 5 RO Edge Mode RO dEdge 6 ROnMax RO dTime 7 RO Delta2Err 271 Reslvr0 TP Data Default 0 32 bit Displays the data selected by Par 270 Reslvr0 TP Sel Min Max 2147483648 Integer 272 Reslvr0 SpdRatio Default 1 2poles x1 Specifies the speed ratio for the resolver option card port 0 The speed ratio comes from the following formula Options o Zero 3 6 Poles x3 Speed ratio electrical revolutions mechanical revolutions pole count 2 M 2Poles x1 4 8Poles x4 Note Option 0 Zero was added for firmware version 2 004 2 4Poles x
312. ing used It this bit is set to 0 then a Temposonics linear device is being used Bits 10 12 form a 3 bit moving average filter sampling rate See Table 285A Sample Rate Bit Settings Options Stahl Linear Default x x x x x Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 Table 285A Sample Rate Bit Settings Bit 12 11 10 Exponent Value n Filter Sample Size 2 0 0 00 1 0 0 11 2 0 1 02 4 0 1 13 8 Default 1 0 04 16 1 0 15 32 1 1 06 64 1 1 17 127 62 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No 286 287 289 Name Description Linear1 Status Indicates faults on the Multi Device Interface MDI Bit 8 Open Wire indicates an open wire fault Reserved Reserved Linear TP Sel Enter or write a value to select Linear Feedback data displayed in Par 288 Linear1 TP Data Value 0 Zero displays a value of zero Value 1 L1 Edge Time displays the change displays the latency or edge time the time since the last update of Par 252 FB Opt Posit Value 2 L1 dEdge displays the change in Par 252 FB Opt1 Posit since the last feedback sample Value 3 L1 DTime displays the change in time since the last feedback sample Note the sample rate is 10 000 counts per second 10 Mhz Value 4 L1 EPR displays the change in edges per motor revolution This number is the same
313. ions is selected Setting this level lower will make the tach switch detection more sensitive and lower the minimum speed at which a tach switch can occur Setting this level higher will make the tach switch less sensitive and raise the minimum speed for tach switch detection Note This parameter was changed to non linkable for firmware version 3 001 225 Virtual Edge Rev Default 4096 RW 32 bit Set the edges per revolution EPR scaling for calculating motor position Used in the calculation of the position Min Max 10 16777216 Integer feedback such as Par 229 MtrPosit Stimulat Units EPR 226 Motor Speed Est Default 10 0000 RO Real Displays the estimated motor speed calculated when the selected feedback is sensorless or when encoderless Min Max 14112 0000 ridethrough is enabled Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 227 Motor Est Default 0 RO 32 it Summation or integration of Par 226 Motor Speed Est scaled by the value in Par 225 Virtual Edge Rev Min Max 2147483648 Integer 228 Simulated Default 0 0000 RO Real The motor speed output of the motor simulator The motor simulator provides motor speed information during 14112 0000 setup and troubleshooting when actual motor control is not desired or possible To use the motor simulator enter Units rpm a value of 4 in Par 222 Mtr Fdbk Sel Pri or Par 223 Mtr Fdbk Sel Alt Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0
314. is product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into module ports or fiber optic cable connectors 12 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 Drive Start Up Checklist Chapter 1 Drive Start Up This chapter provides the information necessary to start up the PowerFlex 700 Phase II drive Topic Page Drive Start Up Checklist Below Prepare for Initial Drive Start Up 14 Start Up the Drive 15 A Human Interface Module HIM is required to complete this Start Up procedure which uses the Assisted Start routine The Assisted Start routine prompts you for information that is needed to start up a drive for most applications such as line and motor data commonly adjusted parameters and I O settings The Assisted Start routine also performs autotuning procedures See Figure 1 on page 16 for a flow chart of the Assisted Start routine A HIM must be installed in Drive Peripheral Interface DPI Port 1 or 2 Ifa HIM is not installed a remote device should be used to e start up the drive Refer to Human Interface Module Overview on page 153 for more information on using the PowerFlex 7 Class 0 DPI HIM Refer to the Enhanced PowerFlex 7 Class HIM User Manual publication M 20HIM UM001 for information on using the i Enhanced HIM if installed EN DPI Ports 1 and 2 Bat ee 2 3 wire control is the default and recommended mode of use for the Assisted Start rou
315. isplays the following fault description text e Power Circuit Diagnostic Test Detected Error XX no gate open circuit bad I sensor press Enter If this failure occurs do the following Verify the connections between the motor and the drive make sure that a disconnect device or contactor is not interfering with the signal e Press Enter to continue and perform the Direction Test If the Direction Test is successful continue with the Start Up routine ignoring the failure If the Direction Test fails check for an open connection or bad current sensor 7 When the Assisted Start routine is finished and Done Exit displays on the HIM press Enter e to save any changed and or updated data IMPORTANT Always exit the Assisted Start routine before cycling power to the drive Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 15 Chapter1 Drive Start Up PowerFlex 700S Start Up Motor Control Select Motor Control Mode DB Resistor Motor Tests Field Oriented Control Measure Stator Resistance Leakage Inductance Magnetizing Inductance Slip Frequency PMag Motor Measure Encoder Offset Stator Resistance Stator Inductance Back EMF 16 Figure 1 PowerFlex 700S Assisted Start Routine Flow Chart Select a menu option or move down one level Go back one selection or one level 0969 Scroll through all choices Motor Data Enter Motor NP
316. it Displays the position feedback accumulator from the feedback option card port 0 Min Max 2147483648 Integer 251 IFB Opt0 Spd Fdbk Default 0 0000 RO Real Displays the speed feedback from the feedback option card port 0 Min Max 2 14000 0000 Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 252 FB Posit Default 0 RO 32 bit Displays position feedback accumulator from port 1 of the feedback option card Min Max 0 2147483648 Integer 253 IFB Opt1 Spd Fdbk Default 0 0 RO Real Displays speed feedback from port 1 of the feedback option card Min Max 8 0 PU Units rpm 54 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No 254 Name Options Default Description Opt0 1 RegisCnfg Configures the registration latch for port 0 of the feedback option card Bits3 00 RLTrgEdg0 4 00 RLTrgEdg1 19 01 RLTrgEdgO and 20 01 RLTrgEdg1 select which trigger edges signal the position see Table 254A Edge Selection Settings Bits 5 OO RL DirRev 6 00 RL DirFwd 21 01 RL DirRev and 22 01 RL DirFwd set the direction of position capture see Table 2548 Direction Settings Bits8 11 configure a digital filter for the registration trigger signal This filter can be used to reject spurious noise The filter works by waiting a programmed time before deciding that the signal is valid This waiting imposes a mandatory dela
317. it 158 Linear List Format 33 Organization 21 Programming 19 View 158 Parameters Groups Communication 22 Dynamic Control 21 Inputs amp Outputs 22 Monitor 21 Motor Control 21 Position Control 22 Process Control 21 Speed Control 21 Speed Posit Fdbk 22 Torque Control 21 User Functions 22 Utility 22 Permanent Magnet Motors Compatible Motors 201 Specifications 201 Position Control Homing 27 Inter Direct 27 Motion 27 Phase Lock Loop 27 Point to Point 27 Position Config 27 Sync Generator 27 preferences setting 158 Process Control Limit Generator 26 Regulator 26 programmable controller configurations 162 reset to defaults 157 RUN LED DriveLogix 142 S saving data 157 setting preferences 158 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Speed Control Reference 24 Regulator 24 Setpoint Monitor 24 Speed Posit Fdbk Calculated Fdbk 28 Encoder Port 0 1 28 Feedback Config 28 Feedback Opt 0 1 28 Start Inhibit Common Causes Start Inhibit 17 status indicator 140 status indicators 139 status LEDs 139 Status Word Logic 163 T thermistor compatible motors 168 ratings 168 Torque Control Current 25 Torque 25 U User Functions Electronic Gear Ratio 32 Math amp Logic 32 Param amp Config 32 Select Switches 32 Timers 32 user sets 157 Utility Diagnostics 29 Drive Memory 29 Fault Alm Config 29 Peak Detection 29 Test Points 29 Trending 29 V View and Edit Parameters 158
318. itSwap 2B Bit 868 Dead Time Comp 405 Al 2 Filt Gain 810 BitSwap 2B Data 867 Decel Time 1 33 Filt Gain 816 BitSwap 3 Result 874 Delayed Spd Ref 45 Alarm Status 1 326 BitSwap 3A Bit 871 DelayTimer1Accum 1111 Alarm Status 2 327 BitSwap 3A Data 870 DelayTimer1PrSet 1110 Alarm Status 3 328 BitSwap 3B Bit 873 DelayTimer1Stats 1112 Analog 1 0 Units 821 BitSwap 3B Data 872 DelayTimer2Accum 1116 Anlg In1 Data 800 BitSwap 4 Result 879 DelayTimer2PrSet 1115 Anlg In1 Filt BW 805 BitSwap 4A Bit 876 DelayTimer2Stats 1117 Anlg In1 Offset 803 BitSwap 4A Data 875 DelTmr1 Trig Bit 1109 Anlg In1 Scale 802 BitSwap 4B Bit 878 DelTmr1 TrigData 1108 Anlg In1 Value 801 BitSwap 4B Data 877 DelTmr2 Trig Bit 1114 Anlg In1LossCnfg 1093 BitSwap 5 Result 884 DelTmr2 TrigData 1113 Anlg In2 Data 806 BitSwap 5A Bit 881 DeltaSpeedScale 60 Anlg In2 Filt BW 811 BitSwap 5A Data 880 Dig In1 Sel 825 Anlg In2 Offset 809 BitSwap 5B Bit 883 Dig In2 Sel 826 Anlg In2 Scale 808 BitSwap 5B Data 882 Dig In3 Sel 827 Anlg In2 Value 807 BitSwap 6 Result 889 Dig In4 Sel 828 Anlg In2LossCnfg 1094 BitSwap 6A Bit 886 Dig In5 Sel 829 Anlg In3 Data 812 BitSwap 6A Data 885 Dig In6 Sel 830 Anlg In3 Filt BW 817 BitSwap 6B Bit 888 Dig Out Bit 847 Anlg In3 Offset 815 BitSwap 6B Data 887 Dig Out1 Data 846 Anlg In3 Scale 814 Brake OL Cnfg 369 Dig OffTime 849 Anlg In3 Value 813 Brake PulseWatts 416 Dig Out1 On Time 848 Anlg In3LossCnfg 1095 Brake TP Data 419 Dig Out1 Sel 845 Anlg Out1 Dint 832 Brake
319. ith Par 740 Position Min Max 2147483648 Integer Control bits 16 amp 17 Position Watch 1 compares this value with Par 784 Posit Dect1 In and sets bit 8 Posit Watch1 of Par 741 Position Status when the appropriate condition is satisfied 781 PositDetct2 Stpt Default 0 Y IRW 32 bit Provides the set point for Position Watch 2 Position Watch 2 is enabled and configured with Par 740 Position Min Max 2147483648 Integer Control bits 18 amp 19 Position Watch 2 compares this value with Par 785 Posit Dect2 In and sets bit 9 Posit Watch2 of Par 741 Position Status when the appropriate condition is satisfied 782 nPosit BW Default 200 Y RW 32 bit Sets the overall bandwidth of the In Position detector The detector sets bit 10 In Position of Par 741 Position Min Max 0 1000000 Integer Status when Par 769 Position Error is within this bandwidth for a sufficient time specified by Par 783 In Posit Dwell A modest hysteresis count is added to the position bandwidth after the position error is within specified limits 108 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Values ar n Description 4 8 55 783 In Posit Dwell Default 0 0040 Y Real Position error must be within the value specif
320. ition mm _ x Option 0 Ignore 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs 1 Nam 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs 2 FltCoastStop 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to 3 FltRampStop this event 4 FitCurLimStp 3 Flt RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 396 SftOvrTrvlCnfg Default 1 Alarm Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a negative software positioning over travel condition ione Option 0 Ignore 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs 1 Nam 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs 2 FltCoastStop 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to 3 FltRampStop this event Pee 4 FitCurLimStp 3 Flt RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive
321. ix09 636 To DriveLogix10 637 To DriveLogix11 638 To DriveLogix12 639 To DriveLogix13 640 To DriveLogix14 641 To DriveLogix15 642 To DriveLogix16 643 To DriveLogix17 644 To DriveLogix18 645 To DriveLogix19 646 To DriveLogix20 SynchLink Config 904 SL Node Cnfg 905 SL Rx CommFormat 906 SL Rx DirectSel0 907 SL Rx DirectSel1 908 SL Rx DirectSel2 909 SL Rx DirectSel3 910 SL Tx CommFormat 911 SL Tx DirectSel0 912 SL Tx DirectSel1 913 SL Tx DirectSel2 914 SL Tx DirectSel3 915 SL Rev Events 916 SL Clr Events 917 SL Rx PO Regis 918 SL Rx P1 Regis 921 SL Real2DInt In 922 SL Real2DInt Out 923 SL Mult Base 924 SL Mult A In 925 SL Mult B In 926 SL Mult Out 927 SL Mult State SynchLink Output 964 Tx Dir Data Type 965 SL Dir Data Tx00 966 SL Dir Data Tx01 967 SL Dir Data Tx02 968 SL Dir Data Tx03 969 Tx Buf Data Type 970 SL Buf Data Tx00 971 SL Buf Data Tx01 972 SL Buf Data Tx02 973 SL Buf Data Tx03 974 SL Buf Data Tx04 975 SL Buf Data Tx05 976 SL Buf Data Tx06 977 SL Buf Data Tx07 978 SL Buf Data Tx08 979 SL Buf Data Tx09 980 SL Buf Data Tx10 981 SL Buf Data 1x11 982 SL Buf Data Tx12 983 SL Buf Data Tx13 984 SL Buf Data 1x14 985 SL Buf Data 1x15 986 SL Buf Data 1x16 987 SL Buf Data 1x17 SynchLink Input 928 Rx Dir Data Type 929 SL Dir Data Rx00 930 SL Dir Data Rx01 931 SL Dir Data Rx02 932 SL Dir Data Rx03 933 Rx Buf Data Type 934 SL Buf Data Rx
322. kwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the U S A
323. lay Units ms RW 16 bit Active only in Permanent Magnet motor mode when Par 485 Motor Ctrl Mode equals 2 PMag Motor Default 0 Integer Provides a delay for the function that compares the estimated rotor position and the data from the position Min Max 2 1024 sensor 478 VPL Password Default 0 RW 32 bit VPL memory password Min Max 2147483648 Integer A Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 479 VPLMem Address Default 0 RW 32 bit VPL memory address Min Max 0 4294967295 Integer Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 480 VPLMem Data Int Default 32 RW 32 bit VPL memory data integer Min Max 2147483648 Integer Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 481 VPL Mem Data Fit Default 125 RW Real VPL memory data filter Min Max A Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 482 Data Bit Default 125 RW 32 bit VPL memory data bit Min Max Integer Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 483 VPLMem Link Int Default RO 32 bit VPL memory link integer Min Max 2147483648 Integer A Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 484 VPL Mem Link Flt Default 1 25000 RO Real VPL memory link filter Min Max A Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 485 Motor ctr Mode am Default D FOC Enter a value to select the operating mode
324. ld be made from a velocity reference input to this parameter Units rpm Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1143 PPMP Pos Output Default 0 0 RO Real Provides a position reference output from the Motion Planner This output is scaled in counts Typically this Min Max 2147483648 0 parameter would be used by the drive s Position Loop A link could be made from auxiliary position input to this parameter Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1144 PPMP Pos To Go Default 0 0 RO Real Provides indication of feedback counts remaining in the move Min Max 2147483648 0 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1145 PPMP Li Select Default 0 Zero Motion Planner test point selection T Notes This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Selection 9 was changed to Reserved for firmware Options i Fm Accml a el version 4 001 2 MPWholeAccm 19 MP Rate In 3 20 MP Rate Out 4 MP NBase 21 MP Gain 5 MP Once Flag 22 MP Kx 6 MP Pos Fdbk 23 MP FretAccmR 7 MP Pos Fdbk1 24 MP AccelRate 8 MP ErrorSum 25 MP DecelRate 9 Reserved 26 MP Cal 10 MP IntegHold 27 SCSum 11 MP Pos Exact 28 SC Index 12 MP Pos Diff 29 SC ArraySize 13 MP One Shot 30 SC Once 14 MP Run Delay 31 SC Enable 15 MP ResyncOne
325. lities and damage may result Options NoTimeLimit FluxCurrTune Bit 1 FluxCurrTune when set the value in Par 488 Flux Current is used as the flux current at the beginning of the magnetic inductance test When this bit is not set default an automatically Default x x x x kx x 0px x x x x x 0 X o nke Bit 15 14 3 1 T 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True 516 Config Configures FOC 2 tuning mode ATTENTION Do not modify this parameter Motor Drive instabilities and damage may result Options 2 EA Default Xx x x x kx x 0px x x x x x X Bit 15 14 13 12 1 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 91 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters No Name Description c 517 PMagTune Config Configures Permanent Magnet Motor tuning mode Options ATTENTION Do not modify this parameter Motor Drive instabilities and damage may result 42 E lt Default x x x x x x x JO x x x x x x x x 0 False Bit 15 14 13 12 l1 109 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 1 True 518 MC Diag Status n Indicates the status of the MC diagnostic tests Options 5 584 5 5 5 5 5 _ E amp 2 5 5 2 5 55 5 55 2 5 le e 2 z 2 Z 5
326. ller to Drive connection Verify that the Drive is present in the Controller 1 0 configuration Configured with Par 388 Lgx Clod Cnfg 64 Logix Link Chng 2 A required link in the Controller to Drive Communication Format has been Clear the fault modified Configured with Par 389 Lgx LinkChngCnfg 65 Phasels 2 High Horse Power Only Check for voltage on each AC input phase AC Input Phase Loss the AC input phase voltage has fallen e Check the status of each external AC input fuse Configured with Par 370 HiHp InPhsLs Cfg 148 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 Troubleshooting Chapter 3 No Name Type Description Action 66 HiHp Bus Com Dly 1 High Horse Power Only Check the communication bus lines 10 pin connector Bus Communication Time Delay the communication bus has delayed on the Main Control board Fiber Optic Power Interface feedback or bad communication quality board and fiber optic connections 67 HiHp Bus Link Ls 1 High Horse Power Only Check the communication bus lines 10 pin connector Bus Communication Link Loss bus communication between the Fiber Optic on the Main Control board Fiber Optic Power Interface Power Interface board and the Voltage Feedback board has stopped board and fiber optic connections 68 HiHp Bus CRC Er 1 High Horse Power Only Check the communication bus lines 10 pin co
327. lt 1060 PLL FiltPositOut 733 PositReg P Gain 768 NetLoss DPI Cnfg 392 PLL Posit Out 731 PositTP DataDInt 738 Normal Stop Mode 168 PLL Posit OutAdv 732 PositTP DataReal 739 Notch Filt Freq 118 PLL Position Ref 721 Power EE TP Data 413 NotchAttenuation 117 PLL Rev Input 723 Power EE TP Sel 412 th Amplitude 595 PLL Rev Output 724 Power Loss Level 408 th CompOff Freq 534 PLL Speed Out 734 Power Loss Mode 406 th Phase Shift 596 PLL SpeedOut Adv 735 Power Loss Time 407 th Torq Compen 594 PLL TP DataDInt 718 PPMP Accel Time 139 OL ClsLp CurrLim 344 PLL TP DataReal 719 PPMP Control 134 OL OpnLp CurrLim 343 PLL TP Select 717 PPMP Decel Time 140 Opt 0 Regis Ltch 257 PLL VirtEncdrRPM 727 PPMP Fwd Spd Lim 137 Opt 1 Regis Ltch 258 PM AbsEncd Offst 504 PPMP Over Ride 138 Opt0 1 RegisCnfg 254 PM D Inductance 521 PPMP Pos Command 130 Opt0 1 RegisCtrl 255 PM Mtr CEMF Coef 523 PPMP Pos Div 132 Opt0 1 RegisStat 256 PM Mtr CEMF Comp 427 PPMP Pos Mul 131 Output Curr Disp 297 PM Q Inductance 520 PPMP Pos Output 143 Output Current 308 PM Stator Resist 522 PPMP Pos To Go 144 Output Freq 310 PM Test Freq Ref 508 PPMP Rev Spd Lim 136 Output Power 311 PM Test FreqRamp 507 PPMP Scaled Cmd 133 Output Voltage 307 PM Test Ref 509 PPMP SCurve Time 141 ParamAccessLevel 196 PM Test Idc Ramp 506 PPMP Spd Output 142 PeakDetect Out 215 PM TestWait Time 505 PPMP Status 135 PeakDetect2 Out 219 PMag Mode Config 512 PPMP TP DataDInt 146 PeakDtct Ctrl In 210 PMag Tune Con
328. lt 409 Line Undervolts 426 Flux Satur Coef 486 Rated Slip Freq 6 Mtr NP Pwr Units 442 VqsFdbk Filt 410 PreChrg TimeOut 443 Flux Reg P Gain1 487 Motor NTC Coef 336 Motor OL Factor 497 Vqs Command 411 PreChrg Control 470 Flux Reg P Gain2 488 Flux Current 7 Motor Poles 498 Vds Command 510 FVC Mode Config 444 Flux Reg I Gain 490 Statorinductance 9 Total Inertia 495 Iqs Command 511 FVC2 Mode Config 533 SlewRateTimeLimit 491 StatorResistance 496 145 Command 512 PMag Mode Cnfg 500 Bus Util Limit 492 Leak Inductance 499 Trq CurFdbk Iq 513 V Hz Mode Config 501 Torque En Dly 493 Leak Indc Satur1 489 Fix CurFdbk Id 514 TestMode Config 437 5 Max 494 Leak Indc Satur2 515 FVC Tune Config 438 Vds Max 502 Rotor Resistance 516 Tune Config 439 VgsMin 503 Current Reg BW 517 Config 440 Vds Min 504 Offst 505 PMTestWait Time 469 FVCCEMF Comp 427 PMMtr CEMF Comp 506 PM Test Idc Ramp 449 51155 Reg I Gain 520 Inductance 507 PMTestFreqRamp 450 51155 Reg P Gain 521 Inductance 508 Test Freq Ref 447 Slip Reg P Gain 522 Stator Resist 509 PM Test Ref 448 Slip Reg Gain 523 PM Mtr Coef 424 Flux Ratio Ref 446 Slip Gain Min 445 Slip Gain Max 552 Slip Preload Val 553 Slip Slew Rate 472 PreCharge Delay 431 Test Current Ref 432 Test Freq Ref 433 Test Freq Rate 477 Est Theta Delay 428 IReg Fctr 537 SrLssAngleStblty 538 5155 VoltStblty 539 5155 StbltyFilt 54 Inertia TrqLpfBW 551
329. lue after the limit function This is the input to the error calculator and speed Min Max 262144 Integer regulator Available for use in peer to peer data links DPI interface This number is scaled so that rated motor speed will read 32768 54 Inertia TrqLpfBW Default 35 0000 Y Real Sets the bandwidth of the inertia compensation torque output low pass filter A value of 0 0 will disable the filter Min Max 0 0000 2000 0000 Note This parameter is new for firmware version 3 001 Units rad s 55 Speed Comp Default 0 0000 RO Real Displays the derivative or change in Par 56 Inertia SpeedRef on a per second basis Link this parameter to Min Max 2200000000 0000 Par 23 Speed Trim 3 and set Par 24 SpdTrim 3 Scale to 0 002 to reduce position error in following applications Units s 56 Inertia SpeedRef Default 0 0000 Y Real The speed input of the inertia compensator Link this parameter to the output of an internal ramp or s curve Min Max 14112 0000 block The inertia compensator generates a torque reference that is proportional to the rate of change of speed rpm input and total inertia Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 57 InertiaAccelGain Default 1 0000 Y Real Sets the acceleration gain for the Inertia Compensation function A value of 1 produces 100 compensation _ Min Max 1 0000 2 0000 58 InertiaDecelGain Default 1 0000 Y JRW Real Sets the deceleration gain for the Inertia Compe
330. mate option removes or greatly reduces load disturbances and gives quicker system response Bit2 First Diff selects the first difference feedback for Inertia Adaptation Notes When setting both Bit 0 amp 1 stability is enhanced and load disturbances are removed Bit 2 First Diff was added for firmware version 3 001 False True 133 nertAdapt BW Default 100 0000 Y Real This parameter sets the bandwidth of the Inertia Adaptation function when the IAA function is selected Min Max 10 0000 250 0000 Par 132 Inert Adapt Sel bit 0 1 Typical IAA bandwidths range from 70 to 150 rad sec with 100 rad sec Units rad s nominal best If the Load Estimate function is selected Par 132 Inert Adapt Sel bit 0 1 then this parameter sets the natural frequency of a filter in rad sec Typical values range from 10 to 150 rad sec with higher values being more responsive to disturbances but with increased system noise There is no nominal best value but 40 rad sec is a suggested starting point This adjustment may not function well in sloppy geared systems If both Inertia Adaptation and Load Estimate functions are active use a bandwidth setting of 100 rad sec 134 nertAdapt Gain Default 0 500 Y RW Real This parameter sets a multiplier of system inertia when the Inertia Adaptation function is selected Min Max 0 300 1 000 Par 132 Inert Adapt Sel bit 0 1 Higher values may cause high frequency ringing while smaller val
331. mation Publication 200 July 2013 41 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters No Name Values a g Description 5 5 E 2 148 Actl Default 0 0 5 2 8 5 RO 16 bit Displays the actual firmware scan times selected by Par 146 FW TaskTime Sel Before the change to the firmware Loa Integer 0 0 5 2 8ms scan time is accepted the drive evaluates the change to ensure the processor will not be overloaded If there is risk 12 05 1 8ms of overloading the processor the change will not be accepted 2 025 3 0 25 0 5 8ms 4 0 1 0 5 8ms 5 0 5 1 2ms 6 0 25 1 2ms 7 0 25 0 5 2ms 8 0 1 0 5 2ms 149 FWFunctionsActl Displays the actual state of the firmware functions If activating requested functions could overload the processor the change to Par 147 FW Functions En will not be accepted Note Bit 19 MotinPlanner and 24 PhaseLockLp were added for firmware version 3 001 Options gt c 5 Ec ala D cle lg ilgsigziz e amp laig2i SE Sx 21211212 512212 5155 32 2635 22 5 lt 8122 22522 2 25215 lt lt g 25 5 21275 5 52 15 215 5 2125 28 5 28 5 5 2 5 2 2 2 2 5 2 2 2 2 BSS Default 0 0 x 0 0 x x 0 J0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 x x x 0 0 x 0 0 0 0
332. may be changed and even reversed during a move 759 Pt Pt Accel Time Default 10 0000 Y Real Acceleration time sec to base speed active only in point to point mode Acceleration to a relatively low speed Min Max 0 1000 6553 5000 may be exponential Units 760 Pt Pt Decel Time Default 10 0000 Y Real Deceleration time sec from base speed to zero active only in point to point mode Some tailing can be expected Min Max 0 1000 6553 5000 at the end of a move as the drive comes into command position It is left to the user to select a time that does not Units place the drive in current or torque limit Deceleration from relatively low speed may be exponential 761 Pt Pt Filt BW Default 25 0000 Y RW Real Sets the bandwidth of a low pass filter which affects smoothness at the start of deceleration in the point to point Min Max 0 0000 500 0000 mode A high filter bandwidth will produce more square deceleration torque one with a higher level of jerk Units rad s Typical values range from 5 to 100 rad sec A zero value will bypass the filter Tail out is influenced mainly by Par 768 Posit Reg P Gain 762 Position Fdbk Default 0 RO 32 bit Displays the accumulated pulse count of the selected position feedback Select a position feedback device with Min Max 2147483648 Integer Par 777 PositionFdbk Sel 763 Position Actual Default 0 RO 32 bit Displays the accumulated motor position as a 32 bit integer
333. mbination of bit 0 Output Sel 0 and bit 1 Qutput Sel 1 determines the output of the EGR user function as follows Bit1 BitO Description 0 O 1165 EGR Pos Output is set to zero 0 1 Par 1165 EGR Pos Output is active 1 0 Par 1165 EGR Pos Output is set to the value of Par 1164 EGR Pos Input 1 1 Par 1165 EGR Pos Output is set to the value of Par 1166 EGR Pos preset Note This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 Options Reserved Reserved Default x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Fals Bit 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 1162 EGR Mul Default 10 Y IRW 32 bit Multiplier numerator of the EGR user function position input 2000000 0 Integer Par 1164 EGR Pos Input x Par 1162 EGR Mul Par 1163 EGR Div Par 1165 EGR Pos Output Note This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 1163 EGR Div Default 10 RW 32 bit Divisor denominator of the EGR user function position input 1 0 2000000 0 Integer Par 1164 EGR Pos Input x Par 1162 EGR Mul Par 1163 EGR Div Par 1165 EGR Pos Output Note This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 1164 EGR Pos Input Default 00 IRW 32 bit Position reference input to the Electrical Gear Ratio user function This parameter can be linked to a position in Max 2147483648 0 Integer reference source such as Par 1160 Vir
334. mit Default 2 RW 32 bit The number of BOF errors per test per 8 ms allowed before the drive declares a SynchLink BOF Error exception Min Max 0 256 Integer event Set this limit on the SynchLink diagnostics tab of the Peer Communication window 900 SynchLink Rev Default 0 1 RO 16 bit Indicates the current revision ofthe local SynchLink Programmable Logic firmware Min Max 0 1 999 9 Integer 901 51 System Rev Default 0 001 RO 32 bit Indicates the system revision of the SynchLink network be compatible the network all nodes must have Min Max 0 001 999 999 Integer the same major revision Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 17 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters No Name Description 902 51 Error Status 903 51 Error History Indicates the presence of SynchLink faults This data is visible on the SynchLink diagnostics tab of the Peer Communication window Bit 0 Sync Loss indicates SynchLink communication has failed after it had been established Bit 1 Rx Loss indicates the receive port is not receiving data and the receive port configuration is set to receive data Bit 2 BOF Err indicates the number of Beginning Of Frame BOF errors exceeds limit set by Par 899 SL BOF Err Limit Bit 3 Many CRC Err indicates the number of Cyclic Redundancy Check CRC errors exceeds limit set by 893 SL CRC Err Limit Bit4 Pck
335. munication loss jene M A Options 0 Ignore 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs 1 Nam 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs 2 fitCoastStop 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to 4 ES d 3 Fit RampStop this event 4 FltCurLimStp 3 Flt RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Par 384 SL CommLoss Cnfg lets you determine the action of the drive if communications are disrupted By default this parameter causes the drive fault and coast to a stop You can set this parameter so that the drive continues to run Precautions should be taken to ensure that the setting of this parameter does not create hazards of injury or equipment damage 385 LgxCommLossData Last State Enter a value to configure what the drive does with the data received from the DriveLogix controller when the O Zero Data connection is dosed or times out 1 Last State 0 Zero Data Resets data to zero 1 Last State Holds data in its last state ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipmen
336. n volatile memory EEprom Since the EEprom has a fixed number of allowed writes continuous block transfers will quickly damage the EEprom Do Not assign attribute 9 to continuous block transfers Refer to the individual communications adapter User Manual for additional details Logic Command Word Logic Bits 15 1413 12 11 10 9 8 7 0 Command Description x Normal Stop 0 Not Normal Stop 1 Normal Stop Start 0 Not Start 1 Start Jog 1 0 Not Jog using Jog Speed 1 _ 1 Jog using Jog Speed 1 Clear Fault 10 Not Clear Fault 1 Clear Fault Unipolar 00 No Command Direction 01 Forward Command 10 Reverse Command 11 Hold Direction Control Reserved X Jog2 0 Not Jog using Jog Speed 2 1 Jog using Jog Speed 2 Current Limit Stop 0 Not Current Limit Stop 1 Current Limit Stop X Coast Stop 0 Not Coast to Stop 1 Coast to Stop X Reserved X Reserved X Spd Ref 10 X Spd Ref 11 X SpdRefl2 7 14113 12 01010 SpdRefA 010 1 SpdRefB 0 110 Preset 2 0 1 1 Ref 3 Preset 3 11010 Ref 4 Preset 4 11011 5 Preset 5 1 1 0 Ref 6 Preset 6 11111 Ref 7 Preset 7 X Reserved 1 Not Stop condition logic bit 0 0 logic bit 8 0 and logic bit 9 0 must first be present before a 1 Start condition will start the drive 2
337. n Enter Remove The Remove HIM configuration screen appears 2 Press Enter to confirm that you want to remove the HIM 3 Remove the HIM from the drive or disconnect the cable To install HIM Insert the HIM into drive or re connect cable Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 Key s Example Display Remove Op Intrfc Press Enter to Disconnect Op Intfc Port 2 Control Appendix B Application Notes For additional application notes refer to the PowerFlex 700 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive with Phase II Control Reference Manual publication PFLEX RMO003 aee DPI Communication Configurations 162 Motor Control Mode 164 Motor Overload 166 Motors with Compatible Thermistor Ratings 168 Setpt 1 Data 169 Setpt 2 Data 169 Stop Dwell Time 170 Sleep Wake Mode 171 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 161 AppendixB Application Notes DPI Communication Configurations 162 Typical Programmable Controller Configurations IMPORTANT _ f programs are written that continuously write information to the drive care must be taken to properly format the block transfer If attribute 10 is selected for the block transfer values will be written only to RAM and will not be saved by the drive This is the preferred attribute for continuous transfers If attribute 9 is selected each program scan will complete a write to the drives no
338. n Hystr 592 une Test Status 165 Vuv Fdbk Offset 549 x Buf Data Type 969 Ww Fdbk Offset 550 x Dir Data Type 964 Wake Level 280 UserData Dint 01 1002 Wake Time 281 UserData Dint 02 1003 Write Mask 669 UserData Dint 03 1004 Write Mask Act 712 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 137 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters Notes 138 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 Status Indicators Troubleshooting Chapter 3 This chapter provides information to guide you in troubleshooting the PowerFlex 700 drive A list and description of drive faults with possible solutions when applicable and alarms is included Topic Status Indicators Page Below HIM Indication of a Fault 144 Manually Clearing Faults 144 Fault and Alarm Types 144 Fault Alarm Descriptions 145 The condition or state of your drive and DriveLogix controller if installed is constantly monitored Any changes will be indicated through the front panel LEDs and or the HIM if present See Drive Status Indicators on page 140 for more information The DriveLogix option also provides a RUN LED and the controller LEDs that indicate the state of the controller See DriveLogix5730 Controller Status Indicators on page 141 for more information Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 139 Chapter3 Troubleshooting Drive Status Indicators
339. n0 Cnfg 73 Spd Fdbk Scale 241 Encdr1 Spd Fdbk 260 Stegmann0 Status 72 Scaled Spd Fdbk 240 Encdr1 Position 263 Heidenhain0 Cnfg 236 0 1 RegisCnfg 264 Heidenhain0 Stat 337 Enc0 1 RegisCtrl 265 Heidn Mkr Offset 238 0 1 RegisStat 266 Heidn Encdr Type 235 RegisLtch 267 Heidn Encdr PPR 239 Encdr1 RegisLtch 268 Resolver0 Cnfg 269 Resolver Status 277 Reslvr Type Sel 272 Reslvr0 SpdRatio 273 Reslvr0 Carrier 274 Reslvr0 In Volts 275 Rslvr0 XfrmRatio 276 Reslvr CableBal 254 Opt0 1 RegisCnfg 255 Opt0 1 RegisCtrl 256 Opt0 1 RegisStat 257 Opt 0 Regis Ltch 258 Opt 1 Regis Ltch 286 Linear Status 289 Lin1 Update Rate 290 Linear1 CPR 285 Linear Config 291 Lin Stahl Status 1155 Heidn VM Pos Ref 1156 Heidn VM Enc PPR 28 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Drive Memory Diagnostics Fault Alm Config Test Points Peak Detection 196 ParamAccessLevel 155 Logic Status 379 ExtFlt Alm Cnfg 161 Logic TP Sel 210 PeakDtct Ctrl In 145 ApplicationGroup 156 Start Inhibits 374 Motor Stall Cnfg 162 Logic TP Data 211 PeakDtct Status 147 FW Functions En 304 Limit Status 373 Motor Stall Time 163 Stop Oper TP Sel 212 PkDtct1 In Dint 149 FW FunctionsActl 824 Local 1 0 Status 382 MCCmdLim Cnfg 164 StopOper TP Data 213 PkDtct1 In Real 146 FW TaskTime Sel 320 Exception Event 381 PreChrg Err Cnfg 329
340. n2 Real Clearing the bit specifies the Integer data type The source for Integer data is Par 574 Trend In2 DInt Setting bit 3 In3 Real specifies the Real data type for Trend Input 3 The source for Real data is Par 579 Trend In3 Real Clearing the bit specifies the Integer data type The source for Integer data is Par 578 Trend In3 DInt Setting bit 4 In4 Real specifies the Real data type for Trend Input 4 The source for Real data is Par 583 Trend In4 Real Clearing the bit specifies the Integer data type The source for Integer data is Par 582 Trend In4 DInt Setting bit 15 Auto Output causes the trend output parameters to automatically cycle through the entire trend buffer at the rate specified in Par 559 Trend Rate Typically you link the output to an analog output for display on an oscilloscope Auto output is accomplished by writing to Par 569 TrendBuffPointer Clearing this bit requires manual selection of Par 569 TrendBuffPointer to view the trend buffer contents In 1 Real Enbl Collect Trend Status Bits indicate the status of the Data Trend function Bit 1 Triggered indicates a Trend Trigger event has been detected This bit will clear in response to the rise of Par 556 Trend Control bit 0 Enbl Collect Bit 2 Complete indicates all the post trigger data samples have been gathered and the trend buffers are full It will also be set if the Par 556 Trend C
341. nce selection Block and compares it to the speed feedback The speed regulator uses Proportional and Integral gains to adjust the torque reference for the motor This torque reference attempts to operate the motor at the specified speed The torque reference is then converted to the torque producing component of the motor current This type of speed regulator produces a high bandwidth response to speed command and load changes In field oriented control the flux and torque producing currents are independently controlled Therefore you can send a torque reference directly instead ofa speed reference The independent flux control also allows you to reduce the flux in order to run above base motor speed High Bandwidth Current Regulator CURRENT FEEDBACK Flux g Reg 18 V SPEED REF Speed Current Voltage Invortor Reg Reg Control i TORQUE REF Vang Encoder Adaptive sur Q Controller AUTOTUNE PARAMETERS SPEED FEEDBACK Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 Application Notes Appendix B Permanent Magnet Control Permanent magnet control is used with permanent magnet motors Permanent magnet motor control is selected by setting parameter 485 Motor Ctrl Mode 2 Pmag Motor e Permanent magnet motor control requires either a Hi Resolution Stegmann encoder or compatible resolver feedback on the motor e Motor data and an autotune is r
342. nctions allow the user to compare two values The results ofthe Min Max 2200000000 0000 compare are displayed in Par 1062 Logic Cmpr State Available functions are B A B Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 123 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters Name Description Compare 2A Sets input A for the Compare 2 The compare functions allow the user to compare two values The results of the compare are displayed in Par 1062 Logic Cmpr State Available functions are lt B A B Compare 2B Sets input B for the Compare 2 The compare functions allow the user to compare two values The results of the compare are displayed in Par 1062 Logic Cmpr State Available functions are B A B MOP Control Motor Operated Potentiometer MOP contro and configuration Bit 0 Increase if set increments the MOP level output from Par 1087 MOP Rate to Par 1088 MOP High Limit Bit Bit 2 Reset if set resets the Bit 3 Reset Stop if set resets the MOP level output to zero when stop is set Bit 4 Reset PwrLs if set resets the MOP level output to zero when power is lost Note If either bit 3 or bit 4 is not set the MOP level output will be saved until bit 2 Reset is set Options z a a 9 Reset Q Stop Reset Decrease Increase
343. nd 6 are only available when compatible feedback option card is installed Note Bit 11 SL Buff Rx10 was added for firmware version 4 001 FdbkAxis FdbkVal Present value of the selected feedback for the Motion Feedback Only Axis Default Options Default Min Max Encoder 0 Encoder 0 Encoder 1 Reserved Reserved Motor Sim FB Opt Porto Opt 7 SL DirlntRx0 8 SL DirlntRx1 9 SL DirlntRx2 10 SL DirlntRx3 11 SL Buff Rx10 Read Write Data Type e 32 bit Integer 0 False 703 TP Select Default 0 SrvoAxisCnfgxe Selector for diagnostic Test point relating to Motion functionality Option 0 SrvoAxisCnfg 16 CST Upper 12 SrvoAxisUnwd 17 FBonlyFbkRaw 2 Marker Dist 18 Reserved 3 HomeEvent X 19 1 0 Rx Seq 4 Watch Posit 20 1 0 Rx Msg 5 Home Posit 21 l 0 Tx Msg 6 SrvoMRP Ofst 22 Syn Rx Seq 7 SrvoAct Ofst 23 Syn Rx Msg 8 PositRegis1 24 Syn Tx Msg 9 PositRegis2 25 Evt Rx Seq 10 FdbkAxisCnfg 26 Evt Rx Msg 11 FdbkAxisUnwd 27 Evt Tx Msgi 12 FdbkMRP Ofst 28 Asy Rx Seq 13 FdbkAct Ofst 29 Asy Rx 14 TimeEvntStat 30 Asy Tx 15 CST
344. nd linkable to parameters that are either real or integer values for firmware version 4 001 790 2 Default 0 Y RW 32 bit 32 bit integer input of the Sync Generator Latched to Par 791 Xsync Out 2 Link any 32 bit integer parameter to Min Max 0 4294967295 Integer this input parameter Note This parameter was changed to an unsigned integer data type and linkable to parameters that are either real or integer values for firmware version 4 001 791 Xsync Out 2 Default 0 RO 32 bit Sync Generator 32 bit output register Latched to Par 790 Xsync In 2 every time bit 0 Sync Pulse of Par 786 Min Max 0 4294967295 Integer Xsync Status is set Note This parameter was changed to an unsigned integer data type and linkable to parameters that are either real or integer values for firmware version 4 001 792 Xsync Out 2 Dly Default 0 RO 32 bit Displays data of Par 791 Xsync Out 2 from the last sync period Min Max 0 4294967295 Integer Note This parameter was changed to an unsigned integer data type and linkable to parameters that are either real or integer values for firmware version 4 001 793 Xsyncln3 Default 0 Y IRW 32 bit 32 bit integer input of the Sync Generator Latched to Par 794 Xsync Out 3 Link any 32 bit integer parameter to Min Max 0 4294967295 Integer this input parameter Note This parameter was changed to an unsigned integer data type and linkable to parameters that are either real or integer values
345. ng Par 232 or 242 and the Verify encoder data and reprogram encoder configuration for edge counts Par 233 bits 4 amp 5 11 The drive cannot precharge because a precharge input is programmed and no Reprogram the input or close the precharge control contact signal is present 12 Start input configured but stop not configured Program Par 825 830 to include a stop button rewire the drive Run input configured but control options do not match Program Par 153 Bit 8 to 0 2 wire control Start input configured but control options do not match Program Par 153 Bit 8 to 1 3 wire control 2 Multiple inputs configured as Start or Run Reprogram Par 825 830so multiple starts multiple runs or any combination do 5 not exist Multiple inputs configured as Jog1 Reprogram Par 825 830 so only 1 is set to Jog1 Multiple inputs configured as Jog2 Reprogram Par 825 830 so only 1 is set to Jog2 Multiple inputs configured as Fwd Rev Reprogram Par 825 830 so only 1 is set to Fwd Rev 14 Set Par 222 to Value 5 FB Opt Port0 Invalid Feedback Device for Permanent Magnet Motor Control Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 17 Chapter1 Drive Start Up Notes 18 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 About Parameters Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters This chapter provides a complete listing of the PowerFlex 700S Phase II drive parameters The parameters can be programmed viewed e
346. ng bit 7 AbsoluteMode puts the position regulator in Absolute mode When using the Homing function while in Absolute mode the value in Par 758 Pt Pt Posit Ref must be set relative tothe value in Par 763 Position Actual after homing is complete For example When homing is complete Par 763 Position Actual 1000 counts If you want to move to an absolute position of 2000 counts relative to the home switch you must enter a value of 3000 counts into Par 758 Pt Pt Posit Ref i e 1000 2000 3000 If you want to move back to the home switch using the same value in Par 763 Position Actual after homing 1000 you must enter a value of 1000 into Par 758 Pt Pt Position Ref i e 0 1000 1000 Setting bit 8 Xzero Preset presets Par 744 PositRef EGR Out Par 747 Position Cmmd Par 763 Position Actual and Par 765 Posit Actl Load with the value in Par 762 Position Fdbk minus Par 757 Abs Posit Offset upon drive enable Setting bit 10 Pt Pt ReRef enables setting or changing Par 758 Pt Pt Posit Ref without changing the actual position Setting bit 16 X Watch1 En enables position Watch 1 Resetting it clears Par 741 Position Status bit 8 Posit Watch Setting bit 17 X Watch1 Dir causes Position Watch 1 output to be set when Par 763 Position Actual is greater than Par 780 PositDtct1 Stpt Re setting bit 17 causes Position Watch 1 output to be set when Par 763 Position Actual is less than Par 780 PositDtct1 S
347. njury or death Wear proper Personal Protective Equipment PPE Follow ALL Regulatory requirements for safe work practices and for Personal Protective Equipment PPE gt gt gt Allen Bradley Connected Components Workbench DPI DriveTools SP DriveExplorer PowerFlex Rockwell Software and Rockwell Automation are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies New and Updated Information Summary of Changes This manual contains new and updated information This table contains the changes made to this revision Topic Page Updated the list of Additional Resources 9 Updated the description of parameter 338 Mtr 12T Spd Min to include setting it to the 69 minimum value for the motor overload trip to vary in time at low speeds Updated the description of fault 15 Inv OTemp Trip to include a possible juntion temperature 146 fault condition Removed the Input Voltage Range Tolerance topic from Chapter B Application Notes 161 Added a note to the Inverter Overload IT block diagram for parameter 338 Mtr I2T Spd Min 197 Changes to this manual for previous revisions are included in Chapter F History of Changes on page 209 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 Summary of Changes Notes 4 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Preface Drive Start Up
348. nnector Bus Communication CRC Error too many Cycling Ring Checksum CRC errors 01 the Main Control Board Fiber Optic Power Interface have occurred in the communication bus board and fiber optic connections A fast power cycle may cause the 700 Main Control board to attempt to communicate with the ASIC board before the ASIC board is energized 69 HiHp Bus WtchDog 1 High Horse Power Only Check the communication bus lines 10 pin connector Bus Communication Watchdog Error No message packets came through in 0n the Main Control board Fiber Optic Power Interface the communication bus a watchdog error was detected board and fiber optic connections 70 HiHp Fan Fdbk Ls 1 High Horse Power Only Check the communication bus lines 10 pin Fan Feedback Loss an inverter cooling fan did not send active feedback or did connector on the Main Control board Fiber Optic not work Power Interface board and fiber optic connections e Check the inverter cooling fans 71 HiHp Drv OvrLoad 1 High Horse Power Only Reduce the mechanical load Drive Overload the drive s operating point has exceeded the intermittent current rating and a foldback to the continuous rating in Par 400 Rated Amps has occurred 72 PwrBd PrcEr 1 High Horse Power Only Replace the Fiber Optic Power Interface board Power Board Processor Error a processor on the Fiber Optic Power Interface circuit board has detected a self diagnostic problem 73
349. nsation function A value of 1 produces 100 compensation Min Max 1 0000 2 0000 59 Inertia Trq Add Default 1 0000 RO Real The torque reference output generated by the inertia compensator This torque level is modified by Par 57 Min Max 8 0000 P U InertiaAccelGain and Par 58 InertiaDecelGain A value of 1 0 represents rated torque of the motor Units PU 60 DeltaSpeedScale Default 1 0000 Y RW Real Multiplier in the Inertia Compensation function affects the value of Par 59 Inertia Trq Add Use in center winder Min Max 1000 0000 and unwind applications to compensate for roll diameter build up 61 Virt Encoder EPR Default 4096 RW 32 bit Equivalent Edges Per Revolution EPR or line count of a virtual encoder A virtual encoder is a position reference Min Max 10 67108864 Integer whose input comes from speed reference It accumulates pulses at the same rate as a real encoder of identical _ Units EPR Pulses Per Revolution PPR Enter the equivalent PPR For example enter 1024 PPR to match an encoder with 1024 EPR Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters No Name Values Description 2 x Ss 55 co 62 Virt Encdr Posit Default 0 RO 32 bit A 32 bit pulse accumulator of the
350. nsure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number call the phone number above to obtain one to your distributor to complete the return process Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure Documentation Feedback Your comments will help us serve your documentation needs better If you have any suggestions on how to improve this document complete this form publication RA DU002 available at http www rockwellautomation com literature Rockwell Otomasyon Ticaret A S Kar Plaza Is Merkezi E Blok Kat 6 34752 erenk y stanbul Tel 90 216 5698400 www rockwellautomation com Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204 2496 USA Tel 1 414 382 2000 Fax 1 414 382 4444 Europe Middle East Africa Rockwell Automation NV Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel 32 2 663 0600 Fax 32 2 663 0640 Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel 852 2887 4788 Fax 852 2508 1846 Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 Supersedes Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Copyright 2013 Roc
351. nts rise fall of phase A phase B only used to find direction Counts rise fall of both A and B phases default setting fwdonly Counts rise of phase A Phase B ignored fwdonly Counts rise of phase A Phase B ignored Table 233C FIR Filter Settings Bit 12 28 11 27 10 26 Taps 0 sa ooo 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 Settings 4x sampling counts both rise and fall of both A and B encoder phases hence 4 edges per pulse In 4x mode the encoder position will change by four times the encoder pulses per revolution rating PPR per encoder revolution e g it increments the value in Par 230 EncdrO Position by 4096 for one revolution of a 1024 PPR encoder Bit6 EncO Dir and 22 Encl Dir inverts the channel A input thus reversing the direction of the feedback Note that changes in encoder direction bit 6 or 22 may require changing Par 153 Bit 7 EncO EdgTime or bit 23 Enc1 EdgTime configures the method of sampling used by the Velocity Position Loop VPL Setting the bit chooses Edge to Edge sampling while resetting the bit to zero selects Simple Difference sampling Simple Difference sampling calculates speed by examining the difference between pulse counts over a fixed sample time Edge to Edge sampling adjusts the sample time to synchronize with the position count updates from the daughter card improving the accuracy of the speed calculation Bits 10 EnOSmplRate bt0 thro
352. nue the Auto Tune test from the last point at which it was stopped P _ 4 Lon ut i r H ptm 12 MCAutotune Sys Inertia Notes Value 5 was changed to Reserved for firmware version 2 004 Value 7 Mtr Sys J was changed to Slip iag acp Test for fi ion 3 001 Value 8 Find Home was added for fi ion 3 003 est for firmware version 3 001 Value 8 Find Home was added for firmware version 3 003 Motor Direct 8 Find Home PM Offset 166 _ Motor Ctrl Cmmd n Displays the command bits to the Motor Control Processor from the Velocity Processor Options 1 1 1 111111111 1 5 5 2222 222222 2 2 28 5 5 55 5 559 5 5 5 5 5 2 5 2 g 8 g ix cc ioe uu 0 False 1 True 167 Motor Ctrl Ackn Displays the Motor Control Processor s acknowledgment to the Velocity Processor for the Motor Control Command bits Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 168 Normal Stop Mode Default 0 Ramp Stop Sets the method of stopping the drive when a stop command is given Normal Stop command and the RUN input Option 0 Ramp Stop changing from true to false will command a Normal Stop 1 Curlim Stop
353. nverter Overtemperature Fault fault code 15 and Junction Overtemperature Fault indicated by bit 7 Inc OverTemp of Par 346 Drive OL Status 346 Drive OL Status Indicates the status of various overload OL conditions Bit O NTC Shorted indicates the Negative Temperature Coefficient NTC device has a short circuit Bit1 NTCOpen indicates the NTC has an open circuit Bit 2 HS OverTemp indicates heatsink temperature is above 105 C for ratings 1 1 11 0 A 115 C for 14 34 A 100 C for 40 52 A Bit 3 HS Pending indicates heatsink temperature is above 95C for ratings 1 1 11 A 105 C for 14 34 A 90 C for 40 52 A Bit 4 IT Trip indicates the drive has exceed the 3 second rating of either the 150 normal duty rating or 200 of the heavy duty rating Bit5 IT Pending indicates the drive OL integrator is at 50 of the time out time Bit 6 IT Foldback indicates the drive closed loop current limit is a fold back condition The value of the fold back is proportional to the calculated junction temperature Bit7 Inc Over Temp indicates the junction temperature has exceeded the maximum temperature for the power semiconductor device Options ale 55 5 515 2 2 2 25 Default x x x x x x x x 0000 0 09 0 p n Bit 15 14 13 2 11 10 9 87 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True 347 Drive OLTP 3 Default
354. o the Dint switch When Par 1022 Sel Switch Ctrl bit 6 SW DInt 1 On is low Min Max 2200000000 0000 Integer this input is updated to Par 1028 Swtch DInt 1 Output 1027 Swtch Dint 1 NO Default 0 0000 Y RW 32 bit This is the Normally Open input to the Real switch When Par 1022 Sel Switch Ctrl bit 6 SW DInt 1 On is high Min Max 4 2200000000 0000 Integer this input is updated to Par 1028 Swtch DInt 1 Output Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 121 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters No Values Description s 5 1028 Swtch Dint 1 Out Default 0 0000 RO 32 bit This is the result of the switch The output is loaded with the selected input based on Par 1022 Sel Switch Ctrl Min Max 2 2200000000 0000 Integer bit 6 SW Dint 1 On If this parameter does not update check the setting of Par 1000 UserFunct Enable bit 1 User Params 1029 Sel Swtch In00 Default 0 0000 Y RW Real to to Min Max 2 2200000000 0000 1044 Sel Swtch In15 Set these values for the inputs to the selector switch specified in Par 1022 Sel Switch Ctrl All inputs are entered as Real values You may use the output of the selector switch as either Real or Dint A conversi
355. oes not contain a project controller memory is empty solid green The controller is communicating with all the devices in its 1 0 configuration flashing green One or more devices in the 1 0 configuration of the controller are not responding flashing red The controller is not communicating to any devices The controller is faulted FORCE off No tags contain 1 0 force values 1 0 forces are inactive disabled solid amber 1 0 forces are active enabled 1 0 force values may or may not exist flashing amber One or more input or output address have been forced to an On or Off state but the forces have not been enabled COM off No RS 232 activity flashing green RS 232 activity BAT off The battery supports memory solid red Either the battery is Notinstalled 95 discharged and should be replaced OK off No power is applied flashing red If the controller is Then a new controller the controller requires a firmware update Not a new controller A major fault occurred To clear the fault either Turn the key switch from PROG to RUN to PROG Go online with RSLogix 5000 software solid red The controller detected a non recoverable fault so it cleared the project from memory To recover Cycle power to the chassis Download the project Change to Run mode Ifthe OK LED remains solid red contact your Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor
356. og peeds n 0 indino pd 10 ord gt ejqeu3 1ndino 9 291 uonisod 91215 91607 uonisog 4se1 JOasIG diaju SLL pds qur uornisod eris 91607 susid 0K 291 Kor sod urep gt ureo d 1509 queo pds indino 1885 peeds 1010W CoL 199 ured d dy 16009 sneng 20 K H4 10113 UONISOd Dc 55841 591 UPAS ISHO X 1913 wp 292 INO HOA V Cor uoa uoa jeuisod 1899 al N V weibeig E uonisod ees dieju peeds dieyu ayeyjecoy uonisod 2927 83 iisod 9927 84 V pen PLOT iisod l 1 I
357. ol may 2 4 qn an independent selection from the motor speed control feedback device Par 222 Mtr Fdbk Sel Pri or Par 223 Options on 0 4 Mtr Fdbk Sel Alt If the position feedback is to be the same as the motor feedback select option 3 Motor Fdbk 2 Reserved SL DirlntRx2 This option will set the selected feedback of Par 222 Motor Fdbk Sel Pri or Par 223 Mtr Fdbk Sel Alt as the 3 Mtr Fdbk Pri 10 SL DirlntRx3 position regulators position feedback 4 Motor Sim 5 FB Opt Notes Options 5 and 6 are only available when compatible feedback option card is installed This parameter was NE 5 6 FBOptPorti changed to non linkable for firmware version 3 001 778 XNotch Attenu Default 50 Y RW Real Sets the depth for the Position Notch Filter Attenuation is the ratio of the output to the input at the notch Min Max 0 500 frequency An attenuation of 30 means that the notch output is 1 30th of the input at the specified frequency Calculation Attenuation Input Output Attenuation E gt Freq Hz 779 IX Notch FiltFreq Default 00 Y RW Real Sets the center frequency of the Position Notch Filter Min Max 0 0 500 0 Units Hz 780 PositDetct1 Stpt Default 0 Y IRW 32 bit Provides the set point for Position Watch 1 Position Watch 1 is enabled and configured w
358. on is done to create the Dint value 1045 SelSwtch RealOut Default 0 0000 RO Real This is the result ofthe selector switch The output is loaded with the selected input based on Par 1022 Sel Min Max 2200000000 0000 Switch Ctrl bit 0 and bits 1 4 The output is only updated when Par 1022 Sel Switch Ctrl bit 0 SSW DataPass is high If Par 1022 Sel Switch Ctrl bit 0 is not high the output will not be updated to the selected input If this parameter does not update check the setting of Par 1000 UserFunct Enable bit 1 User Params 1046 SelSwtch DintOut Default 0 RO 32 bit This value is the value of Par 1045 SelSwtch RealOut converted to Dint value Use this value for point to point Min Max 2147483648 Integer positioning values 1047 DInt2Real1 In Default 0 Y RW 32 bit nput value for a first DInt to Real value conversion 2147483648 Integer ote This parameter name changed from DInt2Real In to DInt2Real1 In for firmware version 3 001 1048 Dint2Real1 Scale Default 0 0000 Y RW Real nput value to scale the first conversion from Dint to Real This is a multiplication to the input value after in Max 2200000000 0000 conversion to a Real value ote This parameter name changed from DInt2Real Scale to DInt2Real 1 Scale for firmware version 3 001 1049 DInt2Real Result Default 0 0000 RO Real This is the resultant output of the first conversion form a DInt value to a Real v
359. onfigures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs 2 FltCoastStop configures the drive to perform coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 73 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters Values Name Description Read Write 383 SLCommLloss Data Default 1 Last State Enter a value to determine what is done with the data received from SynchLink when a communication loss T naa Options 0 Zero Data occurs Refer to Par 902 SL Error Status for possible causes of communication loss 1 Last State 0 Zero Data Resets data to zero 1 Last State Holds data in its last state ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Par 383 SL CommLoss Data lets you determine the action of the drive if communications are disrupted By default this parameter causes the drive to hold the data in its last state You can set this parameter so that the drive resets the data to zero Precautions should be taken to ensure that the setting of this parameter does not create hazards of injury or equipment damage 384 51 CommLoss Cnfg Default 2 FitCoastStop Enter a value to configures the drive s response to SynchLink com
360. onisod 1950 uonisod 195 Jed hey wean Bau LE N epon uonoejes jeu xny Jojejodgeju uonisog 161 Z 1 103002 175 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 Control Block Diagrams Appendix C eyed d pds 624 dL Jeu pds 84d 18S pds 77d Sjulogise or S uod Idd uiuo Idd E C ponoso Y PL uod Idd WIH T Mod Idd WIH 30w34 uod Idd WIH 9905 19502 paeas sud gt 9 paads G peeds jesald peedg 1eseid aD poads peedg 1 i Cn paeds jeseid ZH8 oco 19497 dOW D pds x 2 Jeu CD pds 7 poads i T Coz 4 peeds jesald 5 9 peeds S d Cn G 1 T _ peeds gt paads jasalg 1 C66 D peeds h Cs peeds 1 7 o 1 pds 1 ez K est gt puigoiBo7 les 8 je
361. ontrol bit 0 Enbl Collect is cleared before the trigger occurs The trend data outputs will be updated from the contents of the trend buffer data when this bit is set Par 556 Trend Control bit 0 Enbl Collect can be cleared after this bit is set without affecting the trend data buffer contents This bit will clear in response to the rise of Par 556 Trend Control bit 0 Enbl Collect The trend outputs will be forced to zero while this bit is clear Options Default x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Xx x x x x X x x x x x Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 1 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 95 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters Values Description g cc 558 Trend State Default O Wait Enable Value indicates the state of the Data Trend function ise _ Ws Value 0 Wait Enable indicates the trend function is ready and waiting to begin data collection Setting bit Options 0 Enbl Collect of Par 556 Trend Control will cause data collection to begin In this state Par 569 2 Pre triqaer gger TrendBuffPointer and the Trend Output Parameters are active 3 Posttrigger Value 1 First Scan indicates the Trend function is executing the first pass through the trend
362. ontroller to determine drive control based on the masks and owners The control bits are reflected in Par 152 Applied LogicCmd bits 16 31 Options 5 15 8 alg 2 51519 ale a aLL S azalea elelelz alal 2 22 2 2 5 5 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 2 2121518 1213 5 55 25 5212 2 5 s 9 33 Default x 0 0 0 x x 0 0 0px 0 0 0 0 0 0 x 0 0 0 x x 0 0 JO x 0 0 0 0 0 0 oc Fake Bit 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 3 12 n 109 8 7 654p 2 1 0 1 Digln ConfigStat Default 0 Digin Ok This parameter indicates the status of the digital inputs Option 0 Digin Ok 4 Strt UnLatch 18 Sleep Config is displayed the sleep mode has not been set up correctly Check the values of parameters pem Z ARSi ags 280 Wake Level and 282 Sleep Level to verify that they are not set outside the bounds of the analog input Start NoStop 6 2Jog2 s Also verify the digital input configuration See Figure 9 on page 172 for more information on Sleep Wake Run latched 72 Fwd s Rev s Mode configuration Note Value 8 Sleep Config was added for firmware version 5 002 Zero Speed Lim Establishes a band around zero speed that is used to determine when the drive considers the motor to be at zero speed Logic TP Sel Enter or write a value to select logic status indication displayed in Par 162 Logic TP Data
363. ooting ao co coe Go G O Y DOTEC Human Interface Module HIM Change direction Increase speed or Decrease speed installation option Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 The keys are active only when the HIM is granted Manual Control or Par 27 Speed Ref A I 28 Speed Ref B I is set to Option 12 DPI Port 1 for a HIM installed in the drive cover Option 13 DPI Port 2 for a HIM connected by cable for handheld or remote Human Interface Module Overview Appendix A Alternate ALT Functions Follow these steps to use an ALT function 1 Press the ALT key and release it 2 Press the programming key for the desired function as identified in Table 8 Table 8 ALT Key Functions ALT Key and then Function S M A R T Function not available View Allows the selection of how parameters will be viewed or detailed information about a parameter or component Lang Function not available ALT Auto Man Function not available Remove Allows HIM removal without causing a fault if the HIM is not the last e controlling device and does not have manual control of the drive Exp Allows the value to be entered as an exponent Param Allows entry of a parameter number for viewing editing Access the Start Up Routine The start up routine asks simple yes or no questions and prompts you to input required information
364. or of the product of Par 1130 PPMP Pos Command and Min Max 1 2000000 Integer 1131 PPMP Pos Mul Integer math applies The scale block is enabled by setting bit 4 of Par 1134 PPMP Control Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1133 PPMP Scaled Cmd Default 0 RO 32 bit Indicates the result of integer scaling of the position reference for the Motion planner or the Position loop The Min Max 2147483648 Integer units are counts Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1134 PPMP Control Establishes the operating condition for the Motion Planner The operating mode s is selected if the corresponding bit is set Bit 0 Absolute Absolute mode When using the Homing function while in Absolute mode the value in Par 758 Pt Pt Posit Ref must be set relative to the value in Par 763 Position Actual after homing is complete For example When homing is complete Par 763 Position Actual 1000 counts If you want to move to an absolute position of 2000 counts relative to the home switch you must enter a value of 3000 counts into Par 758 Posit Ref i e 1000 2000 3000 If you want to move back to the home switch using the same value in Par 763 Position Actual after homing 1000 you must enter a value of 1000 into Par 758 Pt Pt Position Ref i e 0 1000 1000 Bit 1 Incremental Incremental mode Bit2 Start Start Bit4 Scaling En Scaling enabled
365. oring Drive Config FG otor NP Volts Motor NP FLA otor NP Hertz FGP Par 2 otor NP FLA Amps ALTJ VIEW gt Limits 2 1 500 Amps ALT VIEW gt Limits If using a HIM with a numeric keypad press the ALT key and the key to access the parameter by typing its number Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Parameter Links Human Interface Module Overview Appendix A Most parameter values are entered directly by the user However certain parameters can be linked so the value of one parameter becomes the value of another For Example the value of an analog input can be linked to Accel Time 1 Rather than entering an acceleration time directly via HIM the link allows the value to change by varying the analog signal This can provide additional flexibility for advanced applications Each link has 2 components Source parameter sender of information e Destination parameter receiver of information Most parameters can be a source of data for a link except parameter values that contain an integer representing an ENUM text choice The are not allowed since the integer is not actual data it represents a value Refer to the list of parameters in Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters for information on which parameters can be destinations links must be established between equal data types param
366. orque Ref 22 Rated We 49 q Reference 23 Leak Induct 50 1 Motor Pole 24 Rated Torque 51 1 Rated 145 25 Rated Ids 52 1 Rated Torq 26 Rated 145 53 Rs Temp Coef 358 Ref TP Data Default 10 0000 RO Rea Sets the limit value for the motor torque producing current Min Max 8 0000 P U Units PLU 359 MotorFlux Est Default 0 0000 RO Rea The Q axis motor voltage is divided by the motor frequency while field weakening is active This value is used to Min Max 8 0000 P U convert the torque command to a motor current Iqs command Units PU 360 Min Flux Default 0 2500 Y Rea Sets the smallest level of flux used to convert Par 303 Motor Torque Ref to a current reference above base speed Min Max 0 1000 1 0000 Note Changed the minimum value from 0 2500 to 0 1000 for firmware version 4 001 Units PU 361 Fix LpassFilt BW Default 12 0000 RW Rea Sets the bandwidth of the low pass filter that adjusts the response of the flux estimate used in the torque to Min Max 0 5000 100 0000 current conversion Since the field time constant varies between motors a better control response may be Units rad s obtained by adjusting the filter time constant Normally this parameter is not changed unless a significant disturbance occurs as the motor enters field weakening AND Par 360 Min Flux is less than 1 per unit 362 Current Limit Gain Default 250 RW 16 bit S
367. orque producing voltage Vqs regulator is off and Par 510 Mode Config bit 7 Ids Comp En 1 No Ids command compensation will be applied when Par 510 Mode Config bit 0 Notes Refer to Ids Compensation Coefficient Set Up in the PowerFlex 700 with Phase II Control Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM003 for more information This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 460 IdsCompCoeff Reg Default 0 RW 16 bit Defines the flux producing current Ids command compensation coefficient used during regeneration When Min Max 32767 Integer this parameter is set to 1024 the amount of compensation which is proportional to torque producing current 105 command is 100 of the rated flux current at 1 P U of Iqs command when the Vas regulator is off and Par 510 FVC Mode Config bit 7 Ids Comp En 1 No Ids command compensation will be applied when Par 510 FVC Mode Config bit 7 0 Notes Refer to Ids Compensation Coefficient Set Up in the PowerFlex 700 with Phase Il Control Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM003 for more information This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 461 SlipReg Off Iqs Default 200 RW 16 bit Defines the torque producing current 195 reference level below which the slip regulator turns off when the Min Max 32767 Integer slip regulator turn off point is defined as 461 10 5 96 of the rated 145 reference The slip reg
368. orrected and can only be reset after cycling power Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 143 Chapter3 Troubleshooting HIM Indication of a Fault The HIM also provides visual notification of a fault Condition Display Drive is indicating a fault The LCD HIM immediately reports the fault condition by displaying the F gt lFaultea Auto following Faulted appears in the status line Fault F24 DC Bus Overvolt Fault number Time since Fault Fault name 00 23 52 Time that has passed since the fault occurred Press Esc to regain control of the HIM Manually Clearing Faults Follow the steps to manually clear a fault Press G5 Esc on the HIM to acknowledge the fault The fault information will be removed so that you can use the HIM Address the condition that caused the fault The cause must be corrected before the fault can be cleared After corrective action has been taken clear the fault using one of the methods Press Stop on the HIM Cycle drive power Select Clear Faults from the Diagnostics gt Faults menu on the HIM Fault and Alarm Types A fault is a condition that stops the drive An alarm is a condition that if left untreated may stop the drive There are three configuration types for indicating a fault and or alarm Table 5 Fault Type Descriptions Type 1 Fault Description Non Configurable Fault cause o
369. otor overload PT function The value indicates minimum speed below the minimum current threshold Par 337 Mtr I2T Curr Min and these are the first current speed breakpoint From this point the current threshold is linear to the value specified by the motor service factor Par 336 Motor OL Factor Set this parameter to the minimum value for the motor overload trip to vary in time at low speeds For more information please see Motor Overload on page 166 Default Min Max Units 1 0000 0 0500 1 0000 PU RW 39 Mtr 127 Calibrat Sets the current calibration level for the motor overload function The value indicates the current level that the drive will fault at this current in 60 seconds Default Min Max Units 2 0000 1 1000 4 0000 PU RW Real w 40 Mtr 127 Trp ThrH Displays the trip threshold current for the motor overload function The value depends on the motor speed and is calculated from the minimum current Par 337 Mtr 12T Curr Min the minimum speed Par 338 Mtr 12T Spd Min and the motor service factor Par 336 Motor OL Factor Default Min Max Units 1 1500 0 0500 2 0000 PU RO Real w 4 Mtr 121 Count The accumulator for Motor Overload detection Motor PT function When the motor runs at the over rated motor current the accumulator starts counting up If the motor runs at below rated motor current the accumulator counts down If
370. p Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 67 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters No 332 333 68 Name Description 700L EventStatus Indicates the presence of certain drive anomalies for PowerFlex 700L LiquiFlo drive Bit 0 Dsat Phs U1 indicates that the primary structure detected Dsat on phase U Bit 1 Dsat Phs V1 indicates that the primary structure detected Dsat on phase V Bit 2 Dsat Phs W indicates that the primary structure detected a Dsat on phase W Bit 3 Ovr Current indicates that the primary structure detected an over current Bit 4 Ovr Volt1 indicates that the primary structure detected an over voltage Bit 5 Asym DcLink1 indicates that the primary structure detected an unbalanced DC Link Bit 6 Pwr Suply1 indicates that the primary structure detected a power supply failure Bit 7 HW Disable1 indicates that the primary structure detected a hardware disable Bit 8 Latch Err1 indicates that the primary structure fault was generated but no indicating bit was set Bit 14 Cnv NotLogin the converter was expected but none logged in Bit 15 Cnv NotStart the converter was commanded to start but did not become active Bit 16 Dsat Phs U2 the second structure detected a Dsat on phase U Bit 17 Dsat Phs V2 the second structure detected a Dsat on phase V Bit 18 Dsat Phs W2 the second structure detected a Dsat on phase W
371. p 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs 4 2 FltCoastStop configures the drive to perform coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 3 Fit RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 381 Err Cnfg Default 2 Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a Precharge Error exception event me u Option 0 Ignore 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs 1 am 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs 2 FltCoastStop 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 382 MCCmdLim Cnfg Default 2 Alarm Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a Motor Controller MC Command Limitation exception event Options h m um ptions 0 Ignore This event is triggered when the motor controller detects limit of the command values used in the motor 1 Alarm controller and returns the exception event to the Velocity Position Loop VPL 2 FltCoastStop 0 Ignore c
372. p Parameter format simplifies programming by grouping parameters that are used for similar functions There are twelve files Each file is divided into multiple groups of parameters Each illustration below contains a list of the Parameters contained in each Group for each File Control Status 150 Logic State Mach 155 Logic Status 157 Logic Ctrl State 156 Start Inhibits 166 Motor Ctrl Cmmd 167 Motor Ctrl Ackn 555 MC Status 346 Drive OL Status 159 Digln ConfigStat 165 Tune Test Status 317 SL System Time 554 LED Status Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Drive Data 400 Rated Amps 401 Rated Volts 420 Pwr Strct Mode 404 Dead Time 314 VPL Firmware Rev 315 VPL Build Number 457 MC Firmware Rev 456 MC Build Number 900 SynchLink Rev 901 SL System Rev 21 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters 22 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 Motor Data Monitoring Drive Config Tuning Autotune Results 1 Motor NP Volts 525 Slip Ratio 485 Motor Ctrl Mode 423 145 Rate Limit 421 Iqs Integ Freq 2 Motor NP FLA 526 Stator Frequency 402 PWM Frequency 453 lu Offset 422 195 Reg P Gain 3 Motor NP Hertz 434 Mtr Vds Base 403 Voltage Class 454 Iw Offset 429 145 Integ Freq 4 Motor NP RPM 435 Mtr Vqs Base 405 Dead Time Comp 425 Flux Rate Limit 430 Ids Reg P Gain 5 Motor NP Power 441 Vds Fdbk Fi
373. p Close Input Drive Running gt Consult Factory 172 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 List of Control Block Diagrams Control Block Diagrams Appendix C Flow diagrams on the following pages illustrate the drive s control algorithms Topic Page Overview 15 Speed Control Reference Select 176 Speed Control Reference 177 Speed Control Regulator 178 Process Control 179 Torque Control Torque 180 Torque Control Current 181 Speed Position Feedback 182 Inputs amp Outputs Digital 183 Inputs amp Outputs Analog 184 Control Logic 185 Position Control Interp Direct 186 Position Control Point to Point 187 Position Control Auxiliary Control 188 Point To Point Motion Planner 189 Phase Locked Loop 190 Virtual Master Encoder 191 User Functions 1 192 User Functions 2 193 Synchlink 194 V Hz 195 Diagnostic Tools 196 Inverter Overload IT 197 DriveLogix Connection Speed Control 198 DriveLogix Connection Position Control 199 DriveLogix Connection Motion Control 20 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 173 AppendixC X Control Block Diagrams Diagram Conventions and Definitions Definitions of the Per Unit system Processor Task time selection Notes Important 1 0 PU Position Distance traveled 1 sec at Base
374. p RPM FLA 98 57155 Spd Reg Kp 104 To DriveLogix12 638 Slip RPM Meter 107 SrLss StbltyFilt 539 To DriveLogix13 639 Slip Slew Rate 553 57155 Volt Comp 542 To DriveLogix14 640 Spd Err Filt BW 89 SrLss VoltStblty 538 To DriveLogix15 641 Spd Fdbk Scale 73 Srlss ZeroSpdLim 169 To DriveLogix16 642 Spd Fdbk TP Data 247 SrLssAngleStblty 537 To DriveLogix17 643 136 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Param Name Text Parameter Param Name Text Parameter Param Name Text Parameter 0 DriveLogix18 644 UserData Dint 04 1005 X Notch Attenu 778 DriveLogix19 645 UserData Dint 05 1006 X Notch FiltFreq 779 0 DriveLogix20 646 UserData Dint 06 1007 X Offst SpdFilt 756 orque En Dly 501 UserData Dint 07 1008 XReg Integ HiLim 773 orque Neg Limit 126 UserData Dint 08 1009 XReg Integ LoLim 772 orque Pos Limit 125 UserData Dint 09 1010 XReg Integ Out 774 orque Ref1 111 UserData Dint 10 1011 XReg Spd HiLim 776 orque Ref1 Div 112 UserData Real 01 1012 XReg Spd LoLim 715 orque Ref2 113 UserData Real 02 1013 Xsync Gen Period 787 orque Ref2 Mult 114 UserData Real 03 1014 XsyncIn 1 788 orque Step 116 UserData Real 04 1015 XsyncIn 2 790 orque Trim 115 UserData Real 05 1016 XsyncIn 3 793 otal Inertia 9 UserData R
375. parameter to a controller output word to Options 0 Hold PrChrg coordinate the precharge of multiple drives H Enbl PrChrg 78 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No 412 Description Power EE TP Sel Enter or write a value to select drive power EEPROM data displayed in Par 413 Power EE TP Data The default is 0 Zero Note Options 74 92 were changed and options 93 111 were added for firmware version 3 001 Options 0 Zero 19 Bus VitScale 38 IGBT Rated A 61 Convt Type 80 HH1P BID 99 HH2P BID 1 Volt Class 20 Watts 39 IGBT V Thres 62 DCBus Induc 81 HH1S WID 100 HH2 S W ID 2 Assy Rev 21 SmI PS Min V 40 IGBT Slope R 63 ACInp Induc 82 HH1 P B Rev 101 HH2 P B Rev 3 ASAS N 22 Lrg PS Watts 41 IGBT Sw Engy 64 Precharg Res 83 HH1 S W Rev 102 HH2 S W Rev 4 ManufYear 23 LrgPS Min V 44 IGBT CS Tres 65 PrechThrm Tc 84 HH1 Extr Data 103 HH2 ExtrData 5 Manuf Month 24 Inv Rated Kw 45 GBTCSTC 66 Mtr NP Units 85 HH1Voltindx 104 2 VoltIndx 6 ManufDay 25 InvRated V 46 Diode V Thrs 67 Mtr NP Power 86 HHISizelndx 105 HH2Sizelndx 7 ProcStat 26 InvRated A 47 Diode SlopeR 68 Mtr NP Volts 87 HH1 Option 106 HH2 Option 8 Life PwrCycl 27 nv1min Amp 48 Diode JCTr 69 Mtr NP Amps 88 HH1 HrdPrdct 107 2 HrdPrdct 9 Life Pwrup 28 inv3secAmp 49 Diode 70 Mtr NP Freq 8
376. peed Ref 2 25 STrim2 Filt Gain 175 Setpt 2 Data 13 Spd Ref2 Multi 26 SpdTrim2 Filt BW 176 Setpt2 TripPoint 14 Preset Speed 1 74 Atune Spd Ref 17 Setpt 2 Limit 15 Preset Speed 2 75 Rev Speed Lim 16 Preset Speed 3 76 Fwd Speed Lim 17 Preset Speed 4 301 Motor Speed Ref 18 Preset Speed 5 300 Motor Spd Fdbk 19 Preset Speed 6 93 SRegFB Filt Gain 20 Preset Speed 7 94 SReg FB Filt BW 29 Jog Speed 1 71 Filtered SpdFdbk 39 Jog Speed 2 100 Speed Error 40 Selected Spd Ref 89 Spd Err Filt BW 30 Min Spd Ref Lim 84 SpdReg AntiBckup 31 Max Spd Ref Lim 85 Servo Lock Gain 41 Limited Spd Ref 87 SReg Trq Preset 32 Accel Time 1 9 Total Inertia 33 Decel Time 1 90 Spd Reg BW 34 S Curve Time 97 Act Spd Reg BW 43 Ramped Spd Ref 91 Spd Reg Damping 53 Drive Ramp Rslt 81 Spd Reg P Gain 45 Delayed Spd Ref 82 Spd Reg I Gain 61 Virt Encoder EPR 92 SpdReg P Gain Mx 62 Virt Encdr Posit 86 Spd Reg Droop 63 Virt Encdr Dlyed 101 SpdReg Integ Out 37 Spd Ref Bypass 106 57155 Spd Reg BW 35 SpdRef Filt Gain 104 57155 Spd Reg Kp 36 SpdRef Filt BW 105 57155 Spd Reg Ki 38 Speed Ref Scale 102 Spd Reg Pos Lim 46 Scaled Spd Ref 103 Spd Reg Neg Lim 21 Speed Trim 1 95 SRegOut FiltGain 47 SpdRef SpdTrm1 96 SReg Out Filt BW 56 Inertia SpeedRef 302 Spd Reg PI Out 9 Total Inertia 57 InertiaAccelGain 58 InertiaDecelGain 60 DeltaSpeedScale 55 Speed Comp 59 Inertia Trq Add 64 FricComp Spd Ref 65 FricComp Setup 1160 VirtEncPositFast 66 FricComp Stick
377. ponse Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 723 Rev Input Default 11 RW 32 bit Revolution of the input encoder This parameter must be coordinated with Par 724 PLL Rev Out to resolve the Min Max 1000000 Integer O gear ratio between input revolutions and output virtual revolutions The ratio of input to output revolutions can always be resolved into integer values and should be reduced to their lowest common factor Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 724 PLLRev Output Default 1 RW 32 bit Revolution of the output encoder This parameter must be coordinated with Par 723 PLL Rev In to resolve the Min Max 1 2000000 Integer gear ratio between input revolutions and output virtual revolutions The ratio of input to output revolutions can always be resolved into integer values and should be reduced to their lowest common factor Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 725 PLLEPR Input Default 1048576 RW 32 bit Edges Per Revolution of the physical input device Use highest line count device possible to insure smoother PLL Min Max 1 67108864 Integer O operation Units EPR Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 726 PLLEPR Output Default 1048576 RW 32 bit Edges Per Revolution of virtual the physical output device in Max 1 67108864 Integer Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Units EPR 727 PLLVirtEn
378. q y esiwieujo seDueuo 7949p eui ji INHL 195 SI 2 40 x Buu x xeed eBueuo eu ALON Lino puai 0 pus hQ zu poo 6 2 pue 49 ng Snes pues snes puai 1 ysel 0 Luj pussy pul puaa J031u02 puai 1991109 2 puei pues pues puoi pues 9954 0 wou 1ejurod peje2o si 1504 S 0 6999 1e s gep eu p 1 0 9959 senjeA 1ejurod ye si 2 L 999d uod Je66uj 01d eu Jo eui ye erep y 1 ay jo ed uo 8994 10 9 2 eui 0 21015 0 jo Jaquinu eui sioejes 9954 C699 Jejulogjingpuei Cos X jeay 957 puoi Cess 69 d eje1 ye yoeq ojn
379. q Default 0 0000 Y RW Real The center frequency for Notch filter To disable set to zero 0 Min Max 0 0000 500 0000 Units Hz 119 SLATErrorSetpnt Default 0 005 Y Real Determines the rpms at which the drive will switch from speed mode to the Speed Limited Adjustable Torque 0 0 0 1 SLAT min SLAT max mode identified in Par 110 Speed Torque Mode bit 7 SLAT Minimum or bit 8 SLAT Units rpm Maximum Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 120 SLAT Dwell Time Default 0 0 Y JRW Real SLAT control dwell time The time in seconds that the drive can be above the error set point in Min Max 0 0 2 0 D Par 119 SLAT ErrorSetpnt before returning to the SLAT min or SLAT max mode Units Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 123 TrqPosLim Actl Default 1 0 RO Real Sets the internal torque limit for positive torque reference values The positive internal motor torque will not be Min Max 0 0 8 0 allowed to exceed this value Units PU 124 TrqNegLim Actl Default 1 0 RO Real Sets the internal torque limit for negative torque reference values The internal negative motor torque will not be Min Max 8 0 0 0 allowed to exceed this value Units PU 125 Torque Pos Limit Default 2 0000 Y Real Sets the external torque limit for positive torque reference values The external positive motor torque will not be Min Max 0 0000 8 0000 allowed to exceed this v
380. r Options 0 IgsRe2 14 2 DcBus 29 DbDuty 43 RotorFluxEst 57 VbusDrop 712 HHOverLoad 1 Ws 15 VbusFdbk 30 VelFdbkEnco 44 Ws2 58 VdsMax 72 Precharge 2 We 16 VbusFdbkFltr 31 2 VelFdbkEnci 45 BusDropVolts 59 VbusLow 73 HHFanAlarm 3 We2 17 VbusMemory 32 VdsCmd2 46 RecoverVolts 60 VbusRising 74 4 VdsCmd 18 33 VelFdbkOpti 47 TestDtoA0 61 PreChrgDone 75 HHHWIncomp 5 VqsCmd 19 ThetaE 34 Reserved 48 TestDtoA1 62 FieldWeak 76 GateShort 6 VdsFdbk 20 FldWeakActiv 35 Reserved 49 TestDtoA2 63 Reserved 7 VgsFdbk 21 MtrFIxPU 36 Reserved 50 TestDtoA3 64 DynamBrakeOn 8 luFdbk 23 SlipGainFltr 37 Reserved 51 RideThruActv 65 Reserved 9 wFdbk 24 SlipVdsCmd 38 TorqueEst 52 PreChrgReqVp 66 MCStatusMon 10 IdsFdbk 25 MotorVolts 39 TorqueEstFIt 53 Reserved 67 MCStatus1 112 IqsFdbk 26 BusUtil 40 Reserved 54 Reserved 68 OverCurr 12 2 27 lgsLimit 41 PowerCalc 55 Reserved 69 BusOviVIt 13 IqsCmd 28 VqsldsCmd 42 TorqueCmd 56 TorqlrimActv 70 Desat 476 MCFaultTP Value Default 0 0 RO 32 bit Displays the data selected by Par 475 MC FaultTPSelect This parameter should not be changed by the user Min Max 2147483648 Integer A Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 477 Est Theta De
381. r 1104 Par 1105 Par 1106 Par 1107 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1105 AddSub 3 Add Default 1 0000 Y IRW Real This value is added to the value of Par 1104 AddSub 3 Input The result will be subtracted from by Par 1106 and Min Max 2200000000 0000 loaded into Par 1107 See Par 1104 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1106 AddSub 3 Subtrct Default 1 0000 Y RW Real This value is subtracted from the result of Par 1104 Par 1105 The result will be loaded into Par 1107 See Par Min Max 2200000000 0000 1104 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1107 3 Result Default 1 0000 RO Real This is the result output from the Add and Subtract function See Par 1104 Min Max 2200000000 0000 Equation Par 1107 Par 1104 Par 1105 Par 1106 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1108 DelTmr1 TrigData Default 0 Y RW 32 bit Link a word to this parameter that will control a user defined on or off delay timer The bit within the selected Min Max 32 bits of data Boolean word that will control the delay timer is set by Par 1109 DelTmr1 Trig Bit The user defined on off delay timer is enabled by setting bit 6 Delay Timer of Par 1000 UserFunct Enable DelayTimer 1 Stats 00 Enabled DelayTimer 1PrSet 1110 00 Timing DelayTimer 1 Data 1085 Eid 00 DelayTimer 1 I lt 1111DelayTimer 1
382. r Speed Ref Default 0 0000 RO Rea Displays the speed reference value after the limit function This is the input to the error calculator and speed Min Max 2 14112 0000 regulator Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 302 Spd Reg PI Out Default 0 0000 RO Rea Displays the output of the speed regulator This is the input to torque control A value of 1 0 represents base Min Max 8 0000 P U torque of the motor Units PU 303 Motor Torque Ref Default 0 0000 RO Rea Displays the reference value of motor torque The actual value of the motor torque is within 5 of this value Min Max 8 0000 P U Units PU 304 Status Displays the limit status of conditions that may be limiting the current reference or torque reference BitO0 MCS Iq Lim indicates that torque producing current is at its positive limit Bit 1 MCS Ws Lim indicates that flux producing torque is at its positive limit Bit2 0la from indicates that torque producing current is limited to zero from the positive direction refer to Par 353 Iq Actual Lim Bit3 1q Calc indicates the calculation for torque producing current has reached its positive limit Bit4 Current Lim indicates that the current reference has reached the positive Motor Current Limit set by Par 356 Mtr Current Lim Bit5 DriveProtOL indicates that the current reference has reached the positive current limit set by the Open Loop Inver
383. rameter does Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 7 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters No Name Values Ew Description 390 SLMultErr Cnfg Default 2 FitCoastStop Enter a value to configure the Drive Module s response to a SynchLink Multiplier error Refer to Par 927 SL Mult Option o Ignore State for possible causes for multiplier errors larm 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs _ i FitCoastStop 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs Flt RampStop 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 3 Fit RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit response to this event not create hazards of injury or equipment damage 4 FitCurLimStp ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Par 390 SL MultErr Cnfg lets you determine the action of the drive if communications are disrupted By default this parameter causes the drive fault and coast to a stop You can set this parameter so that the drive continues to
384. rameter must Min Max 10 20000 Integer be set to one of the values displayed in bold in Table 242A below Units PPR Table 242A PPR Rating Values n x mod 75 mod125 mod225 mod375 mod625 mod1125 0 1 75 125 225 375 625 1125 1 150 250 450 750 1250 2250 2 4 300 500 900 1500 2500 4500 3 8 600 1000 1800 3000 5000 9000 4 16 1200 2000 3600 6000 10000 18000 5 32 2400 4000 7200 12000 20000 6 64 7 128 8 256 9 512 10 1024 11 12048 12 4096 13 8192 14 16384 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 53 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters No Name Values Description amp 245 SpdFdbkTP Sel Default 0 Zero Enter or write a value to select the data displayed in Par 246 Spd Fdbk TP RPM and Par 247 Spd Fdbk TP Data Options 0 Zero 21 EO EPR Note Option values 5 15 were changed to Reserved and option 41 First Diff was added for firmware version 1 22 EO Edge Mode 2004 2 InactvFbkDev 23 EO 3 ActiveFbkDev 24 EO Error 4 MCP Fdbk Dev 25 0 Qloss pk 5 Reserved 26 EO Ploss pk 6 Reserved 27 PlevlHist 7 Reserved
385. re configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs 1 Alarm 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs 2 FltCoastStop 2 FltCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to 3 HtRampStop this event MA 4 FitCurLimStp 3 Flt RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 72 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No Name Values Description 5 375 InvOTPend Default 1 Alarm Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a Inverter Over Temperature OT Pending exception event This _ n AP Option 0 Ignore event is triggered when the Inverter Negative Temperature Coefficient NTC function detects the heat sink 1 Nam temperature reaches to the overload warning level 2 FltCoastStop 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs 3 flt RampStop 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs 4 FltCurLimStp 2 Fi
386. re version 3 001 Options Reserved CurrSensor U Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 83 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters No Name Description 466 1 Select Enter a value to select Motor Control data displayed in Par 467 MC TP1 Value and Par 468 MC TP1 Bit Par 467 MC TP1 Value and Par 468 MC TP1 Bit are diagnostic tools you can use to A view internal drive parameters The default value is option 0 MulqsRef2 Notes Options 209 212 were added for firmware version 2 004 Options 213 254 were added for firmware version 3 001 Changed the following selections for firmware 4 001 84 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 95 97 98 99 103 104 105 106 108 109 110 111 163 164 165 174 175 176 177 178 179 181 182 183 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 236 237 253 Added option 163 Flux Up Time for firmware version 4 002 Options 0 MulgsRef2 43 FluxRatio4 86 SlipGainRate 1292 RWWoOut 1722 VqsComp 215 CurSnsChck1 1 SlipRatio 44 MuFlxRtioRef 87 FiltSlipGain 1302 RWVwOut 173 4096 2 5V 216 CurrSnsChck3 2 Ws 45 RcpFlxRatio1 88 SlipScale 1312 RWuEr 1744 2 FregAdjustFS 217 CurrSnsChck5 3 Wr st2 46 MulfluxRef 89 SlipSclShift 1322 RWvEm 175 Reserved 218 FrameSize 4 47 MultestRef 90 VdsError 1332 RWwEr 176 FreglntMonFB 2
387. re version 3 001 735 PLLSpeedOut Adv Default 00 Y Real Phase Locked Loop velocity advanced output This signal is one velocity reference sample in advance of Par734 2200000000 0 PLL Speed Out link is normally made to this parameter from SynchLink Velocity reference is performed in Units PU the same task as the position regulator Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1 04 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No 737 738 739 740 Values Description is Posit TP Select Default 0 Zero Pinus a value to select position regulator data displayed in Par 738 PositTP Datalnt and Par 739 PositTP Options 0 Zero 9 Limiter Out ataReal del Xos Vout 10 Ref EGR In del 11 OffsetSpdLim 3 del Act Load 12 Pt Pt SpdLim 4 del Act Mtr 13 Sec per Edge 5 Integ Error 14 Edge per Sec 6 Xprop Out 15 Ratio Guess 7 Fdbk Sel Alt 16 Sync Count 8 PreLim Xvout PositTP DataDInt Default 0 Displays the integer data selected by Par 737 Posit TP Select This display should only be used ifthe selected Min Max 2147483648 value is Integer data PositTP DataReal Default 0 0 Displays the real data selected by Par 737 Posit TP S
388. reater than or equal to 1 Units PU 205 LimGen Y axis Mn Default 10 0500 Y RW Real Sets Par 207 Limit Gen Hi Out and Par 208 Limit Gen Lo Out when the absolute value of Par 206 LimGen X axis Min Max 0 0000 8 0000 In is equal to 0 Units PU 211 LimGen X axis In The X axis input to the Limit Generator Typically this parameter is linked to a speed reference or to Par 203 Time Axis Output Limit Gen Hi Out Displays the positive output of the Limit Generator When Par 206 Limit Gen X axis In is greater than or equal to 1 this value equals Par 204 Limit Gen Y axis Mx When Par 206 Limit Gen X axis In is equal to 0 this value equals Par 205 Limit Gen Y axis Mn For values of X Axis input between 0 and 1 the value of this parameter is interpolated from Y axis min and max values Typically it is linked to Par 188 PI Integ Limit Gen Lo Out Displays the negative output of the Limit Generator The value of this parameter is the negative of Par 207 Limit Gen Hi Out Typically it is linked to Par 189 PI Integ LLim PeakDtct Ctrl In is not set the detector detects valleys or levels below the preset The output shows the min or max peak default 0 Bit 15 1 13 12 11 109 8 7 PeakDtct Status Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Default Default Units Default Units Min Max Min Max Min Max 8 0000 0 0000 8 0000 PU 8
389. refsgldsCmd 238 CurFbkldsFbk 239 VqsCmd700B 240 VdsCmc700B 241 VqsRefNom 24 VqsRslqsNom 243 VqsSpdVitNom 244 VitLmtVqsRef 245 IdsFbkDeriv 246 VdsRefNom 247 VdsRsldsNom 248 VdsSpdVltNom 249 VitLmtVdsRef 250 IdsFbkDeriv 251 VuvFbkOffset 252 VwwFbkOffset 253 luFbkOffset 254 lwFbkOffset 255 KSlipNP lUnbalanceSt 0 0 2147483648 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 CurrSnsChck1 CurrSnsChck3 CurrSnsChck5 FrameSize Reserved Reserved Reserved PowerMon RawlwFdbk2 VqsFbFitrCom VqsErrorcomm ReconswFreq ReconAngleAc VsCmdAngleVf ReconFreqint SpeedRef CurFbkldsFbk CurFbklqsFbk VqsThetaEst VdsThetaEst RecnSwitch VqsFbTransf VdsFbTransf BusLimitVBEr ParDecelRtMC ACRIqsRef ACRIqsCmd IqsCmdFltr ISpdCmd AccDecRate RecThetaEx4 RecVqsFdbk RecVdsFdbk VdeFilter VqsFdbkTrans VdsFdbkTrans Excitation ExciteStatus CommldsCount ThetaEsample Reserved 32 bit Integer Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No 475 Name Description MC FaultTPSelect firmware version 3 001 cc Data Type Enter or write a value to select the Motor Control MC Fault Data displayed in Par 476 MC FaultTP Value This parameter should not be changed by the user Notes This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 The value for option 67 was changed from HH GateShort to MCStatus1 for firmware version 2 004 Values 68 76 were added fo
390. rl Mode Units 488 Flux Current Default 30 00 RW 16 bit Specifies the magnetizing current that produces rated flux in the motor in per unit percent representation Min Max 0 00 75 00 Integer Measured by the auto tune procedure Do not change this value Units m Scale 100 489 Fix CurFdbk Id Default 0 0000 RO Real Displays flux producing d axis current feedback Min Max 8 0000 P U A Units PU 490 Statorinductance Default 1000 RW 16 bit Displays the sum of the stator and cable inductances of the motor in per unit percent representation as Min Max 0 00 799 99 Integer determined by the auto tune procedure Scaled to percent of rated motor impedance Do not change this Units value Scale 00 4096 A Note the default value was changed from 8192 to 4096 for firmware version 3 001 491 StatorResistance Default 1 00 RW 16 bit Displays the sum ofthe stator and cable resistances of the motor in per unit percent representation as Min Max 0 00 100 00 Integer determined by the auto tune procedure Scaled to percent of rated motor impedance Do not change this Units 96 n value Scale 00 8192 492 Leak Inductance Default 2000 RW 16 bit Displays the sum of the motor stator and rotor leak inductance and motor cable inductances in per unit Min Max 0 00 100 00 Integer Qe percent representation as determined by the auto tune procedure Scaled to percent of rated motor Units 96 n impedan
391. ro from the negative direction refer to Par 353 Iq Actual Lim Bit 19 Iq Calc indicates the calculation for torque producing current has reached its negative limit Bit 20 Current Lim indicates that the current reference has reached the negative Motor Current Limit set by Par 356 Mtr Current Lim Bit21 DriveProtOL indicates that the current reference has reached the negative current limit set by the Open Loop Inverter Overload shown in 343 OL OpnLp CurrLim Bit 22 DriveProtCL indicates that the current reference has reached the negative current limit set by the Closed Loop Inverter Overload shown in Par 344 OL ClsLp CurrLim Bit 24 Torq Limit indicates that the torque reference has reached the Negative Torque Limit set by 126 Torque Neg Limit Bit 25 Regen PwrLim indicates that the torque reference is being limited by the Regenerative Power Limit set by Par 128 Regen Power Lim Bit 26 Torq CurLim indicates that current reference has reached the Actual Torque Producing Current Limit set by Par 353 Iq Actual Lim Bit27 Bus Reg Tq Lim indicates the bus voltage regulator is active and limiting the regenerative torque Bit 28 0 Torq indicates that the torque reference is limited to zero because Par 157 Logic Ctrl State bit 9 Ref En is off Bit 29 0 Curr Ena indicates that the current reference is limited to zero because Par 157 Logic Ctrl State bi
392. rogramming and Parameters No 473 474 86 Name Description MCTP2 Select Enter a value to select Motor Control MC data displayed in Par 474 MC TP2 Value and Par 468 MC TP Bit Par 474 MC TP2 Value Par 468 MC TP1 Bit are diagnostic tools you can use to view internal drive parameters This parameter should not be changed by the user The default value is option 0 MulqsRef2 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Added option 163 Flux Up Time for firmware version 4 002 Options 0 MulqsRef2 1 SlipRatio 2 Ws 3 Wr st2 4 We 5 VdsCmd 6 VqsCmd 7 VuCmdl 8 WCmdl 9 VwCmdl 10 luFdbk 112 IwFdbk 12 IdsFdbk 13 IqsFdbk 14 VdsFdbk 15 VuvFdbk 16 WwFdbk 17 VqsFdbk 18 IdsCmd 19 IqsRatio 20 MulqsRef 21 IqsCmd 22 We2 23 24 25 26 VuCmd2 27 WCmd2 28 VwCmd2 29 30 Vds cemf 31 Vqs cemf 32 VdsCmd2 33 VqsCmd2 34 1451 35 Iqsintegral 36 DcBus 37 38 Wr2 39 FluxRatio1 40 VbusFdbk 41 FluxRatio2 42 FluxRatio3 MCTP2 Value Displays the data selected by Par 473 MC TP2 Select This display should only be used if the selected value is Min Max integer data This parameter is a diagnostic tool you can use to view internal drive parameters This parameter 43 FluxRatio4 44 MuFlxRtioRef 45 RcpFlxRatio1 46 MulfluxRef 47
393. rol Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM003 for details Note Bit 11 SmplRate bt0 is set to 0 False by default for firmware version 1 11 and bit 11 SmplRate1 is set to 1 True by default for firmware version 2 003 Options Resolver Dir Resolution 1 False True Table 268A Resolution Settings Table 268D FIR Filter Settings Bit 3 2 Resolution Bit 12 11 10 Taps 0 0 1 0 bi resolution 0 9 01 0 1 12 i resolution default setting 0 0 12 14 bit resolution 0104 1 1 16bit resolution 0 1 18 Table 268B Resolution and Least Significant Bits Used i RE Resolution LSB Not Used Parameter 250 Increments by 10 13 16bit All bits used 1 M NR E Mbit 2LSBnotused 4 12bit 4158 not used 8 10 bit 6 LSB not used 64 Table 268C Resolution and Resolver Tracking Speed Maximum Tracking Speed Tracking Speed Tracking Speed Resolution Carrier Freq _ forX1Resolver forX2 Resolver forX5 Resolver 10 bit 34 kHz 55 K rpm 27 5 K rpm 11 K rpm 12bit 24kHz 13 8 K rpm 6 9 K rpm 2 76 K rpm 14 bit 14kHz 3480 rpm 1740 rpm 696 rpm 16 bit 10 kHz 900 rpm 450 rpm 180 rpm 269 Resolver Status Indicates status of the resolver option card port 0 BitO Cable Tune Bit 1 Result indicates the tuning Parameter type When set it indicates the tuning is using the parameter database When cleared it indicates the tuning is using derived data Bit 2 Mtr Turning indicates that the motor is turn
394. rrent x motor base speed motor speed above base speed 425 Flux Rate Limit Default 1 0 RW 16 bit Sets the limit for the maximum rate of change for flux producing d axis current Min Max 0 0 195 3 Integer Units 96 ms Scale x10 426 FluxSatur Default 00 RW 16 bit This represents the amount of flux current required to compensate for the flux saturation effect of the motor Min Max 0 0 51 3 Integer Active only for FOC 2 motor control mode Units 96 Scale x10 427 PMMtrCEMF Comp Default 0 RW 16 bit Provides CEMF compensation for the torque producing q axis current in the permanent magnet motor Min Max 10 100 Integer A mode Units 428 X ReglGain Fctr Default 1 RW 16 bit Adjustment for current regulator integral frequency factor gain Min Max 1 20 Integer 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No Name Values NT Description 2 zi 2 9 5 sie 429 dsintegFreq Default 10 RW 16 bit Sets the break frequency of the flux producing d axis current regulator This and 430 Ids Reg P Gain Min Max 0 32767 Integer A determine the integral gain for the d axis current regulator Set by the autotune procedure Do not change Units rad s this value 430 dsRegP Gain Default 10
395. rts when bus voltage reaches the value of Par 415 BusReg Brake Ref plus 4 5 With the low setting the bus regulator turns on first at the value set by Par 415 BusReg Brake Ref and then the dynamic braking turns on when there are any transients above the value set in Par 415 BusReg Brake Ref Set bit 3 Bus Reg En to enable the Bus Voltage Regulator The output of the Bus Voltage Regulator is summed with Par 128 Regen Power Lim and fed into the Power Limit Calculator It in effect reduces regenerative torque references when the bus voltage is too high Notes This parameter was changed to non linkable and bits 5 and 6 were added for future use not active for use with firmware version 3 001 Remove bits 5 and 6 for firmware version 4 001 not used Options Brake Extern Brake Enable Default x x x x x x 1 0 0 Bit 15 14 1 2 411 109 8 7 6 543 2 1 0 1 True BusReg Brake Ref Default 111 0000 RW Real Sets the turn on voltage for the bus regulator and brakes Enter a percentage of the high voltage setting for Min Max 1 10 5000 7 117 8000 the voltage class For example on a 400 480V AC drive Units 96 111 x 42x 4802 VDC Note The minimum value for frame 5 and up 600V AC input drives was changed from 110 5000 to 100 0000 for firmware version 4 002 1 The minimum value is 100 0000 for frame 5 and up 600V AC input drives Brake PulseWatts Default 2000 0000 RW Re
396. s peoy ouo enbio ino Id pds 5 S Ux gt eyes 91607 S YOION puooeg sueipeg se pesseudxe Mg pue emou 6 XW Cze gt eus uted Buidureg pds Cie D 1sn pe Ajjenueui 0 06 ureied jos pds C 06 gt dooiq c dooig pds oe enbio 100W Bays er suondo Ben pds sod pds 1 xse1 pds 91607 syu Boys m so n ese suondo pds 191 yu pas s D 4907 Po Ku pds RII J0u3 peeds dnyognuy Beypds pdsing 151 s 9 601 927 uri poeds D eunioiny u3 151 ejes 91607 dois wrung eis 149 2 601 pds euni
397. s 24 E1 Accum 11 Reserved 25 0 0 Accum 12 Reserved 13 Reserved 26 Accum 9 SL Rx Regis Default 0 RO 32 bit Displays received port 0 registration data if direct received data is configured to be port 0 registration data by the Min Max 2147483648 Integer Rx Direct Data Selector Parameters 905 909 Configure this selection by using the Peer Communication window 9 SL Rx P1 Regis Default 0 RO 32 bit Displays received port 1 registration data if direct received data is configured to be port 1 registration data by the Min Max 2147483648 Integer Rx Direct Data Selector Parameters 905 909 Configure this selection by using the Peer Communication window 9 SL Real2DInt In Default 10 0000 Y IRW Real Provides the floating point real input to the real to integer conversion function in Max 16 0000 9 SL Real2DInt Out Default 0 RO 16 bit Displays the integer output of the real to integer conversion function The value is the result of the formula Min Max 0 65535 Integer Par 921 SL Real2DInt In x Par 923 SL Mult Base 9 SL Mult Base Default 10000 0000 RW Real Specifies the base for SynchLink real to integer and integer to real conversion functions Determines the in Max 0 2000 50000 0000 resolution of the conversion results You must use the same value at the tran
398. s B Output E MIT 2 Spd Torque 18 RPwr Par Lim Mode Out 19 Trq ParLim 4 Mtv TrqMode 20 Trq ParLim Reserved 21 Nom Bus Volt Trq En Input 22 Bus Volt Hys 7 NotchFiltOut 23 Bus Reg Ref 8 NotchFilt In 24 Bus Reg Err 25 Bus Reg Intg 10 Bus Reg Out 26 BusReg Clamp 11 Pos Pwr Lim 27 BusRegOutput 12 Neg Pwr Lim 28 IAA Filt Out 13 Pos Atun Trq 29 IAA dVf dt 14 Neg Atun Trq 30 MC Trq Lim 15 Pos Lim Src 31 IqActlTrqLim 131 Trq Ref TP Data Default 00 Real Displays the data selected by Par 130 Trq Ref TP Sel Min Max 8 0 P U Units PU Scale 1 0 PU Motor to Torque 40 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Description is w cc 132 Inert Adapt Sel Configures the Inertia Adaptation Algorithm IAA Function Bit 0 Inrtia Adapt when set to 1 on the Inertia Adaptation function will effect enhanced stability higher bandwidths and dynamic stiffness Useful when systems with a gear box becomes disconnected from the load Also used with motors that have very little inertia that otherwise lack dynamic stiffness even at high bandwidths Bit 1 Load Est when set to 1 on the Load Esti
399. s current reference that is used for the automated Min Max 0 0 195 3 Integer measurement of Par 504 PM AbsEncd Offst for a Permanent Magnet motor Units 96 ms Scale x10 507 PMrTestFreqRamp Default 0 1 RW 16 bit Defines the ramp rate of the frequency reference that is used for the automated measurement of Par 504 PM Min Max 0 0 195 3 Integer Qo AbsEncd Offst for a Permanent Magnet PM motor Units 96 ms Scale x10 508 IPM Test Freq Ref Default 7100 RW 16 bit Defines the frequency reference that is used for the automated measurement of Par 504 PM AbsEncd Offst for Min Max 799 9 Integer O a Permanent Magnet PM motor Units Scale x10 509 Test I Ref Default 30 0 RW 16 bit Defines the amplitude of the Flux Producing d axis current reference that is used for the automated Min Max 0 0 799 9 Integer O measurement of Par 504 PM AbsEncd Offst for a Permanent Magnet PM motor Units Scale x10 10 FVC Mode Config Configures Field Oriented Control FOC operation system When the Slip Tune is completed this bit will be automatically be set and Par 486 will be updated Bit 12 SlipRsCompEn when set the stator resistance will be compensated based the output of the slip bits 4 7 12 16 17 and 23 for firmware version 4 001 regulator ATTENTION Do not modify this parameter Motor Drive instabilities and damage may result Bit 7
400. s not to cause a torque pulse greater than 1 per Units rpm unit The speed will change exponentially Scale Par4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 P U 756 XOffstSpdFilt Default 10 0000 RO Real Displays the output of a first order filter whose time response is shaped specifically to provide an output that Min Max 14112 0000 represents the actual speed of offset correction It may be used as a feed forward into speed reference to secure Units rpm minimal position error during changes to offset Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 P U 757 bsPosit Offset Default 0 Y RW 32 bit Provides an offset to absolute position Setting Par 740 Position Control bit 8 Xzero Preset presets Par 744 Min Max 2147483648 Integer PositRef EGR Out Par 747 Position Cmmd Par 763 Position Actual and Par 765 Posit Actl Load with the value in Par 762 Position Fdbk minus Par 757 Abs Posit Offset upon drive enable 758 Pt PtPosit Ref Default 0 RW 32 bit Provides position reference to the point to point position regulator when the value in Par 742 Position Ref Sel Min Max 2147483648 Integer 2 Pt to Pt The initial value is latched upon position enable without causing movement Subsequent changes to reference are relative to the latched position unless the position is re referenced by Par 740 Position Control bit 10 Pt Pt ReRef Position moves may be made within the limits of plus or minus 31 bits Point to point reference
401. s the actual speed regulator bandwidth or crossover frequency The value represents the bandwidth in Min Max 0 0000 500 0000 Par 90 Spd Reg BW after the maximum bandwidth limits have been applied Units rad s 98 Slip RPM FLA Default Based on Motor NP RPM Y RW 16 bit Sets the amount of compensation to drive output at motor full load current FLA Min Max 0 0 1200 0 rpm Integer ote This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Units rpm 99 Slip Comp Gain Default 400 Y RW 16 bit Sets the response time of slip compensation Min Max 1 0 100 0 Integer ote This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Units rad s 100 Speed Error Default 0 0000 RO Real he error difference between the motor speed reference 4 and the filtered motor speed feedback Min Max 14112 0000 Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 101 SpdReg Integ Out Default 0 0000 RO Real he output value of the Speed Regulator Integral channel Min Max 8 0000 P U Units PU Scale 1 0 PU Torque 102 Reg Pos Lim Default 3 0000 Y RW Real Sets the positive limit of the Speed Regulator output value The output of the Speed Regulator is limited by Min Max 0 0000 6 0000 adjustable high and low limits Units JU Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 103 5 Reg Neg Lim Default 3 0000 Y RW Real Sets the negative limit ofthe Speed Regulator output value The output of the Speed regulator is limit
402. sents rated torque of the motor Scale 1 0 Rated Motor Torque 114 Torque Ref2 Mult Default 1 0000 Y RW Real Par 113 Torque Ref 2 is multiplied by this number Use this parameter to scale the value of Par 113 Torque Ref Min Max 2200000000 0000 2 115 Torque Trim Default 0 0000 Y JRW Real The amount added to Par 111 Torque Ref 1 and Par 113 Torque Ref 2 before the Speed Torque Mode Selector Min Max 2 8 0000 P U A value of 1 0 represents rated torque of the motor Units PU Scale 1 0 Rated Motor Torque 116 Torque Step Default 10 0000 Y RW Real The amount added to the selected Torque Reference before notch filtering or limits are applied A value of 1 0 Min Max 8 0000 P U represents rated torque of the motor Units PU Scale 1 0 Rated Motor Torque Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 3 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters No Values E n ie Description gc s Sis 117 NotchAttenuation Default 50 Y JRW Real Sets the depth for the Notch Filter Attenuation is the ratio of the output to the input at the notch frequency An Min Max 0 500 attenuation of 30 means that the notch output is 1 30 of the input at the specified frequency Calculation Attenuation Input Output Attenuation gt Freq Hz 118 Notch Filt Fre
403. sion 2 003 Units Hz 297 Output Curr Dis Default 00 RO 32 bit Displays measured EMS iniotor current witha testi Min Max 0 0 9999 9 Integer Units Scale x10 298 Elapsed Run Time Default 00 RW 32 bit Displays the total time that the drive has been running inverter power devices active with a resolution of 1 10 Min Max 0 0 429496736 0 Integer hour This parameter is saved in power EE non volatile memory The value in this parameter can be changed Units hr written to by the user Scale x10 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 63 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters No Name Values Description 88 299 Elapsed MWHrs Default i RW 32 bit Displays the total energy the drive has consumed or produced Calculated from the absolute magnitude ofthe Min Max 0 0 429496736 0 Integer product of motor speed and motor torque power accumulated over time This value will increase in both regen Units MWhr and motoring modes of operation This parameter value can be changed written to by the user Scale x10 300 Motor Spd Fdbk Default 0 0000 RO Rea Displays measured motor speed information from the selected feedback device Min Max 14112 0000 Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 301 Moto
404. smitting node and receiving multiplying nodes Enter a value that will not produce an overflow the product of this value and the inputs to the conversion and multiply functions must be less than 65 536 9 SL Mult A In Default 10 0000 RO Real Displays the A Multiplier Input as a floating point real value This value is divided by the Par 923 SL Mult Base Min Max 0 0000 65535 0000 The source of the A Multiplier is determined by the Rx Direct Data Selector Parameters 905 909 The possible sources are zero Par 1054 MulDiv 1 Mul Par 1056 MulDiv 1 Result Par 1058 MulDiv 2 Mul or Par 1060 MulDiv 2 Result The SynchLink Multiply function takes this input before it is converted to floating point 9 SL Mult B In Default 1 0000 Y Real The B Multiplier Input This must be a floating point real value The SynchLink Multiply function takes this input Min Max 0 25000 2 0000 after it is converted to integer 9 SL Mult Out Default 10 0000 RO Real Displays the output of the SynchLink Multiply function as a floating point real value The value is the result of Min Max 0 0000 65535 0000 the formula Par 924 SL Mult A In source integer x Par 925 SL Mult B In Par 923 SL Mult Base or Par 924 SL Mult A In x Par 925 SL Mult B In Note The SynchLink Multiply function produces an output that is always positive Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1C EN P July 2013 119 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters
405. source PowerFlex 7005 Phase II Drive Frames 1 6 Installation Instructions publication 20D IN024 Description Provides you with the information needed to install and wire PowerFlex 7005 Phase Il frame 1 6 drives PowerFlex 700H and 7005 Drives Frames 9 14 Installation Instructions publication PFLEX IN006 Provides you with the information needed to install and wire PowerFlex 7005 Phase Il frame 9 14 drives PowerFlex 7005 Phase Il Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM003 Provides detailed explanations and examples of PowerFlex 700 Phase drive control functions and application programming Stegmann Feedback Option for PowerFlex 7005 Drives Installation Instructions publication 200 1 001 Provides instructions for installing the Stegmann feedback option board for PowerFlex 7005 drives Resolver Feedback Option for PowerFlex 7005 Drives Installation Instructions publication 20D IN002 Provides instructions for installing the resolver feedback option board for PowerFlex 7005 drives Multi Device Interface for PowerFlex 7005 Drives Installation Instructions publication 20D IN004 Provides instructions for installing the multi device interface option board for PowerFlex 7005 drives Second Encoder Option for PowerFlex 7005 Drives with Phase II Control Installation Instructions publication 20D IN009 Provides instructions for installing the second encoder option board for Power
406. t Max 11111111111111111111111111111111 8 Dig Out Bit Default 0 Y 16 bit Selects the bit from the word linked to Par 846 Dig Out1 Data that will change the status of Digital Output 1 Min Max 32 31 Integer e g when Par 847 Dig Out Bit equals 0 bit 0 of Par 846 Dig Out Data will control Digital Output 1 8 Dig Out1 On Time Default 0 00 16 bit Denes the amount of time between a False to True transition on the output status and the corresponding Min Max 0 00 600 00 Integer change in state of Digital Output 1 Ifa transition on an output condition occurs and starts the time delay and the Units output condition returns to its original state before the delay timer reaches the setpoint the delay timer will be aborted and the corresponding output status or digital output will not change state Par 848 Dig 001 On Time can be disabled by setting the delay time to 0 zero Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 8 Dig Out1 OffTime Default 0 00 16 bit Defines the amount of time between a True to False transition on the output status and the corresponding Min Max 0 00 600 00 Integer change in state of Digital Output 1 Ifa transition on an output condition occurs and starts the time delay and the Units Boolean 115 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters Values E 2 Description 4 85
407. t 11 CurrRef En is off Bit 30 Torque Limit indicates the collective status of all torque limitations Bit31 Power Limit indicates the collective status of all power limitations 5 gis 21 5 2 5 25 2 4 2 5 5 2 5 2 2 5 2 25 5 2 2 2 29 2 56551515151 SSIS 5 5 2 2 5 5 2 amp e 2 gt 19 7 2 31219 IF 2 S 2 9 Default 00000 0 0 0 0 0 0p op oo op oo popo o fo 0 glee Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True 305 Mtr Trq Curr Ref Default 0 0000 RO Rea Displays the torque current reference present at the output of the current rate limiter 100 is equal to 1 per unit Min Max 8 0000 P U P U rated motor torque Units PU 306 IDC Bus Voltage Default 0 0000 RO Displays measured bus voltage Min Max 0 0000 1170 0000 Note The maximum value was increased from 1000 0000 to 1170 0000 for firmware version 3 001 Units V 307 Output Voltage Default 0 00 RO Rea Displays RMS line to line fundamental motor voltage This data is averaged and updated every 50 milliseconds Min Max 0 00 3000 00 Units V 308 Output Current Default 0 00 RO Rea Displays measured RMS motor current Min Max 0 00 1000
408. t damage exists Par 385 Lgx CommLossData lets you determine the action of the drive if communications are disrupted By default this parameter causes the drive to hold the data in its last state You can set this parameter so that the drive resets the data to zero Precautions should be taken to ensure that the setting of this parameter does not create hazards of injury or equipment damage 386 LgxOutOfRunCnfg Default 2 FltCoastStop Enter a value to configure the drive s response to the DriveLogix processor being in a Non Run mode Non Run Lo Options 0 Ignore modes include Program Remote Program and Faulted Nam 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs FltCoastStop p 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs 3 FltRampStop 2 FltCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to 4 this event 3 Flt RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Par 386 Lgx OutOfRunCnfg lets you determine the action of the drive if communications are disrupted By default this p
409. t exceeds the value of the curve the motor overload output integrates A motor overload exception event occurs when the value of the motor overload output reaches 1 0 The value of the motor overload output is visible in Par 330 Fault TP Data when the value of Par 329 Fault TP I equals 13 Current P336 Motor OL Factor P337 Mtr 12T Curr Min Speed P338 Mtr 12T Spd Min Base Speed 1 0 166 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Application Notes Appendix B Figure 4 Motor Overload Curve When Par 338 Mtr I2T Spd Min Is Equal To 1 0 When the value of Par 338 Mtr I2T Spd Min equals 1 0 the curve is flat at the value of rated motor current times the value of Par 336 Motor OL Factor If the motor current exceeds the value of the curve the value of the motor overload output integrates The value of the motor overload output is visible in Par 330 Fault TP Data when the value of Par 329 Fault TP I equals 13 Current P336 Motor OL Factor Speed Motor Overload Memory Retention Per 2005 NEC The PowerFlex 700 drive with Phase II control firmware 3 001 and higher has the ability to retain the motor overload count at power down per the 2005 NEC motor overtemperature requirement Toenable motor overload memory retention set bit 20 Motor OL Ret of parameter 153 Control Options to 1 To disable motor overload memory retention set bit 20 Motor O
410. t2Real1 In 1108 TrigData 1001 UserFunct Actual 1023 Swtch Real 1 NC 1048 Dint2Real1 Scale 1109 Trig Bit 1002 UserData Dint 01 1024 Real 1 NO 1049 DInt2Real1Result 1110 DelayTimerlPrSet 1003 _ UserData DInt 02 1025 Real 1 Out 1150 Dint2Real2 In 11 DelayTimer1 Accu 1004 UserData Dint 03 1026 Swtch Dint 1 NC 1151 Dint2Real Scale 1112 DelayTimer1Stats 1005 UserData Dint 04 1027 Swtch Dint 1 NO 11532 Dint2ReaD2Result 1113 DelTmr2 TrigData 1006 UserData Dint 05 1028 Dint 1 Out 1050 Real2DInt In 1114 DelTmr2 Trig Bit 1007 UserData Dint 06 1029 Sel Swtch In00 1051 Real2DInt Scale 1115 DelayTimer2PrSet 1008 UserData Dint 07 1030 SelSwtchIn01 1052 Real2DInt Result 1116 DelayTimer2Accu 1009 UserData DInt 08 1031 SelSwtch In02 1053 MulDiv 1 Input 1117 DelayTimer2Stats 1010 UserData Dint 09 1032 SelSwtchIn03 1054 MulDiv 1 Mul 1011 UserData Dint 10 1033 SelSwtchIn04 1055 MulDiv 1 Div 1012 UserData Real 01 1034 Sel Swtch In05 1056 _ MulDiv 1 Result 1013 UserData Real 02 1035 SelSwtchIn06 1057 MulDiv 2 Input 1014 _ UserData Real 03 1036 Sel Swtch In07 1058 MulDiv 2 Mul 1015 _ UserData Real 04 1037 Sel Swtch In08 1059 2 Div 1016 UserData Real 05 1038 SelSwtch In09 1060 MulDiv 2 Result 1017 UserData Real 06 1039 SelSwtchIn10 1061 Logic Config i 1018 UserData Real 07 1040 1 5 1011 1062 Logic Cmpr State EH gean patio 1019 _ UserData Real 08 1041 SelSwtchIn12 1063 Logic 1
411. tCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 3 Flt RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 376 InvOL Pend Default 1 Alarm Enter a value to configure the drive s response to an Inverter Overload OL Pending exception event This event is Option o Ignore triggered when one of the Inverter Protection Current Over Time functions Open Loop or Closed Loop detects H Mam current and temperature at warning levels 2 fltCoastStop 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs 3 FtRampStop 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs 4 FltCurLimStp 2 FltCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 3 Fit RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 377 nvOLTrip Cnfg Default 1 Alarm Enter a value to configure the drive s response to an Inverter O
412. tEncPositFast Note This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 1165 Pos Output Default 00 RO 32 bit Position reference output from the Electrical Gear Ratio user function This parameter can be linked to a position Min Max 2147483648 0 Integer reference sink such as Par 1155 Heidn VM Pos Ref Note This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 1166 Pos Preset Default 0 0 Y RW 32 bit A preset value for the Electrical Gear Ratio user function This value is set to the value in Par 1165 EGR Pos 2147483648 0 Integer Output when bits 0 Output Sel 0 and 1 Output Sel 1 of Par 1161 EGR Config are set Note This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 1170 McCGeneric1 Default 0 RW 16 bit For Future Use 32767 Integer Note This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 12 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters No Values AL xg Description 58 5 c 1171 2 Default 0 RW 16 bit For Future Use 32767 Integer ote This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 1172 McCGeneric3 Default 0 RW 16 bit For Future Use
413. tOVelFbk 1912 SnkWr 234 VdsThetaEst 20 MulqsRef 63 ErStatFromCp 106 DelFreqIntFB 149 VPOptiVelFbk 192 SrissWrAve 235 RecnSwitch 21 IqsCmd 64 FlxCurRteOut 107 VqsError 150 1 193 CurFbklqsFbk 236 VqsFblransf 22 We2 65 ThetaE 108 SlipBrkErrFB 151 BitSelect2 194 ARIqsErr 237 VdsFbTransf 23 Vuld 66 SinThetaE1 109 FastBrkOnFB 152 SrLssWeEst2 195 CrefsqldsCmd 238 BuslimitVBEr 24 Wild 67 SinThetaE2 110 153 MulgsRef2 196 CurFbkldsFbk 239 25 Vw d 68 SinThetaE3 1112 AbsFreqOut 154 EstThetaByMV 197 VqsCmd700B 240 ACRIqsRef 26 VuCmd2 69 SinThetaE4 112 TestMark70 155 ETVdsFbkA 198 VdsCmc700B 241 ACRiqsCmd 27 WCmd2 70 SinThetaE5 113 TestMark71 156 ETVqsFbkA 199 VqsRefNom 242 qsCmdFltr 28 VwCmd2 71 SinThetaE6 114 TestMark72 157 ETVdsFbkS 200 VgsRslgsNom 243 5 29 72 ThetaEcor 115 TestMark73 158 ETVqsFbkS 201 VqsSpdVItNom 244 AccDecRate 30 Vds cemf 73 SinThtaEcor1 116 TestMark74 159 ETAtanVqVd 202 mtVqsRef 245 RecThetaEx4 31 Vqs cemf 74 SinThtaEcor2 117 TestMark75 160 ETByMtrVDfr 203 IdsFbkDeriv 246 RecqsFdbk 32 VdsCmd2 75 SinThtaEcor3 118 TestMark76 161 VelRef2 204 VdsRefNom 247 RecdsFdbk 33 VqsCmd2 76 SinThtaEcor4 119 TestMark76 162 VelOutput 205 VdsRsldsNom 248 VdeFilter 34 Idslntegral 77 M
414. table motor operation An increase in the value increases the output voltage Min Max 0 0 32767 0 nteger adjustment 539 SrLss StbityFilt Default 3250 0 RW 16 bit The coefficient is used to adjust the bandwidth of a low pass filter The smaller the value of the coefficient the Min Max 0 0 32767 0 nteger A lower the bandwidth of the filter 540 V Hz Status Indicates the limit status of the V Hz Control Operation Note This parameter was added form firmware version 2 003 Options ojojo d 7 Hg 7 7 e 2 amp 2222222235 Default x x x x kx x x x x x x x x x 0 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 1 109 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 1 True 541 5155 Angl Comp Default 0 0 RW 16 bit ot currently used Min Max 16384 Integer Note This parameter was added for future use not active for use with firmware version 2 003 and above 542 5155 Volt Comp Default 100 0 RW 16 bit ot currently used Min Max 1000 0 Integer ote This parameter was added for future use not active for use with firmware version 2 003 and above Units V 544 External DB Res Default 49 0 RW Real Sets the resistance value of an external dynamic braking resistor This value is used to determine the power 0 1 500 0 applied to the resistor and thus calculate its temperature Units Ohm ote This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D
415. tch DInt 1 Out 1028 SL System Rev 901 SpdReg Integ Out 101 Swtch Real 1 NC 1023 SL System Time 317 SpdReg P Gain Mx 92 Swtch Real 1 NO 1024 SL Tx CommFormat 910 SpdTrim 3 Scale 24 Swtch Real 1 Out 1025 SL Tx DirectSel0 911 SpdTrim2 Filt BW 26 SynchLink Rev 900 SL Tx DirectSel1 912 Speed Comp 55 SynchLink Status 316 SL Tx DirectSel2 913 Speed Error 100 TachSwitch Level 224 SL Tx DirectSel3 914 Speed Ref 1 10 Test Current Ref 431 SLAT Dwell Time 120 Speed Ref 2 12 Test Freq Rate 433 SLAT ErrorSetpnt 119 Speed Ref A Sel 27 Test Freq Ref 432 Sleep Control 284 Speed Ref B Sel 28 Test Mode Config 514 Sleep Level 282 Speed Ref Scale 38 Time Axis Output 203 Sleep Time 283 Speed Trim 1 21 Time Axis Rate 202 Sleep Wake Mode 278 Speed Trim 2 22 To DL DataType 625 Sleep Wake Ref 279 Speed Trim 3 23 To DriveLogix00 626 SlewRateTimeLimit 533 Speed TorqueMode 110 To DriveLogix01 627 SlipReg Err Lmt 587 SReg FB Filt BW 94 To DriveLogix02 628 SlipReg Off Iqs 461 SReg Out Filt BW 96 To DriveLogix03 629 SlipReg On Hystr 593 SReg Trq Preset 87 To DriveLogix04 630 Slip Comp Gain 99 SRegFB Filt Gain 93 To DriveLogix05 631 Slip Gain Max 445 SRegOut FiltGain 95 To DriveLogix06 632 Slip Gain Min 446 51155 Angl Comp 541 To DriveLogix07 633 Slip Preload Val 552 SrLss FreqReg Ki 449 To DriveLogix08 634 Slip Ratio 525 5155 FreqReg Kp 450 To DriveLogix09 635 Slip Reg Gain 448 Srlss Spd Reg BW 106 To DriveLogix10 636 Slip Reg P Gain 447 57155 Spd Reg Ki 105 To DriveLogix11 637 Sli
416. te Changed bit 18 from Reserved to Vqs Reg Act for firmware version 3 003 Options ele aa E ET E 5 z E Ee amp 4 Sis Sie o olc o 2 85 ci 215 5 2 Sal 52 5 5 8 5 SJS s 2 2 5 gt 5 51225 gt 8 5 4 215 eI Default 0 jo jo o op po oj k x 0 jo o o jo jo jo 0 0 0 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 556 Trend Control Set bits to configure the Data Trend function d be 557 Bit 0 Enbl Collect Trend data collection begins on the rising edge of this bit and continues until either this bit is set low or the trend data has been completely collected This bit shou cleared following either the Triggered status or Complete status in order to complete the trend sequence This bit can also be cleared at any time to force the trend data sampling to stop and set the Complete status bit Setting bit 1 In1 Real specifies the Real data type for Trend Input 1 The source for Real data is Par 571 Trend In1 Real Clearing the bit specifies the Integer data type The source for Integer data is 570 Trend In1 DInt Setting bit 2 In2 Real specifies the Real data type for Trend Input 2 The source for Real data is Par 575 Trend I
417. ted RW Setto the motor nameplate rated frequency Min Max 2 0000 500 0000 O Units Hz 4 Motor NP RPM Default Calculated RW 16 bit Set to the motor nameplate rated rpm Min Max 1 30000 nteger O Units rpm 5 Motor NP Power Default Calculated RW 32 bit Set to the motor nameplate rated power Min Max 0 2500 3500 0000 nteger O Note The unit of measure for this parameter was changed from kW to Hp for firmware version 2 003 Units Hp 6 Mtr NP Pwr Units Default 0 Hp The power units shown on the motor nameplate Options o Hp 12 kW 7 Motor Poles Default 4 RW 16 bit Set the number of motor poles indicated on the motor nameplate or manufacturer s motor data sheet Only even Min Max 12 128 Integer numbers of poles are allowed Units Pole Calculation 120 x NP Hz NP rpm Poles round down Note The maximum value was changed from 60 to 128 for firmware version 4 002 9 Total Inertia Default 2 0000 Y RW Real Time in seconds for a motor coupled to a load to accelerate from zero to base speed at rated motor torque Min Max 0 0100 655 0000 Calculated during auto tune Units 10 Speed Ref 1 Default 0 0000 Y JRW Real Sets the speed reference that the drive should use when selected by Par 27 Speed Ref A Sel or Min Max 2 2200000000 0000 Par 28 Speed Ref B Sel A value of 1 0 represents base speed of the motor 11 Spd Ref1 Divide Default 1 0000 Y RW Real Par 10 Speed Ref 1 is
418. ter Name Group 3 Name Parameter Name Parameter Name Y gt Value Screen gt Device gt HIM Device HIM Delete HIM Set Start Up b Introduction gt Motor Control Motor Data Feedback Config Pwr Circuit Diag Direction Test Motor Tests Inertia Measure Speed Limits Speed Control Strt Stop l O Done Exit Press GP to move between menu items Press e to select a menu item Press to move 1 level back in the menu structure Press to select how to view parameters Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 Human Interface Module Overview Appendix A Diagnostics Menu When a fault trips the drive use this menu to access detailed data about the drive Option Description Faults View the fault queue or fault information clear faults or resets the drive Status Info View parameters that display status information about the drive Device Version View the firmware version and hardware series of components HIM Version View the firmware version and hardware series of the HIM Parameter Menu Refer to View and Edit Parameters on page 158 Device Select Menu Use this menu to access parameters in connected peripheral devices Memory Storage Menu Drive data can be saved to or recalled from the HIM or EEPROM EEPROM is permanent non volatile drive memory HIM sets are files stored in permanent non volatile HIM memory Option HIM Copycat De
419. ter Overload shown Par 343 OL OpnLp CurrLim Bit6 DriveProtCL indicates that the current reference has reached the positive current limit set by the Closed Loop Inverter Overload shown in Par 344 OL ClsLp CurrLim Bit 8 Torq Limit indicates that the torque reference has reached the Positive Torque Limit set by Par 125 Torque Pos Limit Bit9 Mtrng PwrLim indicates that the torque reference is being limited by the Motoring Power Limit set by Par 127 Mtring Power Lim Bit 10 Torq CurLim indicates that current reference has reached the Actual Torque Producing Current Limit set by Par 353 Iq Actual Lim Bit 11 Atune Tq Lim indicates that the torque reference is being limited by Par 129 Atune Trq Ref Bit 12 0 indicates that the torque reference is limited to zero because Par 157 Logic Ctrl State bit 9 Ref is off Bit 13 0 Curr indicates that the current reference is limited to zero because Par 157 Logic Ctrl State bit 11 CurrRef En is off Bit 14 Speed Limit indicates the collective status of all speed limitations Bit 15 Current Lim indicates the collective status of all current limitations Bit16 MCS Iq Lim indicates that torque producing current is at its negative limit Bit 17 Ws Lim indicates that flux producing torque is at its negative limit Bit 18 0 la from indicates that torque producing current is limited to ze
420. the drive 671 Start Mask Controls which adapters can issue start commands 672 Mask Controls which adapters can issue jog commands 673 Direction Mask Controls which adapters can issue forward reverse direction commands 674 FaultClr Mask Controls which adapters can clear a fault 677 StopOwner Indicates which adapter are currently issuing a valid stop command 678 Start Owner Indicates which adapter are currently issuing a valid start command 679 Jog Owner Indicates which adapter are currently issuing a valid jog command 680 Direction Owner Indicates which adapter is currently has exclusive control of direction changes 681 FaultClrOwner Indicates which adapter is currently clearing a fault 684 MotnUpdatePeriod Default 2000 32 bit The servo update period for the servo axis drive Min Max 1 999999 Integer Unit us 685 CoarseMulti Default 4 32 bit Number of Par 684 MotnUpdatePeriod comprising one Course Update Period from the Motion Period Min Max 2 16 Integer 686 Config Configuration bits pertaining to Motion related functions for the Servo axis Options Default x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 0 0 fase Bit 15 14 13 12 11 09 8 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Ime 687 Motn Axis Status n Status bits pertaining to Motion related functions for the Servo axis Lad i id 5 2 MENFE 555 55
421. the latch Rising edge of Arm request will set the Armed status bit Rising edge of Disarm request will clear the Armed status bit Options Default x x x x x Xx x x x x x x x x 0 0 x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 0 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 1 True 239 RegisLtch1 Value Default 0 RO 32 bit Displays the registration data of port 1 Indicates the position reference counter value latched by the external Min Max 2147483648 Integer strobes The strobe signal used to trigger the latch is configurable by Par 236 RegisLtch 0 1Cnfg 240 1 Position Default 0 RO 32 bit Displays the position feedback accumulator from encoder 1 The value changes by a value of four times 4x the Min Max 2147483648 Integer Pulses Per Revolution PPR rating of the encoder for each full revolution of the encoder shaft Used by the VPL to dose the position loop if position control is selected 241 Encdri Spd Fdbk Default 0 RO Real Displays the speed feedback from encoder 1 Calculated from the change of Par 240 Encdr1 Position and Par 242 Min Max 2 14112 0000 Encoder PPR Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 242 Encoder1 PPR Default 1024 RW 16 bit Sets the pulse per revolution rating of the feedback device connected to the Encoder 1 input This pa
422. tine In this case the drive will start when the HIM Start key is pressed and stop M 2 when the HIM Stop key is pressed If the drive is configured for 2 wire control the HIM installed on the drive will also act as a 2 wire device In 2 wire mode the drive will start when the HIM Start key is pressed and stop when the HIM Start key is released Analog and Digital I O parameter values may be modified when using the Assisted Start routine IMPORTANT Ifyou havea DriveLogix application you must first connect the battery before starting this section Refer to the DriveLogix 5730 Controller for PowerFlex 7005 Drives with Phase Control publication 20D UM003 for details Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 13 Chapter1 Drive Start Up Prepare for Initial Drive Start Up start up procedure Some of the voltages present are at incoming line potential To avoid electric shock hazard or damage to equipment only qualified service personnel should perform the following procedure Thoroughly read and understand the procedure before beginning ATTENTION Power must be applied to the drive to perform the following Confirm that all inputs are connected to the correct terminals and are Secure Verify that AC line power at the disconnect device is within the rated value of the drive V
423. tinues to run Precautions should be taken to ensure that the settings of the parameters do not create hazards of injury or equipment damage Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 11 Preface Product Safety A A A ATTENTION An incorrectly applied or installed drive can result in component damage or a reduction in product life Wiring or application errors such as under sizing the motor incorrect or inadequate AC supply or excessive surrounding air temperatures may result in malfunction of the system ATTENTION This drive contains ESD Electrostatic Discharge sensitive parts and assemblies Static control precautions are required when installing testing servicing or repairing drive assemblies Component damage may result if ESD control procedures are not followed If you are not familiar with static control procedures reference Guarding Against Electrostatic Damage publication 8000 4 5 2 or any other applicable ESD protection handbook ATTENTION A contactor or other device that routinely disconnects and reapplies the AC line to the drive to start and stop the motor can cause drive hardware damage The drive is designed to use control input signals that will start and stop the motor If an input device is used operation must not exceed one cycle per minute or drive damage will occur Class 1 LED Product A ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment Th
424. tion 1 select the resolver resolution see Table 268A Resolution Settings This determines the number of significant bits that are calculated in the value of Par 250 FB Opt0 Posit It does not affect the number of counts created per resolver revolution see Table 2688 Resolution and Least Significant Bits Used Also the resolution sets a limit on the maximum tracking speed see Table 268C Resolution and Resolver Tracking Speed Setting bit 4 Energize energizes the resolver resetting the bit to zero de energizes the resolver Bit 5 Resolver Dir determines counting direction If clear direction is forward or up If set the direction is reverse or down Bit 9 Edge Time configures the method of sampling used by the Velocity Position Loop VPL Setting the bit chooses Edge to Edge sampling while resetting the bit to zero chooses Simple Difference sampling Simple Difference sampling calculates speed by examining the difference between pulse counts over a fixed sample time Edge to Edge sampling adjusts the sample time to synchronize with the position count updates from the daughter card improving the accuracy of the speed calculation Bits 10 SmplRate bt through 12 SmplRate bt2 configure the Finite Impulse Response FIR Filter see Table 2680 FIR Filter Settings This setting reduces the effect of noisy feedback on the system Refer to the Speed Position Feedback section of the PowerFlex 700 with Phase II Cont
425. tion Publication 200 July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No 107 108 Name Description Slip RPM Meter Displays the present amount of adjustment being applied as slip compensation Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Spd Reg TP Sel Enter or write a value to select Speed Regulator data displayed in Par 109 Spd Reg TP Data Note The values for options 10 amp 11 were changed to Reserved for firmware version 2 004 Spd Reg TP Data Displays the data selected by Par 108 Spd Reg TP Sel Values Default Min Max Units Default Options Default Min Max Units 0 0 3000 0 rpm 0 Zero 0 Zero 1 2 IqRate BW Reserved PGain Max BW BW Limit nertiaMaxBW 6 BW Lim Stat BW Select Inertia TI Lim Stat 10 Reserved 11 Reserved 12 Rate Limit 13 IRtLim Stat 14 PGain Max 15 GnMx LimStat 16 Damping 17 Dmp Lim Stat 18 Reserved 19 Srls KpMxBW 20 515 BWLimit 21 SrlsinrtMxBW 22 SrisBWSelect 23 5115 BW Calc 24 Snsr BW Calc 25 Reserved 26 Reserved 0 0000 8 0000 P U PU 27 Spd FiltOut 28 Servo Lock 29 Spd ServLock 30 Prop Output 31 Intg Input 32 Scd Int Pre 33 Sel Int Pre 34 Droop Output 35 Out Lim St
426. tion adapter at Verify the network connection DPI port 2 and the network Verify the status of network Configured with Par 392 NetLoss DPI Cnfg 57 NetLoss DPI P3 2 communications fault has occurred between the communication adapter at Verify the network connection DPI port 3 and the network Verify the status of network Configured with Par 392 NetLoss DPI Cnfg 58 Net Loss DPI P4 2 A communications fault has occurred between the communication adapter at Verify the network connection DPI port 4 and the network Verify the status of network Configured with Par 392 NetLoss DPI Cnfg 59 Net Loss DPI P5 2 A communications fault has occurred between the communication adapter at Verify the network connection DPI port 5 and the network Verify the status of network Configured with Par 392 NetLoss DPI Cnfg 60 Net Loss DPI P6 2 A communications fault has occurred between the communication adapter at Verify the network connection DPI port 6 and the network Verify the status of network Configured with Par 392 NetLoss DPI Cnfg 61 Logix Out of Run 2 The DriveLogix controller is in a Non Run mode Non Run modes include Clear the fault program remote program and faulted modes Configured with Par 386 Lgx OutOfRunCnfg 62 Logix Timeout 2 The communication connection to the DriveLogix controller has timed out Configured with Par 387 Lgx Timeout Cnfg 63 Logix Closed 2 The DriveLogix controller has closed the Contro
427. top and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 4 FItCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 372 MtrOLPend Cnfg Default 1 Alarm Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a Motor Overload OL Pending exception event _ Options 0 Ignore 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs 1 Alarm 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs 2 FltCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 3 Fit RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event Motor Stall Time Default 2 FitCoastStop 3 Fit RampStop 4 FitCurLimStp 1 0000 Enter a value to specify the time delay between when the drive detects a Motor Stall condition and when it Min Max 0 1000 3000 0000 declares the exception event Units 374 Motor Stall Cnfg Default 0 Ignore Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a Motor Stall exception event Options _ n ption O Ignore 0 Igno
428. tpt Setting bit 18 X Watch2 En enables position Watch 2 Resetting it clears Par 741 Position Status bit 9 Posit Watch2 Setting bit 19 X Watch2 Dir causes Position Watch 2 output to be set when Par 763 Position Actual is greater than Par 781 PositDtct2 Stpt Re setting bit 19 causes Position Watch 2 output to be set when Par 763 Position Actual is less than Par 781 PositDtct2 Stpt Setting bit 20 Pt Pt RampStop enables the Ramp to Stop function for point to point positioning When reset and the stop command is given during a move the drive will stop at 0 ramp time When set and the stop command is given during a move the rive will ramp to zero at Par 760 Pt Pt Decel Time Note Coast Stop or Removing Enable always causes a Coast to Stop function Bit 24 Find Home when this bit is on and the drive is started a homing sequence is initiated Bit 25 Pos Redefine when this bit is set the position will be set to zero Bit 26 Home Dir when this bit is set the homing direction will be opposite of the Home Speed commanded in Par 1122 Home Speed Bit 27 Return Home when this bit is set the homing direction will be opposite of the Home Speed commanded in P1122 Home Speed Note The position reference will not change but Par 763 Posit Load Fdbk will return to zero The Position reference should also be redefined to zero to synchronize the position with the command This can be useful for returning to Home after a
429. tration is captured bit 0 00 Arm Req and bit 16 01 Arm Req automatically resets back to 0 after found Bit 1 00 DisarmReq and bit 17 01 DisarmReq are only needed to disarm a registration latch that has not been found yet Setting bits 1 and 17 will clear the bits 0 and 6 Setting bits 0 and 6 sets bits 0 OptO Armed and bit 16 Opt1 Armed and clears bits 1 Opto Found and bit 17 Opt Found of parameter 256 Opt0 1 RegisStat Options Ele Elec 2 EE SIE SIE lt lt 5 5 8 8 Default x x x jx x x x X x x 0 0 x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 0 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 131 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 256 Opt0 1RegisStat 258 Indicates the registration control status on port 0 of the feedback option card Opt Armed indicates the registration latch is armed 1 0 10 Found indicates the registration event has triggered the latch Rising edge of Arm request will set the Armed status bit Rising edge of Disarm request will clear the Armed status bit Opt 0 Regis Ltch Displays the regis counter value latc 254 Opt0 1 RegisCnfg Opt 1 Regis Ltch Displays the regis 30 29 28 7 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 ration data of the feedback option card port 0 The registration data is the position reference hed by the external strobes The strobe signal used to trigger the latch is configurable by the Par
430. tration logic for the next trigger even Default x x x x x x x x x JO 0 JO 0 JO fe O s Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 3 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 1 10 9 8 6 5 43 2 1 0 1 True Table 236A Encoder0 Trigger Source Settings Table 236D Trigger Direction Settings Bit 2 1 Bit 6 22 5 21 0 0 Encoder 0 Z pulse AND Ext Trig A 0 0 Not Configured 0 1 Ext Trig B Digital Input 2 0 1 Reverse 1 0 Ext Trig Digital Input 1 1 0 Forward 1 1 Encoder 0 Primary Encoder Z pulse 1 1 Both Directions Note When the Z pulse is selected as a trigger source registration latch port 0 is used for Encoder0 regardless of the setting of bit 0 RLO Encoder1 Table 236E Filter Settings Table 2368 Encoder1 Trigger Source Settings input Fiter setting 18 17 0 0 0 O Filter disabled 0 0 Encoder 1 Z pulse AND Ext Trig DESEE SUD iud 0 1 Ext Trig Digital Input 2 1 0 Digital input 1 le 1 1 Encoder 1 Secondary Encoder Z pulse 0 1 00 WORSE 0 1 0 1 500ns filter Note When the Z pulse is selected as a trigger source registration latch port 1 is used for Encoder regardless of the setting of bit 16 RL1 Encoder1 0 1 1 0 600ns filter 0 1 1 1 700ns filter Table 236C Edge Selection Settings 1 0 0 800ns filter default setting Bit 4 20 3 19
431. trolling motor 11 AtLimit Speed Power Current or Torque is being limited refer to Par 304 26 CommandRun Run command received Failure is detected in primary speed or position feedback device amp 12 TachLossSW drive has switched to secondary device 28 30 Spd Ref Act1 3 13 AtZero Spd Speed feedback is within limits defined in Par 160 31 LogixPresent 14 At Setpt Spd Speed feedback is within limits defined in Par 41 and Par 171 156 Start Inhibits Indicates which condition is preventing the drive from starting or running Bit 16 GateShutDown is set when the shunt jumper in the 16 15 position on the Main Control board is missing and a Safe Off option board is not present Bit 17 SafeOff Enbl is set when the HW Enable jumper P22 is the Bypass position on pins 1 amp 3 and the Safe Off option board is present A HW Enable is required when a safe off board is used Bit 21 Sleep Stop is set when the sleep mode has stopped the drive Bit 22 Sleep Config is set when sleep mode has not been setup correctly Check the sleep wake levels and digital input configuration Note Bit 18 MC Config was added to this parameter for firmware version 2 003 Added bit 20 High BusVolt for firmware version 4 001 Bits 21 and 22 were added for firmware version 5 002 Options sls slzlz x Elelele 2 SS 3 2 2 5 Bln 5 2 25155 25575 2 5 2 5 55 2 2 2 _ 2 2 2 5 2 5 8 2
432. typically one to three minutes the function returns the limit to the short term rating 344 OL ClsLp CurrLim Default 8 0000 RO Displays the current limit set by the Closed Loop Inverter Overload OL function This function will set a current Min Max 10 0000 8 0000 limit level based on the values in Par 355 Iq Ref Limited Par 313 Heatsink Temp and the thermal characteristics Units PU of the drive Under normal operating conditions the function typically sets the limit at 250 of the continuous drive rating If the function determines that the power device junction temperature is approaching maximum it will reduce this limit to the level required to prevent additional heating of the inverter This level could be as low as the continuous rating of the drive If the inverter temperature decreases the function will raise the limit to a higher level Disable this protection by setting bit 13 OL ClsLpDsbI of Par 153 Control Options 345 Drive OLJnctTmp Default 0 0000 RO Real Displays the calculated junction temperature ofthe power semiconductors in the inverter The calculation uses the Min Max 50 0000 300 0000 values of Par 313 Heatsink Temp Par 355 Iq Ref Limited and inverter thermal characteristics contained in the Units X power EE memory If this value exceeds the maximum junction temperature visible in Par 348 Drive OL TP Data when Par 347 Drive OL TP Sel option 12 fJunTmprMax is selected two faults occur I
433. u 4 Cos gt papajos ez 82 K zst puigoibo 1521 Cer gt vieupds 195 E br Idd WIH aow y T Z Jod Idd WIH 30w34 uod Idd WIH peyunow Co 2 S d 6 9 peedg S d G peeds 1 Cu peedg jeseid Cer s d gt Z peedg jeseid Cn peeds josaldg 1 0600 18407 v Cet ini pds k X z poods CD L H pds 017 Lieu poods leg v peeds H 9 9 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 176 Appendix Cz Coe D ma jeupds E zys soveinBoy aeos poeds D ure jeupds T mies Dads ol Cae uz wd jeus es suondo pds rel je m 5 Dun zssed g pds jeupds RM ssed g jay pds pds pedwey 1 e dwog peeds zaz C ereospaedseieg anbio At ureojeoeqenieu ppy bij eaul idi C D 19 D diis dwogou C 6 D
434. ual publication PFLEX RM003 for more information Bit 5 SW Real 1 activates the Real switch Refer to Pars 1023 1025 Bit6 SW Dint 1 On activates the DInt switch Refer to Pars 1026 1028 Options SW Dint 1 SW Real 1 On Sel Swtch 03 Sel Swtch 02 Sel Swtch 01 Sel Swtch 00 SSW DataPass co oo 2 2o in 0 cc Default jx x x x x x x x 0 False Bit 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 1 True 1023 Swtch Real 1 NC Default 0 0000 Y RW Real This is the Normally Closed input to the Real switch When Par 1022 Sel Switch Ctrl bit 5 SW Real 1 On is low Min Max 2200000000 0000 this input is updated to Par 1025 Swtch Real 1 Output 1024 Swtch Real 1 NO Default 0 0000 Y RW Real This is the Normally Open input to the Real switch When Par 1022 Sel Switch Ctrl bit 5 SW Real 1 On is high Min Max 2200000000 0000 this input is updated to Par 1025 Swtch Real 1 Output 1025 Swtch Real 1 Out Default 10 0000 RO Real This is the result of the Real switch The output is loaded with the selected input based on Par 1022 Sel Switch Min Max 2 2200000000 0000 Ctrl bit 5 SW Real 1 On If this parameter does not update check the setting of Par 1000 UserFunct Enable bit 1 User Params 1026 Swtch Dint 1 NC Default 0 0000 Y RW 32 bit This is the Normally Closed input t
435. ues may cause fundamental load instability A typical value is 0 5 This parameter has no affect on the Load Estimate function 136 SkipSpeed1 Default 00 RW 16 bit 137 Skip 2 Min Max 30000 0 Integer 138 5 Units rpm Sets a frequency at which the drive will not operate Skip Speed 1 3 and Par 139 Skip Speed Band must not equal 0 Note These parameters were added for firmware version 2 003 139 SkipSpeed Band Default 00 RW 16 bit Determines the bandwidth around a skip frequency Skip Speed Band is split applying 1 2 above and 1 2 below 0 0 1000 0 Integer the actual skip frequency The same bandwidth applies to all skip frequencies Units rpm Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 145 Hardware Present Indicates if optional hardware is installed e is lel ER SISISISISISISISISISISISIS ISIS S JS glg 2 2 12 2 5 1515 sib is 5 2 5 lt 575 lt 1575 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 25515 lt 2 5 2 g 2 2 5 2 5 2 o a o a o gt AlN Ale ulis Default x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 0 0 0 0x x 0 fx 0 x 0 0 oc Fake Bit 3130 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 h5 4 3 12 1 109 8 7 6 5 4 8 2 10 1 146 FWTaskTime Sel Default 0 5 2 8 RW 16 bit Sets the s
436. ugh 12 EnOSmplRate bt2 or bits 26 EnTSmplRate btO through 28 En1SmplRate bt2 configure the Finite Impulse Response FIR Filter see Table 233C FIR Filter Settings This setting reduces the effect of noisy feedback on the system Refer to the Speed Position Feedback section of the PowerFlex 7005 with Phase Il Control Reference Manual 234 Encdr0 1 Error Indicates the error status of the encoder 0 and encoder 1 Note Bit 4 was changed to Reserved for firmware version 2 004 Options Reserved Reserved Default x x x x x x x x x x x x Reserved Reserved EncO PhseLev Enc PhseLos EncO QuadLos Enc0 Missing RegisLtch0 Value Displays the registration data of port 0 Indicates the position reference counter value latched by the external strobes The strobe signal used to trigger the latch is configurable by Par 236 RegisLtch 0 1 Cnfg Default Min Max Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 51 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters No Name Description 236 RegisLtch 0 1Cnfg Configures the registration latch at port 0 or port 1 to be used with Encoder 0 or Encoder 1 respectively Bit O RLO Encoder 1 selects the encoder for the input source of latched data Setting bit 0 selects encoder 1 resetting the bit to zero selects encoder 0 Bits 1 RLO TrgSrc0 and 2 RLO TrgSrc1 select the trigger source see Table 236A Encoder0
437. ulRef2B 120 TestMark78 163 FluxUpTime 206 VdsSpdVitNom 249 VqsFdbkTrans 35 Iqsintegral 78 SpdFdbk 1212 TestMark79 164 FrameSize 207 Viti mtVdsRef 250 VdsFdbkTrans 36 DcBus 79 Spdintegral 122 TestMark7A 165 208 ldsFbkDeriv 251 Excitation 37 AGnd 80 SpdPrportnal 123 TestMark7B 166 ThetaELiner 209 VuvFbkOffset 252 ExciteStatus 38 Wn 81 SpdPl 124 TestMark7C 167 PprCntDfcOt 210 WwFbkOffset 253 CommldsCount 39 FluxRatio1 82 SpdRef 125 TestMark7D 168 PprCntDfcTh 211 luFbkOffset 254 ThetaEsample 40 VbusFdbk 83 SlipGainEst 126 TestMark7E 169 212 wFbkOffset 255 Reserved 41 FluxRatio2 84 LatchSlipGin 127 TestMark7F 170 ActiveFdbk 213 KSlipNP 42 FluxRatio3 85 Ws2 128 RWVuOut 171 VdsComp 214 UnbalanceSt MCTP1 Value Default 0 Displays the data selected by Par 466 MC TP1 Select This display should only be used if the selected value is Min Max 2147483648 A integer data This parameter is a diagnostic tool you can use to view internal drive parameters tte 84 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No Name Values Ev em Description 2 i sis 2 85 s sie io 468 MCTP1Bit Default 100000000000000000000000000000000 RO 32 bit Displays the data selected by Par 46
438. ulator turn on point is defined as Par 461 10 10 96 of the rated Iqs reference with the condition of the Vqs regulator is turned on Note This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 462 SReg Off Freq Default 150 RW 16 bit Defines the output frequency level below which the Vqs regulator turns off when the Vqs regulator turn off Min Max 0 1000 Integer point is defined as Par 462 10 96 ofthe rated motor frequency The Vqs regulator turn on point is defined as 462 10 2 of the rated motor frequency Note This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 463 MC Diag Error 1 Displays the first diagnostic error encountered by the Motor Control MC Errors appear in this parameter in the order in which they occurred A Note Bits 7 amp 8 have been changed to Ground Fault for firmware version 2 004 Options BlxlBlsixls ole 2 2575 515 2155 5 gzl eE gt gt gt gt 5 gt lt 5 lt 5 lt 528585855 cle g lz le iS ele le eS 2 5 el 2 212 55 555 5 55 Default Xx Xx x x x x x x x x x x 0 0 JO x 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 3 102 l 109 87 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True 464 MCDiagError2 n Displays the second diagnostic error encountered by the Motor Control MC Errors appear in this parameter in the order in which t
439. ult 0 1000 Y RW Real The high limit ofthe integral gain channel for the Process Control regulator A value of 1 can represent either base Min Max 0 0000 8 0000 motor speed motor rated torque or 10096 for some external function Units PU 1 PI Integ LLim Default 0 1000 Y RW Real The low limit of the integral gain channel for the Process Control regulator A value of 1 can represent either base Min Max 8 0000 0 0000 motor speed motor rated torque or 100 for some external function Units PU 1 PI Integ Output Default 0 0000 RO Real Displays the output value ofthe integral channel of the Process Control regulator A value of 1 can represent either 8 0000 P U base motor speed motor rated torque or 10096 for some external function Units PU 1 PI High Limit Default 0 1000 Y Real The high limit of the Process Control regulator output A value of 1 can represent either base motor speed motor Min Max 0 0000 8 0000 rated torque or 10096 for some external function Units PU 1 PI Lower Limit Default 0 1000 Y Real The low limit of the Process Control regulator output A value of 1 can represent either base motor speed motor Min Max 8 0000 0 0000 rated torque or 10096 for some external function Units PU 1 ParamAccessLevel Default 0 Basic RW 16 bit The value of this parameter establishes the level of parameter access for the Human Interface Module HIM nce
440. ures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs 2 FltCoastStop configures the drive to perform coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 3 Fit RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 2 FitCoastStop 3 Fit RampStop 4 FitCurLimStp 394 VoltFdbkLossCnfg Default 2 FitCoastStop Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a communication error between Motor Control MC and the Options 0 Ignore motor voltage feedback board Ho Mam 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs 2 fltCoastStop 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 76 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No Name Values Description Ee 4 395 5 OvrTrviCnfg Default 1 Alarm Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a positive software positioning over travel cond
441. urrent fault Bit 24 FrqExced Alm indicates an Endat frequency exceeded alarm Bit 25 Temprtr Alm indicates an Endat temperature exceeded alarm Bit 26 LghtCtrl Alm indicates an Endat limit of light control alarm Bit 28 RefPoint Alm indicates an Endat reference point alarm Notes This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Bit 14 was changed from Endat BootEr to Bootup Error and bit 15 FW VersionErr is new for firmware version 3 001 Bits 0 and 1 were added for firmware version 4 001 Options Emul Enc Out Reserved RefPoint Alm Reserved lLghtCtrl Alm Temprtr Alm FrqExced Alm Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved gt VM Enc Out x lt Reserved Reserved MsgChecksum Er Over Current Undr Voltage Over Voltage PstvValue Er sig Amplitud FW VersionEr Error PPR Error PowerUpDiag Er LightSrc Er Time Out Err x lt gt lt Default Bit gt lt gt lt gt lt 0 False 1 True PowerSup Er lVoltagelvlEr Open Wire Quadrate Amplitud x wj x x 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 w w N Heidn Mkr Offset Default 0 0000 RW 32 bit Configures marker offset values for the Heidenhain Encoder Feedback Option The marker offset is specified Min Max 0 0000 4294967295
442. urrent reference output of the rate limiter Min Max 8 0000 P U Units PU 356 Mtr Current Lim Default 1 5000 Y RW Sets the largest allowable motor stator current The online maximum value of this parameter is Par 2 Motor NP Min Max 0 0000 Calculated FLA The online minimum value is 10596 of the current indicated in Par 488 Flux Current Units PU id bana a fi data displayed in Par 358 Curr Ref TP Data Bin sb nter or write a value to select current reference data displayed in Par urr Ref TP Data arp EP Note Added values 20 52 for firmware version 3 003 Added value 53 for firmware version 4 001 Options 0 is x 0 m IqSum Rated Vqs IqLim In 29 RatedLamdVds IqLim Out 30 RatedLamdlds Iq Rate Stat 31 RatedLamd ds qLmOutNoFil 32 RatedLamd qs 6 MtrCrLimStat 33 Iqs Lim dMtrCrLm 34 Ids Iq Act Limit 35 Vqs Iq Gain 36 Vds 10 Min Lim Stat 37 We 11 19 Prescale 38 Torque 12 Iqtols Stat 39 Torque Filtr 13 Flux Status 40 Lamda 145 14 Flux LPF Out 41 Lamda 195 15 Is Per Unit 42 Lamda Vds 16 Iq Actl Lim 43 Lamda Vqs 17 Iq Actl Lim 44 Lamda ds 18 Fix Filt Hid 45 Lamda qs 19 Inverse Flux 46 Lamda ds Flt 20 Impedance P U 47 Lamda qs Flt 21 ImpedanceOhm 48 T
443. ust 1 Direct Enable or 2 Invert Enable 3 Sleep Level must be less than Wake Level in Direct mode or greater than Wake Level in Invert mode 4 Speed Ref x Sel must be set to a speed reference source that will control the drive If Sleep Wake Ref Speed Ref x Sel the same analog signal will control start stop and speed reference 5 Atleast one of the following must be programmed for Dig Inx Sel Normal Stop Enable Start Run Yes Is Required Input Closed Stop Enable Run Close Input Yes Invert Which Mode is Selected Direct Invert or Direct Decrease Analog Input No Is Analog Signal Less Is Analog Signal Greater No Increase Analog Input Signal and wait for a time than or equal to Wake Level than or equal to Wake Level Signal and wait for a time period greater than or and for time period greater than and for time period greater than period greater than or equal to Wake Time or equal to Wake Time or equal to Wake Time equal to Wake Time Yes Yes Yes Did a Drive Was a Stop Issued No Rosey raul Fault Occur T erPowerOyded Yes Which Required Input was Chosen Issue a Start Command HIM Network or TB Run Stop or Enable Open am
444. utput 1 This parameter is summed with the output ofthe Min Max 20 0000 scaling block This sum produces Par 837 Anlg Out Value Typically this value corresponds to OV for Analog Units V Output 1 837 Out1 Value Default 10 0000 RO Real Displays the voltage reference for Analog Output 1 before the digital to analog conversion Min Max 10 0000 Units 838 AnlgOut2 Sel Default 3 Output Curr Identifies the signal used on Analog Output 2 If the desired signal is not available in the selection list choose inne E option 0 User Select and link with Par 839 Anlg Out2 or Par 840 Anlg Out2 Real to select the desired Options 0 LP He aa ee parameter for output Refer to Par 831 for a list of parameters that correspond to the option selected in this Sel Spd Ref 16 MtrTrqCurRef parameter Output Curr 17 Speed Ref Trq Cur Iq 18 Speed Fdbk 5 Motor Flux 19 Torque Est Output Power 20 Sd Spd Output Volts 21 RampedSpdRef DC Bus Volts 22 Spd Reg Out Pl Reference 23 MOP Level 10 Feedback 24 Trend 1 DInt 112 Error 25 Trend 1 Real 12 PI Output 26 Trend 2 Dint 13 Reserved 27 Trend 2 Real Anlg Out2 Dint Default Link this parameter to an integer source parameter that will control Analog Output 2 Min Max 2147483648 Integer 840 AnlgOut2 Real De
445. verload OL Trip exception event This event is Option 0 Ignore triggered when one of the Inverter Protection Current Over Time functions Open Loop or Closed Loop detects Hn Mam current and temperature at a fault level 2 fltCoastStop 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs 2 FltCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 378 _ Interp Fit Cnfg Default 1 Alarm Enter a value to configure the drive s response toa position interpolator exception event If the interpolator loses Options 0 Ignore 3 Flt RampStop the synchronization pulse or is out of synch this event occurs 1 Alarm 4 FitCurlimStp 2 FitCoastStop 379 xtFlt Alm Cnfg Default 2 FltCoastStop Enter a value to configure the drive s response to an External Input exception event The event is triggered bya g I Medis E js ptions Ignore digital input that is configured for auxiliary fault or auxiliary aux fault by selecting 3 Ext Fault or 38 ExtFault 1 Mam in in Par 825 Digln 1 Sel Par 826 Digln 2 Sel or Par 827 DigIn 3 Sel 2 fltCoastStop 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs 3 Flt RampSto
446. vice gt HIM Device HIM Description Save data to a HIM set load data from a HIM set to active drive memory or delete a HIM set EEPROM Save data to EEPROM load data from EEPROM to active drive memory or name a User set Reset To Defaults IMPORTANT Restore the drive to its factory default settings When loading data from a HIM set via the Copycat function values for parameters 81 Spd Reg P Gain and 82 Spd Reg Gain are re calculated and overwritten due to parameter 90 Spd Reg BW being set to the default value of 10 To avoid overwriting the values of parameters 81 and 82 record the values before performing the Copycat from a HIM to the drive manually update the values after the download and set parameter 90 to 0 Start Up Menu See Figure 1 on page 16 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 157 AppendixA Human Interface Module Overview View and Edit Parameters 158 Preferences Menu The HIM and drive have features that you can customize Option Description Drive Identity Add text to identify the drive Change Password Enable disable or modify the password User Dspy Lines Select the display parameter scale and text for the User Display The User Display is two lines of user defined data that appears when the HIM is not being used for programming User Dspy Time Set the wait time for the User Display or enable disable it User Dspy V
447. virtual encoder The accumulated pulse count is equivalent to the hardware Min Max 2147483648 Integer accumulator of a real encoder It accumulates at a rate of 4x the value placed in Par 61 Virt Encoder EPR The accumulator starts at zero upon position enable 63 Virt Encdr Dlyed Default 0 RO 32 bit One sample period delayed output of Par 62 Virt Encdr Posit Used in some applications to phase synchronize Min Max 2147483648 Integer position reference through SynchLink The master is delayed one sample while the downstream drives update their position references then all drives sample position simultaneously The downstream drives do not select a delay 64 FricComp Spd Ref Default 0 0000 Y RW Real Supplies a speed input to the Friction Compensation algorithm This input is normally a speed reference froma Min Max 8 0000 P U motion planner or ramped speed reference It will trigger a torque feed forward response depending on its value Units rpm 65 FricComp Setup Default 325 Y RW 16 bit Enter or write value to configure the friction compensation algorithm This is a packed word of 3 digits Each Min Max 0 999 Integer digit has a possible selection of 10 levels least significant digit sets the speed threshold in intervals of 0 0005 P U speed The next middle digit sets the hysteresis band for the units digit in intervals of 0 0005 P U velocity most significant digit sets th
448. w Normal Stop and 8 Reserved 29 Trend Trig Clear Fault 9 Reserved 30 PreCharge En 10 Jog 1 31 Reserved Note Notes Option 38 ExtFault Inv was added for firmware version 2 004 Option 39 Home Switch was added for firmware version 3 001 Values 41 and 42 were added and value 39 was deleted for firmware version 4 001 Note Opening an Enable input will cause the motor to coast to stop ignoring any programmed Stop modes 11 Reserved 12 Reserved 13 Jog 2 14 Normal Stop 15 Spd Ref Sel0 16 Spd Ref Sel1 17 Spd Ref Sel2 18 CurLim Stop 19 Coast Stop 20 Accel Decel2 32 Hrd 33 Hrd Ovrirvi 34 UserGen 5 0 35 UserGen Sel1 36 UserGen Sel2 37 UserGen Sel3 38 ExtFault Inv 39 Reserved 41 Find Home 42 Return Home Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 113 Chapter2 Programming and Parameters No Name Values 5 Description 831 _ Sel Default 17 Speed Fdbk Identifies the signal used on Analog Output 1 If the desired signal is not available in the selection list choose nes Lu option 0 User
449. ware version 4 002 401 Rated Volts Default 480 RO 16 bit Nameplate voltage rating ofthe inverter The drive automatically sets this at power up Min Max 75 750 Integer Units V 402 Frequency Default 2 0000 Fr 5 6 9 amp Up RW Carrier frequency for the PWM output of the drive Drive derating may occur at higher carrier frequencies For 4 0000 Fr 1 4 O derating information refer to the PowerFlex Reference Manual Default is dependant on power structure ofthe 1 0000 15 0000 10 0000 Fr 5 6 9 amp Up drive Units kHz Note This parameter was changed for firmware version 3 004 to not allow changes while the drive is running 403 Voltage Class Default 3 High Voltage Sets the drive configuration for high or low voltage class for example 400 480V AC drive Allows choice of Options 2 Low Voltage configuration and affects many drive parameters including drive rated current voltage power over loads and maximum PWM carrier frequency Note This parameter was changed for firmware version 3 004 to allow the drive to produce an output voltage limited by Par 531 Maximum Voltage or maximum voltage defined by the DC bus voltage level Par 306 DC Bus Voltage and DC bus voltage utilization limit Par 500 Bus Util Limit Dead Time The time delay between turning off and turning on an upper device and a lower device in the power structure This parameter is set at pow
450. ww www eww Z pds jeseld 15008 2 T pueg peeds dis P 9 pds 1eseid eeds dr P lt XH dwog vonoua eei peeds dis K Z 1 Sd peeds L pds ZH A dois pds paos pds pedwey les v paads ZH SIOA z ysel eouejejeu eseud 5007 195 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001C EN P July 2013 Control Block Diagrams Appendix C meu pno pus _____ emo puai _____ tino pussL ula ino puss 0 pul puai h 99D puo 6 10 u09 puas Buyo z snieis 010 2 jeseud ZINE me INO zi ejeq Jead 1 EKD z xeed ul EKD 95 2 Ul HID Nd Buyo SEIS qyeed jeseud LIAIGIeed MO xeeg C699 Jejutogjingpuei a i re 298 puei cino Qu ZMO 0 HED roy sui pues CD wig 10 u09 19101294 ul Zd pead UI O 90429 d ul ul Hd 195 Jead 28jeq 88d UJ LAS 10 U 1 1 eui JI 3S VH 01 yas osje si 195 s 4
451. x x x x x x x x o ojo jo jo jo o jo jo j jo j0 J0 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 3 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 1 True 98 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No Name Values Description Read Write Data Type Linkable 0 32 dependant on Par 625 To DL DatalType Set by Par 625 To DriveLogix00 Default to to Min Max 646 ToDrivelogix20 These parameters display the output values communicated from the PowerFlex 700 drive to the DriveLogix controller 650 DataType Sets the data type for each word communicated from an external controller to the PowerFlex 700 drive via a DPI communication module Setting a bit high will configure the associated word as a O Real data type and setting the bit low will configure it for Integer data type Options Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 False Bit 7 6 5 43 210 1 True 651 DPI Data In A1 Default 0 RO 32 bit 652 DPI Data In A2 Min Max 32 dependant Par 650 DPI In Integer 653 DPI Data In B1 DataType 654 DPI Data In B2 655 DPI Data In C1 656 DPI Data In C2 657 DPI Data In D1 658 DPI Data In D2 These parameters display the input values communicated from DPI communication modules to the PowerFlex 7005 drive 659 DPlOut DataType Sets the data type each word
452. x xy k x x x x x x x x fo p 9 9 o n Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 1 True 1002 UserData DInt 01 Default 0 Y RW 32 to to Min Max 2147483648 Integer 1011 UserData Dint 10 These are general purpose parameters available for storage of 32 bit enumerated data or DInt data by the user These parameters will be retained through power cycles 1012 User Data Real 01 Default 0 0000 Y Real to to Min Max 4 2200000000 0000 1021 UserData Real 10 These are general purpose parameters available for storage of Real data by the user These parameters will be retained through power cycles 1022 Sel Switch Ctrl This is the control parameter for the switches used by the Selector Switch user functions 16 Input Selector Switches Pars 1029 1044 are controlled by bits 1 4 Bit 0 SSW DataPass Updates the output If bit 0 is low the output is NOT updated with the selected input Bits 1 Sel Swtch 00 4 Sel Swtch 03 Binary coded selection of the 16 inputs to the switch Bit 1 is the Least Significant Bit If these bits are all low set to 0 Par 1029 is selected If these bits are all high set to 1 Par 1044 is selected Refer to Pars 1029 1044 The values in these bits can be controlled by the digital inputs Refer to Pars 825 830 and to the Selector Switches section of the PowerFlex 700 Drives with Phase II Control Reference Man
453. xample bit 4 amp 2 amp 1 on 5 5ms of de bounce for digital input 1 2 8 0 5 2 4 0 5 Reserved D D D D D D D D D D D D D Local 1 0 Status Displays the status of the local 1 0 Reserved Rockwell Automation Publication 200 July 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No 825 Name Description Dig In1 Sel Enter a value to select the function of digital input 1 Selecting options 34 UserGen 5 0 37 UserGen Sel3 sends Binary Coded Decimal BCD data to Par 1022 Sel Switch Ctrl as follows Selection Sends Input to this bit in Par 1022 35 UserGen Sel1 Bit 2 Sel Switch 01 36 UserGen Sel2 Bit 3 Sel Switch 02 37 UserGen Sel3 Bit 4 Sel Switch 03 Clear Fault latched the encoder position when the switch was activated Note Option 20 Accel Decel2 is not functional Note For all Stop Functions Low Stop High OK to Run In Norm Stop CF Low Normal Stop and ote When Using the MAH instruction in DriveLogix to home an axis and Digital Input 1 is used as the homing switch this parameter must be set to 0 Not Used When the MAH instruction is executed this parameter will be changed to option 31 Regis 1 Ltch to indicate that the drive registration has Note Option 38 ExtFault Inv was added for firmware version 2 004 Option 39 Home Switch was added for firmware version
454. y Rockwell Automation Inc with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of Rockwell Automation Inc is prohibited Throughout this manual when necessary we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations WARNING Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss ATTENTION Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you identify a hazard avoid a hazard and recognize the consequence P IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product Labels may also be on or inside the equipment to provide specific precautions SHOCK HAZARD Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a drive or motor to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present BURN HAZARD Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a drive or motor to alert people that surfaces may reach dangerous temperatures ARCFLASH HAZARD Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a motor control center to alert people to potential Arc Flash Arc Flash will cause severe i
455. y in the registration signal The filter delay is programmable in increments of 100 nanoseconds from 0 or no delay up to 700 nanoseconds EEG gt 9 5 5 4 127 57 9 9 a olloeoelels it it O O O o Table 254A Edge Selection Settings Bit 4 20 3 19 Bits 3 amp 4 19 amp 20 please refer to Table 254A Edge Selection Settings below Bits 5 amp 6 21 amp 22 please refer to Table 254B Direction Settings Bit 31 30 29 28 7 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 Table 254B Direction Settings Bit 6 22 5 21 0 0 Capture on rising edge 0 0 Disable capture 0 1 Capture on falling edge 0 1 Capture position during Reverse rotation 1 0 Capture on both edges 1 0 Capture position during Forward rotation 1 1 Disable capture 1 1 Capture position during either rotation 55 Configures the registration control on port 0 of the feedback option card Set bits 0 00 Arm Req and 16 01 Arm Req to arm the registration logic for the next trigger event The particular latch will be armed and ready to be strobed the next occurrence of the trigger input Set bits 1 00 DisarmReq and 17 01 DisarmReq to disarm the registration logic for next trigger event After the regis
456. y response When Par 90 Spd Reg BW is set to zero damping factor has no effect 92 SpdReg P Gain Mx Default 100 0000 Y RW Real Places a limit on the maximum value of proportional gain in Par 81 Spd Reg P Gain and Min Max 0 0000 3000 0000 Par 104 Srlss Spd Reg Kp When gains are automatically calculated this parameter is necessary to limit the amplification of noise with increased inertia Note The Max value was increased from 600 0000 for firmware version 3 001 93 SRegFB Filt Gain Default 1 0000 Y RW Real Sets the lead term for the speed feedback filter Values greater than 1 will result in a lead function and values less Min Max 5 0000 20 0000 than 1 will result in a lag function A value of 1 will disable the filter 94 SReg FB Filt BW Default 35 0000 Y Real Sets the frequency for the Speed Feedback filter Min Max 0 0000 3760 0000 Units rad s 95 SRegOut FiltGain Default 1 0000 Y JRW Real Sets the lead term for the Speed Regulator output filter Values greater than 1 will result in a lead function and Min Max 5 0000 values less than 1 will result in a lag function A value of 1 will disable the filter Note The default value for this parameter was changed from 0 7000 to 1 0000 for firmware version 2 003 96 SReg Out Filt BW Default 30 0000 Y RW Real Sets the frequency for the Speed Regulator output filter Min Max 0 0000 3760 0000 Units rad s 97 Act Spd Reg BW Default 110 0000 RO Real Display

20D-PM001 - Rockwell Automation

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents